diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35014-8.txt | 4105 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35014-8.zip | bin | 0 -> 75909 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35014-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 763617 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35014-h/35014-h.htm | 6416 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35014-h/images/chap01.jpg | bin | 0 -> 49142 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35014-h/images/chap03.jpg | bin | 0 -> 35373 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35014-h/images/chap06.jpg | bin | 0 -> 36387 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35014-h/images/chap08.jpg | bin | 0 -> 37839 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35014-h/images/chap09.jpg | bin | 0 -> 35811 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35014-h/images/chap11.jpg | bin | 0 -> 54459 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35014-h/images/chap13.jpg | bin | 0 -> 38158 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35014-h/images/chap14.jpg | bin | 0 -> 39655 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35014-h/images/chap15.jpg | bin | 0 -> 44508 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35014-h/images/frontispiece.jpg | bin | 0 -> 32465 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35014-h/images/hchap01_10.jpg | bin | 0 -> 21937 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35014-h/images/hchap02_11.jpg | bin | 0 -> 21527 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35014-h/images/hchap03_12.jpg | bin | 0 -> 21454 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35014-h/images/hchap04_13.jpg | bin | 0 -> 23356 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35014-h/images/hchap05_14_15.jpg | bin | 0 -> 20455 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35014-h/images/hchap06.jpg | bin | 0 -> 20849 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35014-h/images/hchap07.jpg | bin | 0 -> 19861 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35014-h/images/hchap08.jpg | bin | 0 -> 20732 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35014-h/images/hchap09.jpg | bin | 0 -> 22917 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35014-h/images/hillustrations.jpg | bin | 0 -> 20753 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35014-h/images/logo.jpg | bin | 0 -> 5643 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35014-h/images/tchap01.jpg | bin | 0 -> 5466 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35014-h/images/tchap02_04_15.jpg | bin | 0 -> 8539 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35014-h/images/tchap05.jpg | bin | 0 -> 5602 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35014-h/images/tchap07.jpg | bin | 0 -> 11637 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35014-h/images/tchap08.jpg | bin | 0 -> 8863 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35014-h/images/tchap09.jpg | bin | 0 -> 4855 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35014-h/images/tchap10.jpg | bin | 0 -> 6207 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35014-h/images/tchap11.jpg | bin | 0 -> 7507 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35014.txt | 4105 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35014.zip | bin | 0 -> 75888 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 |
38 files changed, 14642 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/35014-8.txt b/35014-8.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7423eb3 --- /dev/null +++ b/35014-8.txt @@ -0,0 +1,4105 @@ +Project Gutenberg's Among the Night People, by Clara Dillingham Pierson + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Among the Night People + +Author: Clara Dillingham Pierson + +Illustrator: F. C. Gordon + +Release Date: January 20, 2011 [EBook #35014] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK AMONG THE NIGHT PEOPLE *** + + + + +Produced by Heather Clark and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was +produced from images generously made available by The +Internet Archive) + + + + + + + + + + [Illustration: _Frontispiece_ COLLIE CHASED HIM AWAY _Page 138_] + + + + + AMONG THE NIGHT PEOPLE + + BY + CLARA DILLINGHAM PIERSON + Author of "Among the Meadow People," "Pond People," etc. + + Illustrated by F. C. GORDON + + [Illustration] + + NEW YORK + E. P. DUTTON AND COMPANY + 31 WEST TWENTY-THIRD STREET + + + + COPYRIGHT, 1902 + by + E. P. DUTTON & CO. + + + The Knickerbocker Press, New York + + + + +TO + +RACHEL W. PIERSON + +THIS BOOK IS AFFECTIONATELY DEDICATED + + + + +[Illustration] + +CONTENTS + + + PAGE + THE BLACK SPANISH CHICKENS 1 + THE WIGGLERS BECOME MOSQUITOES 15 + THE NAUGHTY RACCOON CHILDREN 30 + THE TIMID LITTLE GROUND HOG 43 + THE YOUNG RACCOONS GO TO A PARTY 55 + THE SKUNKS AND THE OVEN-BIRD'S NEST 68 + THE LAZY CUT-WORMS 82 + THE NIGHT-MOTH'S PARTY 94 + THE LONELY OLD BACHELOR MUSKRAT 110 + THE GREEDY RED FOX 131 + THE UNFORTUNATE FIREFLIES 148 + THE KITTENS COME TO THE FOREST 160 + THE INQUISITIVE WEASELS 176 + THE THRIFTY DEER-MOUSE 190 + THE HUMMING-BIRD AND THE HAWK-MOTH 208 + + + + +[Illustration] + +ILLUSTRATIONS + + + PAGE + THEY WERE FREE TO GO WHERE THEY CHOSE 6 + KNOCKED HIS BROTHER DOWN 40 + HE STARTED OFF FOR A NIGHT'S RAMBLE 72 + THEY LIVED IN THE FOREST AFTER THAT 109 + THE MARSH SEEMED SO EMPTY AND LONELY 127 + COLLIE CHASED HIM AWAY _Frontispiece_ 138 + TWINKLING WITH HUNDREDS OF TINY LIGHTS 157 + IN WINTER THEY TURNED WHITE 178 + THE MICE MAKE WINTER THEIR PLAYTIME 195 + THE HUMMING-BIRD AND THE HAWK-MOTH 218 + + + + +[Illustration] + + +MY DEAR LITTLE FRIENDS:--You can never guess how much I have enjoyed +writing these stories of the night-time, and I must tell you how I first +came to think of doing so. I once knew a girl--and she was not a very +little girl, either,--who was afraid of the dark. And I have known three +boys who were as brave as could be by daylight, but who would not run on +an errand alone after the lamps were lighted. They never seemed to think +what a beautiful, restful, growing time the night is for plants and +animals, and even for themselves. I thought that if they knew more of +what happens between sunset and sunrise they would love the night as +well as I. + +It may be that you will never see Bats flying freely, or find the Owls +flapping silently among the trees without touching even a twig. Perhaps +while these things are happening you must be snugly tucked in bed. But +that is no reason why you should not be told what they do while you are +dreaming. Before this, you know, I have told you more of what is done by +daylight in meadow, forest, farmyard, and pond. It would be a very queer +world if we could not know about things without seeing them for +ourselves, and you may like to think, when you are going to sleep, that +hundreds and thousands of tiny out-of-door people are turning, and +stretching, and going to find their food. In the morning, when you are +dressing in your sunshiny rooms, they are cuddling down for a good day's +rest. + +I think I ought to tell you that I have not been alone when writing +these stories. I have often been in the meadow and the forest at night, +and have seen and heard many interesting things, but my good Cat, +Silvertip, has known far more than I of the night-doings of the +out-of-door people. He has been beside me at my desk, and although at +times he has shut his eyes and taken Cat-naps while I wrote, there have +been many other times when he has taken the pen right out of my hand. He +has even tried running the typewriter with his dainty white paws, and he +has gone over every story I have written. I do not say that he has +written any himself, but you can see that he has been very careful what +I wrote, and I have learned a great deal from him that I never knew +before. He is a very good and clever Cat, and if you like these stories +I am sure it must be partly because he had a paw in the writing of them. + + Your friend, + CLARA D. PIERSON. + + STANTON, MICHIGAN, + April 15th, 1901. + + + + +[Illustration] + +THE BLACK SPANISH CHICKENS + + +When the Speckled Hen wanted to sit there was no use in trying to talk +her out of the idea, for she was a very set Hen. So, after the farmer's +wife had worked and worked, and barred her out of first one +nesting-place and then another, she gave up to the Speckled Hen and +fixed her a fine nest and put thirteen eggs into it. They were Black +Spanish eggs, but the Speckled Hen did not know that. The Hens that had +laid them could not bear to sit, so, unless some other Hen did the work +which they left undone, there would have been no Black Spanish Chickens. +This is always their way, and people have grown used to it. Now nobody +thinks of asking a Black Spanish Hen to sit, although it does not seem +right that a Hen should be unwilling to bring up chickens. Supposing +nobody had been willing to bring her up? + +Still, the Black Spanish Hens talk very reasonably about it. "We will +lay plenty of eggs," they say, "but some of the common Hens must hatch +them." They do their share of the farmyard work, only they insist on +choosing what that share shall be. + +When the Speckled Hen came off the nest with eleven Black Chickens (two +of the eggs did not hatch), she was not altogether happy. "I wanted them +to be speckled," said she, "and not one of the whole brood is." That was +why she grew so restless and discontented in her coop, although it was +roomy and clean and she had plenty given her to eat and drink. She was +quite happy only when they were safely under her wings at night. And +such a time as they always had getting settled! + +When the sunbeams came more and more slantingly through the trees, the +Chickens felt less and less like running around. Their tiny legs were +tired and they liked to cuddle down on the grass in the shadow of the +coop. Then the Speckled Hen often clucked to them to come in and rest, +but they liked it better in the open air. The Speckled Hen would also +have liked to be out of the coop, yet the farmer kept her in. He knew +what was best for Hens with little Chickens, and also what was best for +the tender young lettuce and radishes in his garden. + +When the sun was nearly down, the Speckled Hen clucked her come-to-bed +cluck, which was quite different from her food cluck or her Hawk cluck, +and the little Black Chickens ran between the bars and crawled under her +feathers. Then the Speckled Hen began to look fatter and fatter and +fatter for each Chicken who nestled beneath her. Sometimes one little +fellow would scramble up on to her back and stand there, while she +turned her head from side to side, looking at him with first one and +then the other of her round yellow eyes, and scolding him all the time. +It never did any good to scold, but she said she had to do something, +and with ten other children under her wings it would never do for her to +stand up and tumble him off. + +All the time that they were getting settled for the night the Chickens +were talking in sleepy little cheeps, and now and then one of them would +poke his head out between the feathers and tell the Speckled Hen that +somebody was pushing him. Then she would be more puzzled than ever and +cluck louder still. Sometimes, too, the Chickens would run out for +another mouthful of cornmeal mush or a few more drops of water. There +was one little fellow who always wanted something to drink just when he +should have been going to sleep. The Speckled Hen used to say that it +took longer for a mouthful of water to run down his throat than it would +for her to drink the whole panful. Of course it did take quite a while, +because he couldn't hurry it by swallowing. He had to drink, as all +birds do, by filling his beak with water and then holding it up until +the last drop had trickled down into his stomach. + +When the whole eleven were at last safely tucked away for the night, the +Speckled Hen was tired but happy. "They are good children," she often +said to herself, "if they are Black Spanish. They might be just as +mischievous if they were speckled; still, I do wish that those +stylish-looking, white-eared Black Spanish Hens would raise their own +broods. I don't like to be hatch-mother to other Hens' chickens." Then +she would slide her eyelids over her eyes, and doze off, and dream that +they were all speckled like herself. + +There came a day when the coop was raised and they were free to go where +they chose. There was a fence around the vegetable garden now and +netting around the flower-beds, but there were other lovely places for +scratching up food, for nipping off tender young green things, for +picking up the fine gravel which every Chicken needs, and for wallowing +in the dust. Then the Black Spanish Chickens became acquainted with the +other fowls whom they had never met before. They were rather afraid of +the Shanghai Cock because he had such a gruff way of speaking, and they +liked the Dorkings, yet the ones they watched and admired and talked +most about were the Black Spanish Cock and Hen. There were many fowls on +the farm who did not have family names, and the Speckled Hen was one of +these. They had been there longer than the rest and did not really like +having new people come to live in the poultry-yard. It was trying, too, +when the older Hens had to hatch the eggs laid by the newcomers. + + [Illustration: THEY WERE FREE TO GO WHERE THEY CHOSE. _Page 6_] + +It is said that this was what made the Speckled Hen leave the eleven +little Black Spanish Chickens after she had been out of the coop for a +while. They had been very mischievous and disobedient one day, and she +walked off and left them to care for themselves while she started to +raise a family of her own in a stolen nest under the straw-stack. + +When night came, eleven little Black Spanish Chickens did not know what +to do. They went to look for their old coop, but that had been given to +another Hen and her family. They walked around looking very small and +lonely, and wished they had minded the Speckled Hen and made her love +them more. At last they found an old potato-crate which reminded them of +a coop and so seemed rather homelike. It stood, top down, upon the +ground and they were too big to crawl through its barred sides, so they +did the best they could and huddled together on top of it. If there had +not been a stone-heap near, they could not have done that, for their +wing-feathers were not yet large enough to help them flutter. The +bravest Chicken went first, picking his way from stone to stone until he +reached the highest one, balancing himself awhile on that, stretching +his neck toward the potato-crate, looking at it as though he were about +to jump, and then seeming to change his mind and decide not do so after +all. + +The Chickens on the ground said he was afraid, and he said he wasn't any +more afraid than they were. Then, after a while, he did jump, a queer, +floppy, squawky kind of jump, but it landed him where he wanted to be. +After that it was his turn to laugh at the others while they stood +teetering uncertainly on the top stone. They were very lonely without +the Speckled Hen, and each Chicken wanted to be in the middle of the +group so that he could have others to keep him warm on all sides. + +Somebody laughed at the most mischievous Chicken and told him he could +stand on the potato-crate's back without being scolded, and he pouted +his bill and said: "Much fun that would be! All I cared about standing +on the Speckled Hen's back was to make her scold." It is very shocking +that he should say such things, but he did say exactly that. + +They slept safely that night, and only awakened when the Cocks crowed a +little while after midnight. After that they slept until sunrise, and +when the Shanghais and Dorkings came down from the apple-tree where +they had been roosting, the Black Spanish Chickens stirred and cheeped, +and looked at their feathers to see how much they had grown during the +night. Then they pushed and squabbled for their breakfast. + +Every night they came back to sleep on the potato-crate. At last they +were able to spring up into their places without standing on the +stone-pile, and that was a great day. They talked about it long after +they should have been asleep, and were still chattering when the +Shanghai Cock spoke: "If you Black Spanish Chickens don't keep still and +let us sleep," said he, "some Owl or Weasel will come for you, and I +shall be glad to have him!" + +That scared the Chickens and they were very quiet. It made the Black +Spanish Hen uneasy though, and she whispered to the Black Spanish Cock +and wouldn't let him sleep until he had promised to fight anybody who +might try to carry one of the Chickens away from the potato-crate. + +The next night first one Chicken and then another kept tumbling off the +potato-crate. They lost their patience and said such things as these to +each other: + +"You pushed me! You know you did!" + +"Well, he pushed me!" + +"Didn't either!" + +"Did too!" + +"Well, I couldn't help it if I did!" + +The Shanghai Cock became exceedingly cross because they made so much +noise, and even the Black Spanish Cock lost his patience. "You may be my +children," said he, "but you do not take your manners from me. Is there +no other place on this farm where you can sleep excepting that old +crate?" + +"We want to sleep here," answered the Chicken on the ground. "There is +plenty of room if those fellows wouldn't push." Then he flew up and +clung and pushed until some other Chicken tumbled off. + +"Well!" said the Black Spanish Cock. And he would have said much more if +the Black Spanish Hen had not fluttered down from the apple-tree to see +what was the matter. When he saw the expression of her eyes he decided +to go back to his perch. + +"There is not room for you all," said the Black Spanish Hen. "One must +sleep somewhere else." + +"There _is_ room," said the Chickens, contradicting her. "We have always +roosted on here." + +"There is _not_ room," said the Black Spanish Hen once more. "How do +your feathers grow?" + +"Finely," said they. + +"And your feet?" + +"They are getting very big," was the answer. + +"Do you think the Speckled Hen could cover you all with her wings if she +were to try it now?" + +The Chickens looked at each other and laughed. They thought it would +take three Speckled Hens to cover them. + +"But she used to," said the Black Spanish Hen. She did not say anything +more. She just looked at the potato-crate and at them and at the +potato-crate again. Then she walked off. + +After a while one of the Chickens said: "I guess perhaps there isn't +room for us all there." + +The mischievous one said: "If you little Chickens want to roost there +you may. I am too large for that sort of thing." Then he walked up the +slanting board to the apple-tree branch and perched there beside the +young Shanghais. You should have seen how beautifully he did it. His +toes hooked themselves around the branch as though he had always perched +there, and he tucked his head under his wing with quite an air. Before +long his brothers and sisters came also, and heard him saying to one of +his new neighbors, "Oh, yes, I much prefer apple-trees, but when I was a +Chicken I used to sleep on a potato-crate." + +"Just listen to him!" whispered the Black Spanish Cock. "And he hasn't a +tail-feather worth mentioning!" + +"Never mind," answered the Black Spanish Hen. "Let them play that they +are grown up if they want to. They will be soon enough." She sighed as +she put her head under her wing and settled down for the night. It made +her feel old to see her children roosting in a tree. + +[Illustration] + + + + +[Illustration] + +THE WIGGLERS BECOME MOSQUITOES + + +It was a bright moonlight night when the oldest Wigglers in the +rain-barrel made up their mind to leave the water. They had always been +restless and discontented children, but it was not altogether their +fault. How could one expect any insect with such a name to float +quietly? When the Mosquito Mothers laid their long and slender eggs in +the rain-barrel, they had fastened them together in boat-shaped masses, +and there they had floated until the Wigglers were strong enough to +break through the lower ends of the eggs into the water. It had been +only a few days before they were ready to do this. + +Then there had been a few more days and nights when the tiny Wigglers +hung head downward in the water, and all one could see by looking across +the barrel was the tips of their breathing tubes. Sometimes, if they +were frightened, a young Wiggler would forget and get head uppermost for +a minute, but he was always ashamed to have this happen, and made all +sorts of excuses for himself when it did. Well-bred little Wigglers +tried to always have their heads down, and Mosquitoes who stopped to +visit with them and give good advice told them such things as these: +"The Wiggler who keeps his head up may never have wings," and, "Up with +your tails and down with your eyes, if you would be mannerly, healthy, +and wise." + +When they were very young they kept their heads way down and breathed +through a tube that ran out near the tail-end of their bodies. This tube +had a cluster of tiny wing-like things on the very tip, which kept it +floating on the top of the water. They had no work to do, so they just +ate food which they found in the water, and wiggled, and played tag, and +whenever they were at all frightened they dived to the bottom and stayed +there until they were out of breath. That was never very long. + +There were many things to frighten them. Sometimes a stray Horse stopped +by the barrel to drink, sometimes a Robin perched on the edge for a few +mouthfuls of water, and once in a while a Dragon-Fly came over to visit +from the neighboring pond. It was not always the biggest visitor who +scared them the worst. The Horses tried not to touch the Wigglers, while +a Robin was only too glad if he happened to get one into his bill with +the water. The Dragon-Flies were the worst, for they were the hungriest, +and they were so much smaller that sometimes the Wigglers didn't see +them coming. Sometimes, too, when they thought that a Dragon-Fly was +going the other way, some of them stayed near the top of the water, only +to find when it was too late that a Dragon-Fly can go backward or +sidewise without turning around. + +When they were a few days old the Wigglers began to change their skins. +This they did by wiggling out of their old ones and wearing the new ones +which had been growing underneath. This made them feel exceedingly +important, and some of them became disgracefully vain. One Wiggler would +not dive until he was sure a certain Robin had seen his new suit. It was +because of that vanity he never lived to be a Mosquito. + +After they had changed their skins a few times, they had two +breathing-tubes apiece instead of one, and these two grew out near their +heads. And their heads were much larger. At the tail-end of his body +each Wiggler now had two leaf-like things with which he swam through +the water. Because they used different breathing-tubes, those Wigglers +who had moulted or cast their skins several times now floated in the +water with their heads just below the surface and their tails down. When +a Wiggler is old enough for this, he is called a Pupa, or half-grown +one. + +There are often young Mosquito children of all ages in the same +barrel--eggs, Wigglers, and Pupæ all together. There is plenty of room +and plenty of food, but because they have no work to do there is much +time for quarrelling and talking about each other. + +This year the Oldest Brother had put on so many airs that nobody liked +it at all, and several of the Wigglers had been heard to say that they +couldn't bear the sight of him. He had such a way of saying, "When I was +a young Wiggler and had to keep my head down," or repeating, "Up with +your tails and down with your eyes, if you would be mannerly, healthy, +and wise." One little Wiggler crossed his feelers at him, and they say +that it is just as bad to do that as to make faces. Besides, it is so +much easier--if you have the feelers to cross. + +Now the Oldest Brother and those of his brothers and sisters who had +hatched from the same egg-mass were talking of leaving the rain-barrel +forever. It was a bright moonlight night and they longed to get their +wings uncovered and dried, for then they would be full-grown Mosquitoes, +resting most of the day and having glorious times at night. + +The Oldest Brother was jerking himself through the water as fast as he +could, giving his jointed body sudden bends, first this way and then +that, and when he met anyone nearly his own age he said, "Come with me +and cast your skin. It is a fine evening for moulting." + +Sometimes they answered, "All right," and jerked or wiggled or swam +along with him, and sometimes a Pupa would answer, "I'm afraid I'm not +old enough to slip out of my skin easily." + +Then the Oldest Brother would reply, "Don't stop for that. You'll be +older by the time we begin." That was true, of course, and all members +of Mosquito families grow old very fast. So it happened that when the +moon peeped over the farmhouse, showing her bright face between the two +chimneys, twenty-three Pupæ were floating close to each other and making +ready to change their skins for the last time. + +It was very exciting. All the young Wigglers hung around to see what was +going on, and pushed each other aside to get the best places. The Oldest +Brother was much afraid that somebody else would begin to moult before +he was ready, and all the brothers were telling their sisters to be +careful to split their skins in the right place down the back, and the +sisters were telling them that they knew just as much about moulting as +their brothers did. Every little while the Oldest Brother would say, +"Now wait! Don't one of you fellows split his old skin until I say so." + +Then two or three of his brothers would become impatient, because their +outer skins were growing tighter every minute, and would say, "Why not?" +and would grumble because they had to wait. The truth was that the +Oldest Brother could not get his skin to crack, although he jerked and +wiggled and took very deep breaths. And he didn't want any one else to +get ahead of him. At last it did begin to open, and he had just told the +others to commence moulting, when a Mosquito Mother stopped to lay a few +eggs in the barrel. + +"Dear me!" said she. "You are not going to moult to-night, are you?" + +"Yes, we are," answered the Oldest Brother, giving a wiggle that split +his skin a little farther. "We'll be biting people before morning." + +"You?" said the Mosquito Mother, with a queer little smile. "I wouldn't +count on doing that. But you young people may get into trouble if you +moult now, for it looks like rain." + +She waved her feelers upward as she spoke, and they noticed that heavy +black clouds were piling up in the sky. Even as they looked the moon was +hidden and the wind began to stir the branches of the trees. "It will +rain," she said, "and then the water will run off the roof into this +barrel, and if you have just moulted and cannot fly, you will be +drowned." + +"Pooh!" answered the Oldest Brother. "Guess we can take care of +ourselves. I'm not afraid of a little water." Then he tried to crawl out +of his old skin. + +The Mosquito Mother stayed until she had laid all the eggs she wanted +to, and then flew away. Not one of the Pupæ had been willing to listen +to her, although some of the sisters might have done so if their +brothers had not made fun of them. + +At last, twenty-three soft and tired young Mosquitoes stood on their +cast-off pupa-skins, waiting for their wings to harden. It is never easy +work to crawl out of one's skin, and the last moulting is the hardest of +all. It was then, when they could do nothing but wait, that these young +Mosquitoes began to feel afraid. The night was now dark and windy, and +sometimes a sudden gust blew their floating pupa skins toward one side +of the barrel. They had to cling tightly to them, for they suddenly +remembered that if they fell into the water they might drown. The oldest +one found himself wishing to be a Wiggler again. "Wigglers are never +drowned," thought he. + +"Who are you going to bite first?" asked one of his brothers. + +He answered very crossly: "I don't know and I don't care. I'm not +hungry. Can't you think of anything but eating?" + +"Why, what else is there to think about?" cried all the floating +Mosquitoes. + +"Well, there is flying," said he. + +"Humph! I don't see what use flying would be except to carry us to our +food," said one Mosquito Sister. She afterward found out that it was +good for other reasons. + +After that they didn't try to talk with their Oldest Brother. They +talked with each other and tried their legs, and wished it were light +enough for them to see their wings. Mosquitoes have such interesting +wings, you know, thin and gauzy, and with delicate fringes around the +edges and along the line of each vein. The sisters, too, were proud of +the pockets under their wings, and were in a hurry to have their wings +harden, so that they could flutter them and hear the beautiful singing +sound made by the air striking these pockets. They knew that their +brothers could never sing, and they were glad to think that they were +ahead of them for once. It was not really their fault that they felt so, +for the brothers had often put on airs and laughed at them. + +Then came a wonderful flash of lightning and a long roll of thunder, and +the trees tossed their beautiful branches to and fro, while big +rain-drops pattered down on to the roof overhead and spattered and +bounded and rolled toward the edge under which the rain-barrel stood. + +"Fly!" cried the Oldest Brother, raising his wings as well as he could. + +"We can't. Where to?" cried the rest. + +"Fly any way, anywhere!" screamed the Oldest Brother, and in some +wonderful way the whole twenty-three managed to flutter and crawl and +sprawl up the side of the building, where the rain-drops fell past but +did not touch them. There they found older Mosquitoes waiting for the +shower to stop. Even the Oldest Brother was so scared that he shook, and +when he saw that same Mosquito Mother who had told him to put off +changing his skin, he got behind two other young Mosquitoes and kept +very still. Perhaps she saw him, for it was lighter then than it had +been. She did not seem to see him, but he heard her talking to her +friends. "I told him," she said, "that he might better put off moulting, +but he answered that he could take care of himself, and that he would be +out biting people before morning." + +"Did he say that?" cried the other old Mosquitoes. + +"He did," she replied. + +Then they all laughed and laughed and laughed again, and the young +Mosquito found out why. It was because Mosquito brothers have to eat +honey, and only the sisters may bite people and suck their blood. He had +thought so often how he would sing around somebody until he found the +nicest, juiciest spot, and then settle lightly down and bite and suck +until his slender little body was fat and round and red with its +stomachful of blood. And that could never be! He could never sing, and +he would have to sit around with his stomach full of honey and see his +eleven sisters gorged with blood and hear them singing sweetly as they +flew. If Mosquito Fathers had ever come to the barrel he might have +found this out, but they never did. He sneaked off by himself until he +met an early bird and then--well, you know birds must eat something, and +the Mosquito was right there. Of course, after that, his brothers and +sisters had a chance to do as they wanted to, and the eleven sisters +bit thirteen people the very next night and had the loveliest kind of +Mosquito time. + +[Illustration] + + + + +[Illustration] + +THE NAUGHTY RACCOON CHILDREN + + +There was hardly a night of his life when the Little Brother of the +Raccoon family was not reproved by his mother for teasing. Mrs. Raccoon +said she didn't know what she had done to deserve such a child. When she +spoke like this to her neighbors they sighed and said, "It must be +trying, but he may outgrow it." + +The Oldest Wolverene, though, told the Skunk that his cousin, Mrs. +Raccoon's husband, had been just as bad as that when he was young. "I do +not want you to say that I said so," he whispered, "because he might +hear of it and be angry, but it is true." The Oldest Wolverene didn't +say whether Mr. Raccoon outgrew this bad habit, yet it would seem that +his wife had never noticed it. + +You must not think that Mr. Raccoon was dead. Oh, no, indeed! Every +night he was prowling through the forest on tiptoe looking for food. But +Mrs. Raccoon was a very devoted mother and gave so much time and +attention to her children that she was not good company for her husband. +He did not care much for home life, and the children annoyed him +exceedingly, so he went away and found a hole in another tree which he +fitted up for himself. There he slept through the day and until the +setting of the sun told him that it was time for his breakfast. Raccoons +like company, and he often had friends in to sleep with him. Sometimes +these friends were Raccoons like himself with wives and children, and +then they would talk about their families and tell how they thought +their wives were spoiling the children. + +The four little Raccoons, who lived with their mother in the dead branch +of the big oak-tree, had been born in April, when the forest was sweet +with the scent of wild violets and every one was happy. Beautiful pink +and white trilliums raised their three-cornered flowers above their +threefold leaves and nodded with every passing breeze. Yellow +adder's-tongue was there, with cranesbill geraniums, squirrel-corn, and +spring beauties, besides hepaticas and windflowers and the dainty +bishop's-cap. The young Raccoons did not see these things, for their +eyes would not work well by daylight, and when, after dark, their mother +let them put their heads out of the hole and look around, they were too +far from the ground to see the flowers sleeping in the dusk below. They +could only sniff, sniff, sniff with their sharp little turned-up noses, +and wonder what flowers look like, any way. + +When their mother was with them for a time, and that was while they were +drinking the warm milk that she always carried for them, she told them +stories of the flowers and trees. She had begun by telling them animal +stories, but she found that it made them cowardly. "Just supposing," one +young Raccoon had said, "a great big, dreadful Snail should come up this +tree and eat us all!" + +The mother told them that Snails were small and slow and weak, and never +climbed trees or ate people, but it did no good, and her children were +always afraid of Snails until they had seen one for themselves. After +that she told them stories of the flowers, and when they asked if the +flowers would ever come to see them, she said, "No, indeed! You will +never see them until you can climb down the tree and walk among them, +for they grow with their feet in the ground and never go anywhere." +There were many stories which they wanted over and over again, but the +one they liked best of all was that about the wicked, wicked Poison Ivy +and the gentle Spotted Touch-me-not who grew near him and undid all the +trouble that the Ivy made. + +When the night came for the young Raccoons to climb down from their tree +and learn to hunt, all the early spring blossoms were gone, and only the +ripening seed-vessels showed where nodding flowers had been. You would +have expected the Raccoon children to be disappointed, yet there were so +many other things to see and learn about that it was not until three +nights later that they thought much of the flowers. They might not have +done so then if Little Sister had not lost her hold upon the oak-tree +bark and fallen with her forepaws on a scarlet jack-in-the-pulpit berry. + +They had to learn to climb quickly and strongly up all sorts of trees. +Perhaps Mrs. Raccoon had chosen an oak for her nest because that was +rough and easily climbed. There were many good places for Raccoons to +grip with their twenty strong claws apiece. After they had learned oaks +they took maples, ironwoods, and beeches--each a harder lesson than the +one before. + +"When you climb a tree," said their mother, "always look over the trunk +and the largest branches for hiding-places, whether you want to use one +then or not." + +"Why?" asked three of the four children. Big Brother, who was rather +vain, was looking at the five beautiful black rings and the beautiful +black tip of his wonderful bushy tail. Between the black rings were +whitish ones, and he thought such things much more interesting than +holes in trees. + +"Because," said the Mother Raccoon, "you may be far from home some +night and want a safe place to sleep in all day. Or if a man and his +Dogs are chasing you, you must climb into the first hiding-place you +can. We Raccoons are too fat and slow to run away from them, and the +rings on our tails and the black patches on our broad faces might show +from the ground. If the hole is a small one, make it cover your head and +your tail anyway, and as much of your brown body fur as you can." + +Mother Raccoon looked sternly at Big Brother because he had not been +listening, and he gave a slight jump and asked, "W-what did you say?" + +"What did I say?" she replied. "You should have paid better attention." + +"Yes 'm," said Big Brother, who was now very meek. + +"I shall not repeat it," said his mother, "but I will tell you not to +grow vain of your fur. It is very handsome, and so is that of your +sisters and your brother. So is mine, and so was your father's the last +time I saw him. Yet nearly all the trouble that Raccoons have is on +account of their fur. Never try to show it off." + +The time came for the young Raccoons to stop drinking milk from their +mother's body, and when they tried to do so she only walked away from +them. + +"I cannot work so hard to care for you," said she. "I am so tired and +thin, now, that my skin is loose, and you must find your own food. You +are getting forty fine teeth apiece, and I never saw a better lot of +claws on any Raccoon family, if I do say it." + +They used to go hunting together, for it is the custom for Raccoons to +go in parties of from five to eight, hunt all night, and then hide +somewhere until the next night. They did not always come home at +sunrise, and it made a pleasant change to sleep in different trees. One +day they all cuddled down in the hollow of an old maple, just below +where the branches come out. Mother Raccoon had climbed the tree first +and was curled away in the very bottom of the hole. The four children +were not tired and hadn't wanted to go to bed at all. Little Sister had +made a dreadful face when her mother called her up the tree, and if it +had not already been growing light, Mrs. Raccoon would probably have +seen it and punished her. + +Big Sister curled down beside her mother and Little Sister was rather +above them and beside mischievous Little Brother. Last of all came Big +Brother, who had stopped to scratch his ear with his hind foot. He was +very proud of his little round ears, and often scratched them in this +way to make sure that the fur lay straight on them. He was so slow in +reaching the hole that before he got into it a Robin had begun his +morning song of "Cheerily, cheerily, cheerup!" and a Chipmunk perched +on a stump to make his morning toilet. + +He got all settled, and Little Brother was half asleep beside him, when +he remembered his tail and sat up to have one more look at it. Little +Brother growled sleepily and told him to "let his old tail alone and +come to bed, as long as they couldn't hunt any more." But Big Brother +thought he saw a sand-burr on his tail, and wanted to pull it out before +it hurt the fur. Then he began to look at the bare, tough pads on his +feet, and to notice how finely he could spread his toes. Those of his +front feet he could spread especially wide. He balanced himself on the +edge of the hole and held them spread out before him. It was still dark +enough for him to see well. "Come here, Little Brother," he cried. "Wake +up, and see how big my feet are getting." + +Mother Raccoon growled at them to be good children and go to sleep, but +her voice sounded dreamy and far away because she had to talk through +part of her own fur and most of her daughters'. + +Little Brother lost his patience, unrolled himself with a spring, jumped +to the opening, and knocked his brother down. It was dreadful. Of course +Big Brother was not much hurt, for he was very fat and his fur was both +long and thick, but he turned over and over on his way to the ground +before he alighted on his feet. He turned so fast and Little Brother's +eyes hurt him so that it looked as though Big Brother had about three +heads, three tails, and twelve feet. He called out as he fell, and that +awakened the sisters, who began to cry, and Mother Raccoon, who was so +scared that she began to scold. + + [Illustration: KNOCKED HIS BROTHER DOWN. _Page 40_] + +Such a time! Mother Raccoon found out what had happened, and then she +said to Little Brother, "Did you mean to push him down?" + +"No, ma'am," answered Little Brother, hanging his head. "Anyhow I didn't +mean to after I saw him going. Perhaps I did mean to before that." You +see he was a truthful Raccoon even when he was most naughty, and there +is always hope for a Raccoon who will tell the truth, no matter how hard +it is to do so. + +Big Brother climbed slowly up the trunk of the oak-tree, while more and +more of the daytime people came to look at him. He could not see well +now, and so was very awkward. When he reached the hole he was hot and +cross, and complained to his mother. "Make him quit teasing me," he +said, pointing one forepaw at Little Brother. + +"I will," answered Mother Raccoon; "but you were just as much to blame +as he, for if you had cuddled down quietly when I told you to, you would +have been dreaming long ago. Now you must sleep where I was, at the +lower end of the hole. Little Brother must go next, and I do not want to +hear one word from either of you. Sisters next, and I will sleep by the +opening. You children must remember that it is no time for talking to +each other, or looking at claws, or getting sand-burrs out of your tails +after you have been sent to bed. Go to sleep, and don't awaken until the +sun has gone down and you are ready to be my good little Raccoons +again." + +Her children were asleep long before she was, and she talked softly to +herself after they were dreaming. "They do not mean to be naughty," she +said. "Yet it makes my fur stand on end to think what might have +happened.... I ought not to have curled up for the day until they had +done so.... Mothers should always be at the top of the heap." Then she +fixed herself for a long, restful day's sleep. + + + + +[Illustration] + +THE TIMID LITTLE GROUND HOG + + +It was not often that the little Ground Hogs were left alone in the +daytime. Before they were born their mother had been heard to say that +she had her opinion of any Ground Hog who would be seen out after +sunrise. Mr. Ground Hog felt in the same way, and said if he ever got to +running around by daylight, like some of his relatives, people might +call him a Woodchuck. He thought that any one who ate twigs, beets, +turnips, young tree-bark, and other green things from sunset to sunrise +ought to be able to get along until the next sunset without a lunch. He +said that any Ground Hog who wanted more was a Pig. + +After the baby Ground Hogs were born, matters were different. They could +not go out at night to feed for themselves, and their stomachs were so +tiny and held so little at a time that they had to be filled very often. +Mr. Ground Hog was never at home now, and the care all fell upon his +hard-working wife. + +"You know, my dear," he had said, "that I should only be in the way if I +were to stay at home, for I am not clever and patient with children as +you are. No, I think I will go away and see to some matters which I have +rather neglected of late. When the children are grown up and you have +more time to give me, I will come back to you." + +Then Mr. Ground Hog trotted away to join a party of his friends who had +just told their wives something of the same sort, and they all went +together to the farmer's turnip patch and had a delightful time until +morning. Mrs. Ground Hog looked after him as he trotted away and wished +that she could go too. He looked so handsome with the moonlight shining +down on his long, thick, reddish fur, and showing the black streak on +his back where the fur was tipped with gray. He was fat and shaky, with +a baggy skin, and when he stopped to sit up on his haunches and wave his +paws at her and comb his face-fur, she thought him just as handsome as +he had been in the early spring when they first met. That had been in a +parsnip patch where there was good feeding until the farmer found that +the Ground Hogs were there, and dug the rest of his vegetables and +stored them in his cellar. Such midnight meals as they had eaten there +together! Mrs. Ground Hog said she never saw a parsnip afterward without +thinking of their courtship. + +She had been as handsome as he, and there were many other Ground Hogs +who admired her. But now she was thin and did not have many chances to +comb her fur with her fore paws. She could not go with him to the turnip +patch because she did not wish to go so far from her babies. Thinking of +that reminded her to go into her sidehill burrow and see what they were +doing. Then she lay down and let them draw the warm milk from her body. +While they were feeding she felt of them, and thought how fast they were +growing. It would be only a short time before they could trot around the +fields by themselves and whistle shrilly as they dodged down into their +own burrows. "Ah!" said she, "this is better than turnip patches or even +parsnips." + +When they had finished, their mother left them and went out to feed. She +had always been a hearty eater, but now she had to eat enough more to +make the milk for her babies. She often thought that if Ground Hog +babies could eat anything else their father might have learned to help +feed them. She thought of this especially when she saw the Great Horned +Owl carrying food home to his son and daughter. "It is what comes of +being four-legged," said she, "and I wouldn't be an Owl for anything, so +I won't grumble." After this she was more cheerful. + +When she left the burrow she always said: "I am going out to feed, and I +shall not be gone very long. Don't be afraid, for you have a good +burrow, and it is nice and dark outside." + +The children would cry: "And you will surely come home before sunrise?" + +"Surely," she always answered as she trotted away. Then the children +would rest happily in their burrow-nest. + +But now Mrs. Ground Hog was hungry, and it was broad daylight. She knew +that it was because her children grew bigger every day and had to have +more and more milk. This meant that she must eat more, or else when they +wanted milk there would not be enough ready. She knew that she must +begin to feed by day as well as by night, and she was glad that she +could see fairly well if the sun were not shining into her eyes. + +"Children," said she to them, just as they finished their morning lunch, +"I am very hungry and I am going out to feed. You will be quite safe +here and I want you to be good while I am gone." + +The young Ground Hogs began to cry and clutch at her fur with their weak +little paws. "Oh, don't go," they said. "Please don't go. We don't want +to stay alone in the daytime. We're afraid." + +"I must," said she, "or I shall have no milk for you. And then, you +wouldn't have me lie here all day too hungry to sleep, would you?" + +"N-no," said they; "but you'll come back soon, won't you?" + +"Yes," said she, and she shook off their clinging paws and poked back +the daughter who caught on again, and trotted away as fast as she +could. It was the first time that she had been out by daylight, and +everything looked queer. The colors looked too bright, and there seemed +to be more noise than usual, and she met several people whom she had +never seen before. She stopped for a minute to look at an Ovenbird's +nest. The mother-bird was inside, sitting there very still and brave, +although she was much frightened. + +"Good-morning," said Mrs. Ground Hog. "I was just admiring your nest. I +have never seen it by daylight." + +"Good-morning," answered the Ovenbird. "I'm glad you fancy my nest, but +I hope you don't like to eat meat." + +"Meat?" answered Mrs. Ground Hog. "I never touch it." And she smiled and +showed all her teeth. + +"Oh," exclaimed the Ovenbird, "I see you don't, for you have +gnawing-teeth, rather like those of the Rabbits." Then she hopped out +of the nest and let Mrs. Ground Hog peep in to see how the inside was +finished and also to see the four speckled eggs which lay there. + +"It is a lovely nest," said Mrs. Ground Hog, "and those eggs are +beauties. But I promised the children that I would hurry. Good-by." She +trotted happily away, while Mrs. Ovenbird settled herself upon her eggs +again and thought what a pleasant call she had had and what an excellent +and intelligent person Mrs. Ground Hog was! + +All this time the children at home were talking together about +themselves and what their mother had told them. Once there was a long +pause which lasted until the brother said: "I'm not afraid, are you?" + +"Of course not," said they. + +"Because there isn't anything to be afraid of," said he. + +"Not anything," said they. + +"And I wouldn't be afraid anyway," said he. + +"Neither would we," answered the sisters. + +There was another long pause. + +"She said we'd be just as safe as if it were dark," said the big sister. + +"Of course," said the brother. + +"And she said she'd come back as soon as she could," said the second +sister. + +"I wish she'd come now," said the smallest sister. + +There was another long pause. + +"You don't suppose anybody would come here just to scare us, do you?" +asked the second sister. + +"See here," said the brother, "I wish you'd quit saying things to make a +fellow afraid." + +"You don't mean that you are frightened!" exclaimed the three sisters +together. And the smallest one added: "Why, you are, too! I can feel +you tremble." + +"Well, I don't care," said the brother. "I'm not afraid of people, +anyhow. If it were only dark I wouldn't mind." + +"Oh, are you afraid of the daylight too?" cried each of the sisters. "So +am I!" Then they all trembled together. + +"I tell you what let's do," said the smallest sister. "Let's all stop +looking toward the light end of the burrow, and cuddle up together and +cover our eyes and make believe it's night." They did this and felt +better. They even played that they heard the few noises of the +night-time. A Crow cawed outside, and the brother said, "Did you hear +that Owl? That was the Great Horned Owl, the one who had to hatch the +eggs, you know." + +When another Crow cawed, the smallest sister said, "Was that his cousin, +the Screech Owl?" + +"Yes," answered the big sister. "He is the one who used to bring things +for the Great Horned Owl to eat." + +So they amused themselves and each other, and really got along very well +except when, once in a while, they opened their eyes a little crack to +see if it were not getting really dark. Then they had to begin all over +again. At last their mother came, and what a comfort it was! How glad +she was to be back, and how much she had to tell them! All about the +Ovenbird's nest and the four eggs in it, and how the Ovenbirds spent +their nights in sleeping and their days in work and play. + +"I wonder if the little Ovenbirds will be scared when they have to stay +alone in the daytime?" said the smallest sister. + +"They would be more scared if they had to stay alone at night," said +their mother. + +"At night!" exclaimed all the young Ground Hogs. "Why, it is dark +then!" + +"They might be afraid of the darkness," said their mother. Then the +children laughed and thought she was making fun of them. They drank some +milk and went to sleep like good little Ground Hogs, but even after he +was half asleep the big brother laughed out loud at the thought of the +Ovenbird babies being scared at night. He could understand any one's +being afraid of daylight, but darkness----! + +[Illustration] + + + + +[Illustration] + +THE YOUNG RACCOONS GO TO A PARTY + + +It was not very many nights after Big Brother had tumbled from the +maple-tree, when he and the other children were invited to a Raccoon +party down by the pond. The water was low, and in the small pools by the +shore there were many fresh-water clams and small fishes, such as +Raccoons like best of all. A family of six young Raccoons who lived very +near the pond had found them just before sunrise, when they had to climb +off to bed. They knew there was much more food there than they could eat +alone, so their mother had let them invite their four friends who lived +in the hollow of the oak-tree. The party was to begin the next evening +at moonrise, and the four children who lived in the oak-tree got their +invitation just as they were going to sleep for the day. They were very +much excited over it, for they had never been to a party. + +"I wish we could go now," said Big Brother. + +"Yes, lots of fun it would be now!" answered Little Brother. "The sun is +almost up, and there are no clouds in the sky. We couldn't see a thing +unless we shaded our eyes with our fore paws, and if we had to use our +fore paws in that way we couldn't eat." + +"You do eat at parties, don't you?" asked Little Sister, who had not +quite understood what was said. + +"Of course," shouted her brothers. "That is what parties are for." + +"I thought maybe you talked some," said Big Sister. + +"I suppose you do have to, some," said Big Brother, "but I know you +eat. I've heard people tell about parties lots of times, and they always +began by telling what they ate. That's what makes it a party." + +"Oh, I wish it were night and time to go," sighed Little Brother. + +"I don't," said Little Sister. "I wouldn't have any fun if I were to go +now. I'd rather wait until my stomach is empty." + +"There!" said their mother. "You children have talked long enough. Now +curl down and go to sleep. The birds are already singing their morning +songs, and the Owls and Bats were dreaming long ago. It will make +night-time come much sooner if you do not stay awake." + +"We're not a bit sleepy," cried all the young Raccoons together. + +"That makes no difference at all," said their mother, and she spoke +quite sternly. "Cuddle down for the day now, cover your eyes, and stop +talking. I do not say you must sleep, but you must stop talking." + +They knew that when she spoke in that way and said "must," there was +nothing to do but to mind. So they cuddled down, and every one of them +was asleep before you could drop an acorn. Mother Raccoon had known it +would be so. + +When they awakened, early the next night, each young Raccoon had to make +himself look as neat as possible. There were long fur to be combed, +faces and paws to be washed, and twenty-three burrs to be taken out of +Little Brother's tail. He began to take them out himself, but his mother +found that whenever he got one loose he stuck it onto one of the other +children, so she scolded him and made him sit on a branch by himself +while she worked at the burrs. Sometimes she couldn't help pulling the +fur, and then he tried to wriggle away. + +"You've got enough out," he cried. "Let the rest go." + +"You should have thought sooner how it would hurt," she said. "You have +been told again and again to keep away from the burrs, and you are just +as careless as you were the first night you left the tree." Then she +took out another burr and dropped it to the ground. + +"Ouch!" said he. "Let me go!" + +"Not until I am done," she answered. "No child of mine shall ever go to +a party looking as you do." + +After that Little Brother tried to hold still, and he had time to think +how glad he was that he hadn't stuck any more burrs on the other +children. If he had gotten more onto them, he would have had to wait +while they were pulled off again, and then they might have been late for +the party. If he had been very good, he would have been glad they didn't +have to be hurt as he was. But he was not very good, and he never +thought of that. + +When he was ready at last, Mother Raccoon made her four children sit in +a row while she talked to them. "Remember to walk on your toes," said +she, "although you may stand flat-footed if you wish. Don't act greedy +if you can help it. Go into the water as much as you choose, but don't +try to dive, even if they dare you to. Raccoons can never learn to dive, +no matter how well they swim. And be sure to wash your food before you +eat it." + +All the young Raccoons said "Yes'm," and thought they would remember +every word. The first moonbeam shone on the top of the oak-tree, and +Mrs. Raccoon said: "Now you may go. Be good children and remember what I +told you. Don't stay too long. Start home when you see the first light +in the east." + +"Yes'm," said the young Raccoons, as they walked off very properly +toward the pond. After they were well away from the oak-tree, they heard +their mother calling to them: "Remember to walk on your toes!" + +Raccoons cannot go very fast, and the moon was shining brightly when +they reached the pond and met their six friends. Such frolics as they +had in the shallow water, swimming, twisting, turning, scooping up food +with their busy fore paws, going up and down the beach, and rolling on +the sand! They never once remembered what their mother had told them, +and they acted exactly as they had been in the habit of doing every day. +Big Brother looked admiringly at his own tail every chance he got, +although he had been told particularly not to act as if he thought +himself fine-looking. Little Brother rolled into a lot of sand-burrs and +got his fur so matted that he looked worse than ever. Big Sister +snatched food from other Raccoons, and not one of them remembered about +walking on tiptoe. Little Sister ate half the time without washing her +food. Of course that didn't matter when the food was taken from the +pond, but when they found some on the beach and ate it without +washing--that was dreadful. No Raccoon who is anybody at all will do +that. + +The mother of the family of six looked on from a tree near by. The +children did not know that she was there. "What manners!" said she. "I +shall never have them invited here again." Just then she saw one of her +own sons eat without washing his food, and she groaned out loud. "My +children are forgetting too," she said. "I have told him hundreds of +times that if he did that way every day he would do so at a party, but +he has always said he would remember." + +The mother of the four young Raccoons was out hunting and found herself +near the pond. "How noisy those children are!" she said to herself. +"Night people should be quiet." She tiptoed along to a pile of rocks and +peeped between them to see what was going on. She saw her children's +footprints on the sand. "Aha!" said she. "So they did walk flat-footed +after all." + +She heard somebody scrambling down a tree near by. "Good-evening," said +a pleasant Raccoon voice near her. It was the mother of the six. "Are +you watching the children's party?" asked the newcomer. "I hope you did +not notice how badly my son is behaving. I have tried to teach my +children good manners, but they will be careless when I am not looking, +and then, of course, they forget in company." + +That made the mother of the four feel more comfortable. "I know just how +that is," said she. "Mine mean to be good, but they are so careless. It +is very discouraging." + +The two mothers talked for a long time in whispers and then each went to +her hole. + +When the four young Raccoons came home, it was beginning to grow light, +and they kept close together because they were somewhat afraid. Their +mother was waiting to see them settled for the day. She asked if they +had a good time, and said she was glad they got home promptly. They had +been afraid she would ask if they had washed their food and walked on +their toes. She even seemed not to notice Little Brother's matted coat. + +When they awakened the next night, the mother hurried them off with her +to the same pond where they had been to the party. "I am going to visit +with the mother of your friends," said she, "and you may play around and +amuse yourselves." + +The young Raccoons had another fine time, although Little Brother found +it very uncomfortable to wear so many burrs. They played tag in the +trees, and ate, and swam, and lay on the beach. While they were lying +there, the four from the oak-tree noticed that their mother was walking +flat-footed. There was bright moonlight and anybody might see her. They +felt dreadfully about it. Then they saw her begin to eat food which she +had not washed. They were so ashamed that they didn't want to look their +friends in the eye. They didn't know that their friends were feeling in +the same way because they had seen their mother doing ill-mannered +things. + +After they reached home, Big Brother said, very timidly, to his mother: +"Did you know you ate some food without washing it?" + +"Oh, yes," she answered; "it is such a bother to dip it all in water." + +"And you walked flat-footed," said Little Brother. + +"Well, why shouldn't I, if I want to?" said she. + +The children began to cry: "P-people will think you don't know any +b-better," said they. "We were d-dreadfully ashamed." + +"Oh!" said their mother. "Oh! Oh! So you think that my manners are not +so good as yours! Is that it?" + +The young Raccoons looked at each other in a very uncomfortable way. "We +suppose we don't always do things right ourselves," they answered, "but +you are grown up." + +"Yes," replied their mother. "And you will be." + +For a long time nobody spoke, and Little Sister sobbed out loud. Then +Mrs. Raccoon spoke more gently: "The sun is rising," said she. "We will +go to sleep now, and when we awaken to-morrow night we will try to have +better manners, so that we need not be ashamed of each other at parties +or at home." + +Long after the rest were dreaming, Big Sister nudged Big Brother and +awakened him. "I understand it now," she said. "She did it on purpose." + +"Who did what?" asked he. + +"Why, our mother. She was rude on purpose to let us see how it looked." + +Big Brother thought for a minute. "Of course," said he. "Of course she +did! Well she won't ever have to do it again for me." + +"Nor for me," said Big Sister. Then they went to sleep. + +[Illustration] + + + + +[Illustration] + +THE SKUNKS AND THE OVEN-BIRD'S NEST + + +The Skunks did not go into society at all. They were very unpopular, and +so many people feared or disliked them that nobody would invite them to +a party. Indeed, if they had been invited to a party and had gone, the +other guests would have left at once. The small people of the forest +feared them because they were meat-eaters, and the larger ones disliked +them because of their disagreeable habits. The Skunks were handsome and +quiet, but they were quick-tempered, and as soon as one of them became +angry he threw a horrible smelling liquid on the people who displeased +him. It was not only horrible smelling, but it made those who had to +smell it steadily quite sick, and would, indeed, have killed them if +they had not kept in the fresh air. If a drop of this liquid got on to a +person, even his wife and children had to keep away from him for a long +time. + +And the Skunks were so unreasonable. They would not stop to see what was +the real trouble, but if anybody ran into them by mistake in the +darkness, they would just as likely as not throw the liquid at once. +Among themselves they seemed to be quite happy. There were from six to +ten children born at a time in each family. These children lived in the +burrow with their father and mother until the next spring, sleeping +steadily through the coldest weather of winter, and only awakening when +it was warm enough for them to enjoy life. When spring came, the +children found themselves grown-up and went off to live their own lives +in new holes, while their mothers took care of the six or seven or +eight or nine or ten new babies. + +There was one very interesting Skunk family in the forest, with the +father, mother, and eight children living in one hole. No two of them +were marked in exactly the same way, although all were stoutly built, +had small heads, little round ears, and beautiful long tails covered +with soft, drooping hair. Their fur was rather long and handsome and +they were dark brown or black nearly all over. Most of them had a streak +of white on the forehead, a spot of it on the neck, some on the tail, +and a couple of stripes of it on their backs. One could see them quite +easily by starlight on account of the white fur. + +The Skunks were really very proud of their white stripes and spots. "It +is not so much having the white fur," Mrs. Skunk had been heard to say, +"as it is having it where all can see it. Most animals wear the dark fur +on their backs and the light on their bellies, and that is to make them +safer from enemies. But we dare to wear ours in plain sight. _We_ are +never afraid." + +And what she said was true, although it hardly seemed modest for her to +talk about it in that way. It would have been more polite to let other +people tell how brave her family were. Perhaps, however, if somebody +else had been telling it, he would have said that part of their courage +was rudeness. + +Father Skunk always talked to his children as his father had talked to +him, and probably as his grandfather had also talked when he was raising +a family. "Never turn out of your way for anybody," said he. "Let the +other fellow step aside. Remember that, no matter whom you meet and no +matter how large the other people may be. If they see you, they will get +out of your path, and if they can't it is not your fault. Don't speak +to them and don't hurry. Always take your time." + +Father Skunk was slow and stately. It was a sight worth seeing when he +started off for a night's ramble, walking with a slow and measured gait +and carrying his fine tail high over his back. He always went by +himself. "One is company, two is a crowd," he would say as he walked +away. When they were old enough, the young Skunks began to walk off +alone as soon as it was dark. Mother Skunk also went alone, and perhaps +she had the best time of all, for it was a great rest not to have eight +babies tumbling over her back and getting under her feet and hanging on +to her with their thirty-two paws, and sometimes even scratching her +with their one hundred and sixty claws. They still slept through the +days in the old hole, so they were together much of the time, but they +did not hunt in parties, as Raccoons and Weasels do. + + [Illustration: HE STARTED OFF FOR A NIGHT'S RAMBLE. _Page 72_] + +One of the brothers had no white whatever on his tail, so they called +him the Black-tailed Skunk. He had heard in some way that there was an +Ovenbird's nest on the ground by the fern bank, and he made up his mind +to find it the very next night and eat the eggs which were inside. + +Another brother was called the Spotted Skunk, because the spot on his +neck was so large. He had found the Ovenbird's nest himself, while on +his way home in the early morning. He would have liked to rob it then, +but he had eaten so much that night that he thought it better to wait. + +So it happened that when the family awakened the next night two of the +children had important plans of their own. Neither of them would have +told for anything, but they couldn't quite keep from hinting about it as +they made themselves ready to go out. + +"Aha!" said the Black-tailed Skunk. "I know something you don't know." + +"Oh, tell us!" cried four or five of the other children, while the +Spotted Skunk twisted his head and said, "You don't either!" + +"I do too!" replied the Black-tailed Skunk. + +"Children! Children!" exclaimed Mrs. Skunk, while their father said that +he couldn't see where his children got their quarrelsome disposition, +for none of his people had ever contradicted or disputed. His wife told +him that she really thought them very good, and that she was sure they +behaved much better than most Skunks of their age. Then their father +walked off in his most stately manner, putting his feet down almost +flat, and carrying his tail a little higher than usual. + +"I do know something that you don't," repeated the Black-tailed Skunk, +"and it's something nice, too." + +"Aw!" said the Spotted Skunk. "I don't believe it, and I don't care +anyhow." + +"I know you don't know, and I know you'd want to know if you knew what I +know," said the Black-tailed Skunk, who was now getting so excited that +he could hardly talk straight. + +"Children!" exclaimed their mother. "Not another word about that. I do +wish you would wake up good-natured." + +"He started it," said the Spotted Skunk, "and we're not quarrelling +anyhow. But I guess he'd give a good deal to know where I'm going." + +"Children!" repeated their mother. "Go at once. I will not have you +talking in this way before your brothers and sisters. Do not stop to +talk, but go!" + +So the two brothers started out for the night and each thought he would +go a roundabout way to fool the other. The Black-tailed Skunk went to +the right, and the Spotted Skunk went to the left, but each of them, +you know, really started to rob the Ovenbird's nest. It was a very dark +night. Even the stars were all hidden behind thick clouds, and one could +hardly see one's forepaws while walking. But, of course, the +night-prowlers of the forest are used to this, and four-footed people +are not so likely to stumble and fall as two-footed ones. Besides, young +Skunks have to remember where logs and stumps of trees are, just as +other people have to remember their lessons. + +So it happened that, while Mrs. Ovenbird was sleeping happily with her +four eggs safe and warm under her breast, two people were coming from +different ways to rob her. Such a snug nest as it was! She had chosen a +tiny hollow in the fern bank and had cunningly woven dry grasses and +leaves into a ball-shaped nest, which fitted neatly into the hollow and +had a doorway on one side. + +The Black-tailed Skunk sneaked up to the nest from one side. The Spotted +Skunk sneaked up from the other side. Once the Black-tailed Skunk +thought he heard some other creature moving toward him. At the same +minute the Spotted Skunk thought he heard somebody, so he stopped to +listen. Neither heard anything. Mrs. Ovenbird was sure that she heard a +leaf rustle outside, and it made her anxious until she remembered that a +dead twig might have dropped from the beech-tree overhead and hit the +dry leaves below. + +Slowly the two brothers crept toward the nest and each other. They moved +very quietly, because each wanted to catch the mother-bird if he could. +Close to the nest hollow they crouched and sprang with jaws open and +sharp teeth ready to bite. There was a sudden crashing of leaves and +ferns. The two brothers had sprung squarely at each other, each was +bitten, growled, and ran away. And how they did run! It is not often, +you know, that Skunks go faster than a walk, but when they are really +scared they move very, very swiftly. + +Mrs. Ovenbird felt her nest roof crush down upon her for a minute as two +people rolled and growled outside. Then she heard them running away in +different directions and knew that she was safe, for a time at least. In +the morning she repaired her nest and told her bird friends about it. +They advised her to take her children away as soon as possible after +they were hatched. "If the Skunks have found your nest," they said, "you +may have another call from them." + +When the Black-tailed Skunk came stealing home in the first faint light +just before sunrise, he found the Spotted Skunk telling the rest of the +family how some horrible great fierce beast had pounced upon him in the +darkness and bitten him on the shoulder. "It was so dark," said he, +"that I couldn't see him at all, but I am sure it must have been a +Bear." + +They turned to tell the Black-tailed Skunk about his brother's +misfortune, and saw that he limped badly. "Did the Bear catch you, too?" +they cried. + +"Yes," answered he. "It must have been a Bear. It was so big and strong +and fierce. But I bit him, too. I wouldn't have run away from him, only +he was so much bigger than I." + +"That was just the way with me," said the Spotted Skunk. "I wouldn't +have run if he hadn't been so big." + +"You should have thrown liquid on him," said their father. "Then he +would have been the one to run." + +The brothers hung their heads. "We never thought," they cried. "We think +it must have been because we were so surprised and didn't see him +coming." + +"Well," said their father sternly, "I suppose one must be patient with +children, but such unskunklike behavior makes me very much ashamed of +you both." Then the two bitten brothers went to bed in disgrace, +although their mother was sorry for them and loved them, as mothers will +do, even when their children are naughty or cowardly. + +One night, some time later, these two brothers happened to meet down by +the fern bank. It was bright moonlight and they stopped to visit, for +both were feeling very good-natured. The Black-tailed Skunk said: "Come +with me and I'll show you where there is an Ovenbird's nest." + +"All right," answered the Spotted Skunk, "and then I'll show you one." + +"I've just been waiting for a bright night," said the Black-tailed +Skunk, "because I came here once in the dark and had bad luck." + +"It was near here," said the Spotted Skunk, "that I was bitten by the +Bear." + +They stopped beside a tiny hollow. "There is the nest," said the +Black-tailed Skunk, pointing with one of his long forefeet. + +"Why, that is the one I meant," exclaimed the Spotted Skunk. + +"I found it first," said the Black-tailed Skunk, "and I'd have eaten the +eggs before if that Bear hadn't bitten me." + +Just at that minute the two Skunks had a new idea. "We do believe," +cried they, "that we bit each other!" + +"We certainly did," said the Spotted Skunk. + +"But we'll never tell," said the Black-tailed Skunk. + +"Now," they added together, "let's eat everything." + +But they didn't. In fact, they didn't eat anything, for the eggs were +hatched, and the young birds had left the nest only the day before. + + + + +[Illustration] + +THE LAZY CUT-WORMS + + +Now that spring had come and all the green things were growing, the +Cut-Worms crawled out of their winter sleeping-places in the ground, and +began to eat the tenderest and best things that they could find. They +felt rested and hungry after their quiet winter, for they had slept +without awakening ever since the first really cold days of fall. + +There were many different kinds of Cut-Worms, brothers and sisters, +cousins and second cousins, so, of course, they did not all look alike. +They had hatched the summer before from eggs laid by the Owlet Moths, +their mothers, and had spent the time from then until cold weather in +eating and sleeping and eating some more. Of course they grew a great +deal, but then, you know, one can grow without taking time especially +for it. It is well that this is so. If people had to say, "I can do +nothing else now. I must sit down and grow awhile," there would not be +so many large people in the world as there are. They would become so +interested in doing other things that they would not take the time to +grow as they should. + +Now the Cut-Worms were fine and fat and just as heedless as Cut-Worms +have been since the world began. They had never seen their parents, and +had hatched without any one to look after them. They did not look like +their parents, for they were only worms as yet, but they had the same +habit of sleeping all day and going out at night, and never thought of +eating breakfast until the sun had gone down. They were quite popular in +underground society, and were much liked by the Earthworms and May +Beetle larvæ, who enjoyed hearing stories of what the Cut-Worms saw +above ground. The May Beetle larvæ did not go out at all, because they +were too young, and the Earthworms never knew what was going on outside +unless somebody told them. They often put their heads up into the air, +but they had no eyes and could not see for themselves. + +The Cut-Worms were bold, saucy, selfish, and wasteful. They were not +good children, although when they tried they could be very entertaining, +and one always hoped that they would improve before they became Moths. +Sometimes they even told the Earthworms and May Beetle larvæ stories +that were not so, and that shows what sort of children they were. It was +dreadful to tell such things to people who could never find out the +difference. One Spotted Cut-Worm heard a couple of Earthworms talking +about Ground Moles, and told them that Ground Moles were large birds +with four wings apiece and legs like a Caterpillar's. They did not take +pains to be entertaining because they wanted to make the underground +people happy, but because they enjoyed hearing them say: "What bright +fellows those Cut-Worms are! Really exceedingly clever!" And doing it +for that reason took all the goodness out of it. + +One bright moonlight night the Cut-Worms awakened and crawled out on top +of the ground to feed. They lived in the farmer's vegetable garden, so +there were many things to choose from: young beets just showing their +red-veined leaves above their shining red stems; turnips; clean-looking +onions holding their slender leaves very stiff and straight; radishes +with just a bit of their rosy roots peeping out of the earth; and crisp, +pale green lettuce, crinkled and shaking in every passing breeze. It +was a lovely growing time, and all the vegetables were making the most +of the fine nights, for, you know, that is the time when everything +grows best. Sunshiny days are the best for coloring leaves and blossoms, +but the time for sinking roots deeper and sending shoots higher and +unfolding new leaves is at night in the beautiful stillness. + +Some Cut-Worms chose beets and some chose radishes. Two or three liked +lettuce best, and a couple crawled off to nibble at the sweet peas which +the farmer's wife had planted. They never ate all of a plant. Ah, no! +And that was one way in which they were wasteful. They nibbled through +the stalk where it came out of the ground, and then the plant tumbled +down and withered, while the Cut-Worm went on to treat another in the +same way. + +"Well!" exclaimed one Spotted Cut-Worm, as he crawled out from his +hole. "I must have overslept! Guess I stayed up too late this morning." + +"You'd better look out," said one of his friends, "or the Ground Mole +will get you. He likes to find nice fat little Cut-Worms who sleep too +late in the evening." + +"Needn't tell me," answered the Spotted Cut-Worm. "It's the early Mole +that catches the Cut-Worm. I don't know when I have overslept myself so. +Have you fellows been up ever since sunset?" + +"Yes," they answered; and one saucy fellow added: "I got up too early. I +awakened and felt hungry, and thought I'd just come out for a lunch. I +supposed the birds had finished their supper, but the first thing I saw +was a Robin out hunting. She was not more than the length of a bean-pole +from me, and when I saw her cock her head on one side and look toward +me, I was sure she saw me. But she didn't, after all. Lucky for me that +I am green and came up beside the lettuce. I kept still and she took me +for a leaf." + +"St!" said somebody else. "There comes the Ground Mole." They all kept +still while the Mole scampered to and fro on the dewy grass near them, +going faster than one would think he could with such very, very short +legs. His pink digging hands flashed in the moonlight, and his pink +snout showed also, but the dark, soft fur of the rest of his body could +hardly be seen against the brown earth of the garden. It may have been +because he was not hungry, or it may have been because his fur covered +over his eyes so, but he went back to his underground run-way without +having caught a single Cut-Worm. + +Then the Cut-Worms felt very much set up. They crawled toward the hole +into his run-way and made faces at it, as though he were standing in +the doorway. They called mean things after him and pretended to say them +very loudly, yet really spoke quite softly. + +Then they began to boast that they were not afraid of anybody, and while +they were boasting they ate and ate and ate and ate. Here and there the +young plants drooped and fell over, and as soon as one did that, the +Cut-Worm who had eaten on it crawled off to another. + +"Guess the farmer will know that we've been here," said they. "We don't +care. He doesn't need all these vegetables. What if he did plant them? +Let him plant some more if he wants to. What business has he to have so +many, anyhow, if he won't share with other people?" You would have +thought, to hear them, that they were exceedingly kind to leave any +vegetables for the farmer. + +In among the sweet peas were many little tufts of purslane, and +purslane is very good to eat, as anybody knows who has tried it. But do +you think the Cut-Worms ate that? Not a bit of it. "We can have purslane +any day," they said, "and now we will eat sweet peas." + +One little fellow added: "You won't catch me eating purslane. It's a +weed." Now, Cut-Worms do eat weeds, but they always seem to like best +those things which have been carefully planted and tended. If the +purslane had been set in straight rows, and the sweet peas had just come +up of themselves everywhere, it is quite likely that this young Cut-Worm +would have said: "You won't catch me eating sweet peas. They are weeds." + +As the moon rose higher and higher in the sky, the Cut-Worms boasted +more and more. They said there were no Robins clever enough to find +them, and that the Ground Mole dared not touch them when they were +together, and that it was only when he found one alone underground that +he was brave enough to do so. They talked very loudly now and bragged +dreadfully, until they noticed that the moon was setting and a faint +yellow light showed over the tree-tops in the east. + +"Time to go to bed for the day," called the Spotted Cut-Worm. "Where are +you going to crawl in?" They had no regular homes, you know, but crawled +into the earth wherever they wanted to and slept until the next night. + +"Here are some fine holes already made," said a Green Cut-Worm, "and big +enough for a Garter Snake. They are smooth and deep, and a lot of us can +cuddle down into each. I'm going into one of them." + +"Who made those holes?" asked the Spotted Cut-Worm; "and why are they +here?" + +"Oh, who cares who made them?" answered the Green Cut-Worm. "Guess +they're ours if we want to use them." + +"Perhaps the farmer made them," said the Spotted Cut-Worm, "and if he +did I don't want to go into them." + +"Oh, who's afraid of him?" cried the other Cut-Worms. "Come along!" + +"No," answered the Spotted Cut-Worm. "I won't. I don't want to and I +won't do it. The hole I make to sleep in will not be so large, nor will +it have such smooth sides, but I'll know all about it and feel safe. +Good-morning." Then he crawled into the earth and went to sleep. The +others went into the smooth, deep holes made by the farmer with his hoe +handle. + +The next night there was only one Cut-Worm in the garden, and that was +the Spotted Cut-Worm. Nobody has ever seen the lazy ones who chose to +use the smooth, deep holes which were ready made. The Spotted Cut-Worm +lived quite alone until he was full-grown, then he made a little oval +room for himself in the ground and slept in it while he changed into a +Black Owlet Moth. + +After that he flew away to find a wife and live among her people. It is +said that whenever he saw a Cut-Worm working at night, he would flutter +down beside him and whisper,--"The Cut-Worm who is too lazy to bore his +own sleeping-place will never live to become an Owlet Moth." + +[Illustration] + + + + +[Illustration] + +THE NIGHT MOTH'S PARTY + + +From the time when she was a tiny golden-green Caterpillar, Miss +Polyphemus had wanted to go into society. She began life on a maple leaf +with a few brothers and sisters, who hatched at the same time from a +cluster of flattened eggs which their mother had laid there ten days +before. The first thing she remembered was the light and color and sound +when she broke the shell open that May morning. The first thing she did +was to eat the shell out of which she had just crawled. Then she got +acquainted with her brothers and sisters, many of whom had also eaten +their egg-shells, although two had begun at once on maple leaves. It was +well that she took time for this now, for the family were soon +scattered and several of her sisters she never saw again. + +She found it a very lovely world to live in. There was so much to eat. +Yes, and there were so many kinds of leaves that she liked,--oak, +hickory, apple, maple, elm, and several others. Sometimes she wished +that she had three mouths instead of one. In those days she had few +visitors. It is true that other Caterpillars happened along once in a +while, but they were almost as hungry as she, and they couldn't speak +without stopping eating. They could, of course, if they talked with +their mouths full, but she had too good manners for that, and, besides, +she said that if she did, she couldn't enjoy her food so much. + +You must not think that it was wrong in her to care so much about +eating. She was only doing what is expected of a Polyphemus Caterpillar, +and you would have to do the same if you were a Polyphemus Caterpillar. +When she was ten days old she had to weigh ten times as much as she did +the morning that she was hatched. When she was twenty days old she had +to weigh sixty times as much; when she was a month old she had to weigh +six hundred and twenty times as much; and when she was fifty days old +she had to weigh four thousand times as much as she did at hatching. +Every bit of this flesh was made of the food she ate. That is why eating +was so important, you know, and if she had chosen to eat the wrong kind +of leaves just because they tasted good, she would never have become +such a fine great Caterpillar as she did. She might better not eat +anything than to eat the wrong sort, and she knew it. + +Still, she often wished that she had more time for visiting, and thought +that she would be very gay next year, when she got her wings. "I'll +make up for it then," she said to herself, "when my growing is done and +I have time for play." Then she ate some more good, plain food, for she +knew that there would be no happy Moth-times for Caterpillars who did +not eat as they should. + +She had five vacations of about a day each when she ate nothing at all. +These were the times when she changed her skin, crawling out of the +tight old one and appearing as fresh and clean as possible in the new +one which was ready underneath. After her last change she was ready to +plan her cocoon, and she was a most beautiful Caterpillar. She was about +as long as a small cherry leaf, and as plump as a Caterpillar can be. +She was light green, with seven slanting yellow lines on each side of +her body, and a purplish-brown V-shaped mark on the back part of each +side. There were many little orange-colored bunches on her body, which +showed beautiful gleaming lights when she moved. Growing out of these +bunches were tiny tufts of bristles. + +She had three pairs of real legs and several pairs of make-believe ones. +Her real legs were on the front part of her body and were slender. These +she expected to keep always. The make-believe ones were called pro-legs. +They grew farther back and were fat, awkward, jointless things which she +would not need after her cocoon was spun. But for them, she would have +had to drag the back part of her body around like a Snake. With them, +the back part of her body could walk as well as the front, although not +quite so fast. She always took a few steps with her real legs and then +waited for her pro-legs to catch up. + +As the weather grew colder the Polyphemus Caterpillar hunted around on +the ground for a good place for her cocoon. She found an excellent twig +lying among the dead leaves, and decided to fasten to that. Then began +her hardest work, spinning a fluffy mass of gray-white silk which clung +to the twig and to one of the dry leaves and was almost exactly the +color of the leaf. Other Caterpillars came along and stopped to visit, +for they did not have to eat at cocoon-spinning time. + +"Better fasten your cocoon to a tree," said a pale bluish-green +Promethea Caterpillar. "Put it inside a curled leaf, like mine, and wind +silk around the stem to strengthen it. Then you can swing every time the +wind blows, and the silk will keep the leaf from wearing out." + +"But I don't want to swing," answered the Polyphemus Caterpillar. "I'd +rather lie still and think about things." + +"Fasten to the twig of a tree," advised a pale green Cecropia +Caterpillar with red, yellow, and blue bunches. "Then the wind just +moves you a little. Fasten it to a twig and taper it off nicely at each +end, and then----" + +"Yes," said the Polyphemus Caterpillar, "and then the Blue-Jays and +Chickadees will poke wheat or corn or beechnuts into the upper end of +it. I don't care to turn my sleeping room into a corn-crib." + +Just here some other Polyphemus Caterpillars came along and agreed with +their relative. "Go ahead with your tree homes," said they. "We know +what we want, and we'll see next summer who knew best." + +The Polyphemus cocoons were spun on the ground where the dead leaves had +blown in between some stones, and no wandering Cows or Sheep would be +likely to step on them. First a mass of coarse silk which it took half a +day to make, then an inside coating of a kind of varnish, then as much +silk as a Caterpillar could spin in four or five days, next another +inside varnishing, and the cocoons were done. As the Polyphemus +Caterpillars snuggled down for the long winter's sleep, each said to +himself something like this: "Those poor Caterpillars in the trees! How +cold they will be! I hope they may come out all right in the spring, but +I doubt it very much." + +And when the Cecropia and Promethea Caterpillars dozed off for the +winter, they said: "What a pity that those Polyphemus Caterpillars would +lie around on the ground. Well, we advised them what to do, so it isn't +our fault." + +They all had a lovely winter, and swung or swayed or lay still, just as +they had chosen to do. Early in the spring, the farmer's wife and little +girl came out to find wild flowers, and scraped the leaves away from +among the stones. Out rolled the cocoon that the first Polyphemus +Caterpillar had spun and the farmer's wife picked it up and carried it +off. She might have found more cocoons if the little girl had not +called her away. + +This was how it happened that one May morning a little girl stood by the +sitting-room window in the white farmhouse and watched Miss Polyphemus +crawl slowly out of her cocoon. A few days before a sour, milky-looking +stuff had begun to trickle into the lower end of the cocoon, softening +the hard varnish and the soft silken threads until a tiny doorway was +opened. Now all was ready and Miss Polyphemus pushed out. She was very +wet and weak and forlorn. "Oh," said she to herself, "it is more fun to +be a new Caterpillar than it is to be a new Moth. I've only six legs +left, and it will be very hard worrying along on these. I shall have to +give up walking." + +It was discouraging. You can see how it would be. She had been used to +having so many legs, and had looked forward all the summer before to the +time when she should float lightly through the air and sip honey from +flowers. She had dreamed of it all winter. And now here she was--wet and +weak, with only six legs left, and four very small and crumpled wings. +Her body was so big and fat that she could not hold it up from the +window-sill. She wanted to cry--it was all so sad and disappointing. She +would have done so, had she not remembered how very unbecoming it is to +cry. When she remembered that, she decided to take a nap instead, and +that was a most sensible thing to do, for crying always makes matters +worse, while sleeping makes them better. + +When she awakened she felt much stronger and more cheerful. She was +drier and her body felt lighter. This was because the fluids from it +were being pumped into her wings. That was making them grow, and the +beautiful colors began to show more brightly on them. "I wonder," she +said to herself, "if Moths always feel so badly when they first come +out?" + +If she had but known it, there were at that very time hundreds of Moths +as helpless as she, clinging to branches, leaves, and stones all through +the forest. There were many Polyphemus Moths just out, for in their +family it is the custom for all to leave their cocoons at just about +such a time in the morning. Perhaps she would have felt more patient if +she had known this, for it does seem to make hard times easier to bear +when one knows that everybody else has hard times also. Of course other +people always are having trouble, but she was young and really believed +for a time that she was the only uncomfortable Moth in the world. + +All day long her wings were stretching and growing smooth. When it grew +dark she was nearly ready to fly. Then the farmer's wife lifted her +gently by the wings and put her on the inside of the wire window-screen. +When the lights in the house were all put out, the moonbeams shone in on +Miss Polyphemus and showed her beautiful sand-colored body and wings +with the dark border on the front pair and the lighter border on the +back pair. + +On the back ones were dark eye-spots with clear places in the middle, +through which one could see quite clearly. + +"I would like to fly," sighed Miss Polyphemus, "and I believe I could if +it were not for this horrid screen." She did not know that the farmer's +wife had put her there to keep her safe from night birds until she was +quite strong. + +The wind blew in, sweet with the scent of wild cherry and shad-tree +blossoms, and poor Miss Polyphemus looked over toward the forest where +she had lived when she was a Caterpillar, and wished herself safely +there. "Much good it does me to have wings when I cannot use them," said +she. "I want something to eat. There is no honey to be sucked out of +wire netting. I wish I were a happy Caterpillar again, eating leaves on +the trees." She was not the first Moth who has wished herself a +Caterpillar, but she soon changed her mind. + +There fluttered toward her another Polyphemus Moth, a handsome fellow, +marked exactly as she was, only with darker coloring. His body was more +slender, and his feelers were very beautiful and feathery. She was fat +and had slender feelers. + +"Ah!" said he. "I thought I should find you soon." + +"Indeed?" she replied. "I wonder what made you think that?" + +"My feelers, of course," said he. "They always tell me where to find my +friends. You know how that is yourself." + +"I?" said she, as she changed her position a little. "I am just from my +cocoon. This was my coming-out day." + +"And so you have not met any one yet?" he asked. "Ah, this is a strange +world--a very strange world. I would advise you to be very careful with +whom you make friends. There are so many bad Moths, you know." + +"Good-evening," said a third voice near them, and another Polyphemus +Moth with feathery feelers alighted on the screen. He smiled sweetly at +Miss Polyphemus and scowled fiercely at the other Moth. It would have +ended in a quarrel right then and there, if a fourth Moth had not come +at that minute. One after another came, until there were nine handsome +fellows on the outside and Miss Polyphemus on the inside of the screen +trying to entertain them all and keep them from quarrelling. It made her +very proud to think so many were at her coming-out party. Still, she +would have enjoyed it better, she thought, if some whom she had known as +Caterpillars could be there to see how much attention she was having +paid to her. There was one Caterpillar whom she had never liked. She +only wished that she could see her now. + +Still, society tires one very much, and it was hard to keep her guests +from quarrelling. When she got to talking with one about maple-trees, +another was sure to come up and say that he had always preferred beech +when he was a Caterpillar. And the two outside would glare at each other +while she hastily thought of something else to say. + +At last those outside got to fighting. There was only one, the +handsomest of all, who said he thought too much of his feelers to fight +anybody. "Supposing I should fight and break them off," said he. "I +couldn't smell a thing for the rest of my life." He was very sensible, +and really the eight other fellows were fighting on account of Miss +Polyphemus, for whenever they thought she liked one best they began to +bump up against him. + + [Illustration: THEY LIVED IN THE FOREST AFTER THAT. _Page 109_] + +Toward morning the farmer's wife awakened and looked at Miss Polyphemus. +When she saw that she was strong enough to fly, she opened the screen +and let her go. By that time three of those with feathery feelers were +dead, three were broken-winged and clinging helplessly to the screen, +and two were so busy fighting that they didn't see Miss Polyphemus go. +The handsome great fellow who did not believe in fighting went with her, +and they lived in the forest after that. But she never cared for society +again. + +[Illustration] + + + + +[Illustration] + +THE LONELY OLD BACHELOR MUSKRAT + + +Beyond the forest and beside the river lay the marsh where the Muskrats +lived. This was the same marsh to which the young Frog had taken some of +the meadow people's children when they were tired of staying at home and +wanted to travel. When they went with him, you remember, they were gay +and happy, the sun was shining, and the way did not seem long. When they +came back they were cold and wet and tired, and thought it very far +indeed. One could never get them to say much about it. + +Some people like what others do not, and one's opinion of a marsh must +always depend on whether he is a Grasshopper or a Frog. But whether +people cared to live there or not, the marsh had always been a pleasant +place to see. In the spring the tall tamaracks along the edge put on +their new dresses of soft, needle-shaped green leaves, the +marsh-marigolds held their bright faces up to the sun, and hundreds of +happy little people darted in and out of the tussocks of coarse grass. +There was a warm, wet, earthy smell in the air, and near the +pussy-willows there was also a faint bitterness. + +Then the Marsh Hens made their nests, and the Sand-pipers ran mincingly +along by the quiet pools. + +In summer time the beautiful moccasin flowers grew in family groups, and +over in the higher, dryer part were masses of white boneset, tall spikes +of creamy foxglove, and slender, purple vervain. In the fall the +cat-tails stood stiffly among their yellow leaves, and the Red-winged +Blackbirds and the Bobolinks perched upon them to plan their journey to +the south. + +Even when the birds were gone and the cat-tails were ragged and +worn--even then, the marsh was an interesting place. Soft snow clung to +the brown seed clusters of boneset and filled the open silvery-gray pods +of the milkweed. In among the brown tussocks of grass ran the dainty +footprints of Mice and Minks, and here and there rose the cone-shaped +winter homes of the Muskrats. + +The Muskrats were the largest people there, and lived in the finest +homes. It is true that if a Mink and a Muskrat fought, the Mink was +likely to get the better of the Muskrat, but people never spoke of this, +although everybody knew that it was so. The Muskrats were too proud to +do so, the Minks were too wise to, and the smaller people who lived +near did not want to offend the Muskrats by mentioning it. It is said +that an impudent young Mouse did say something about it once when the +Muskrats could overhear him and that not one of them ever spoke to him +again. The next time he said "Good-evening" to a Muskrat, the Muskrat +just looked at him as though he didn't see him or as though he had been +a stick or a stone or something else uneatable and uninteresting. + +The Muskrats were very popular, for they were kind neighbors and never +stole their food from others. That was why nobody was jealous of them, +although they were so fat and happy. Their children usually turned out +very well, even if they were not at all strictly brought up. You know +when a father and mother have to feed and care for fifteen or so +children each summer, there is not much time for teaching them to say +"please" and "thank you" and "pardon me." Sometimes these young +Muskrats did snatch and quarrel, as on that night when fifteen of them +went to visit their old home and all wanted to go in first. You may +recall how, on that dreadful night, their father had to spank them with +his scaly tail and their mother sent them to bed. They always remembered +it, and you may be very sure their parents did. It makes parents feel +dreadfully when their children quarrel, and it is very wearing to have +to spank fifteen at once, particularly when one has to use his tail with +which to do it. + +There was one old Bachelor Muskrat who had always lived for himself, and +had his own way more than was good for him. If he had married, it would +not have been so, and he would have grown used to giving up to somebody +else. He was a fine-looking fellow with soft, short, reddish-brown fur, +which shaded almost to black on his back, and to a light gray +underneath. There were very few hairs on his long, flat, scaly tail, +and most of these were in two fringes, one down the middle of the upper +side, and the other down the middle of the lower side. His tiny ears +hardly showed above the fur on his head, and he was so fat that he +really seemed to have no neck at all. To look at his feet you would +hardly think he could swim, for the webs between his toes were very, +very small and his feet were not large. + +He was like all other Muskrats in using a great deal of perfume, and it +was not a pleasant kind, being so strong and musky. He thought it quite +right, and it was better so, for he couldn't help wearing it, and you +can just imagine how distressing it would be to see a Muskrat going +around with his nose turned up and all the time finding fault with his +own perfume. + +Nobody could remember the time when there had been no Muskrats in the +marsh. The Ground Hog who lived near the edge of the forest said that +his grandfather had often spoken of seeing them at play in the +moonlight; and there was an old Rattlesnake who had been married several +times and wore fourteen joints in his rattle, who said that he +remembered seeing Muskrats there before he cast his first skin. And it +was not strange that, after their people had lived there so long, the +Muskrats should be fond of the marsh. + +One day in midsummer the farmer and his men came to the marsh with +spades and grub-hoes and measuring lines. All of them had on high rubber +boots, and they tramped around and measured and talked, and rooted up a +few huckleberry bushes, and drove a good many stakes into the soft and +spongy ground. Then the dinner-bell at the farmhouse rang and, they went +away. It was a dull, cloudy day and a few of the Muskrats were out. If +it had been sunshiny they would have stayed in their burrows. They +paddled over to where the stakes were, and smelled of them and gnawed at +them, and wondered why the men had put them there. + +"I know," said one young Muskrat, who had married and set up a home of +his own that spring. "I know why they put these stakes in." + +"Oh, do listen!" cried the young Muskrat's wife. "He knows and will tell +us all about it." + +"Nobody ever told me this," said the young husband. "I thought it out +myself. The Ground Hog once said that they put small pieces of potato +into the ground to grow into whole big ones, and they have done the same +sort of thing here. You see, the farmer wanted a fence, and so he stuck +down these stakes, and before winter he will have a fence well grown." + +"Humph!" said the Bachelor Muskrat. It seemed as though he had meant to +say more, but the young wife looked at him with such a frown on her +furry forehead that he shut his mouth as tightly as he could (he never +could quite close it) and said nothing else. + +"Do you mean to tell me," said one who had just sent five children out +of her burrow to make room for another lot of babies, "that they will +grow a fence here where it is so wet? Fences grow on high land." + +"That is what I said," answered the young husband, slapping his tail on +the water to make himself seem more important. + +"Well," said the anxious mother, "if they go to growing fences and such +things around here I shall move. Every one of my children will want to +play around it, and as like as not will eat its roots and get sick." + +Then the men came back and all the Muskrats ran toward their burrows, +dived into the water to reach the doors of them, and then crawled up the +long hallways that they had dug out of the bank until they got to the +large rooms where they spent most of their days and kept their babies. + +That night the young husband was the first Muskrat to come out, and he +went at once to the line of stakes. He had been lying awake and thinking +while his wife was asleep, and he was afraid he had talked too much. He +found that the stakes had not grown any, and that the men had begun to +dig a deep ditch beside them. He was afraid that his neighbors would +point their paws at him and ask how the fence was growing, and he was +not brave enough to meet them and say that he had been mistaken. He went +down the river bank and fed alone all night, while his wife and +neighbors were grubbing and splashing around in the marsh or swimming +in the river near their homes. The young Muskrats were rolling and +tumbling in the moonlight and looking like furry brown balls. After it +began to grow light, he sneaked back to his burrow. + +Every day the men came in their high rubber boots to work, and every day +there were more ditches and the marsh was drier. By the time that the +flowers had all ripened their seeds and the forest trees were bare, the +marsh was changed to dry ground, and the Muskrats could find no water +there to splash in. One night, and it was a very, very dark one, they +came together to talk about winter. + +"It is time to begin our cold-weather houses," said one old Muskrat, "I +have never started so soon, but we are to have an early winter." + +"Yes, and a long one, too," added his wife, who said that Mr. Muskrat +never told things quite strongly enough. + +"It will be cold," said another Muskrat, "and we shall need to build +thick walls." + +"Why?" asked a little Muskrat. + +"Sh!" said his mother. + +"The question is," said the old Muskrat who had first spoken, "where we +shall build." + +"Why?" asked the little Muskrat, pulling at his mother's tail. + +"Sh-h!" said his mother. + +"There is no water here except in the ditches," said the oldest Muskrat, +"and of course we would not build beside them." + +"Why not?" asked the little Muskrat. And this time he actually poked his +mother in the side. + +"Sh-h-h!" said she. "How many times must I speak to you? Don't you know +that young Muskrats should be seen and not heard?" + +"But I can't be seen," he whimpered. "It is so dark that I can't be +seen, and you've just got to hear me." + +Of course, after he had spoken in that way to his mother and interrupted +all the others by his naughtiness, he had to be punished, so his mother +sent him to bed. That is very hard for young Muskrats, for the night, +you know, is the time when they have the most fun. + +The older ones talked and talked about what they should do. They knew, +as they always do know, just what sort of winter they were to have, and +that they must begin to build at once. Some years they had waited until +a whole month later, but that was because they expected a late and mild +winter. At last the oldest Muskrat decided for them. "We will move +to-morrow night," said he. "We will go to the swamp on the other side of +the forest and build our winter homes there." + +All the Muskrats felt sad about going, and for a minute it was so still +that you might almost have heard a milkweed seed break loose from the +pod and float away. Then a gruff voice broke the silence. "I will not +go," it said. "I was born here and I will live here. I never have left +this marsh and I never will leave it." + +They could not see who was speaking, but they knew it was the Bachelor. +The oldest Muskrat said afterward that he was so surprised you could +have knocked him over with a blade of grass. Of course, you couldn't +have done it, because he was so fat and heavy, but that is what he said, +and it shows just how he felt. + +The other Muskrats talked and talked and talked with him, but it made no +difference. His brothers told him it was perfectly absurd for him to +stay, that people would think it queer, and that he ought to go with the +rest of his relatives. Yet it made no difference. "You should stay," he +would reply. "Our family have always lived here." + +When the Muskrat mothers told him how lonely he would be, and how he +would miss seeing the dear little ones frolic in the moonlight, he +blinked and said: "Well, I shall just have to stand it." Then he sighed, +and they went away saying to each other what a tender heart he had and +what a pity it was that he had never married. One of them spoke as +though he had been in love with her some years before, but the others +had known nothing about it. + +The Muskrat fathers told him that he would have no one to help him if a +Mink should pick a quarrel with him. "I can take care of myself then," +said he, and showed his strong gnawing teeth in a very fierce way. + +It was only when the dainty young Muskrat daughters talked to him that +he began to wonder if he really ought to stay. He lay awake most of one +day thinking about it and remembering the sad look in their little eyes +when they said that they should miss him. He was so disturbed that he +ate only three small roots during the next night. The poor old Bachelor +had a hard time then, but he was so used to having his own way and doing +what he had started to do, and not giving up to anybody, that he stayed +after all. + +The others went away and he began to build his winter house beside the +biggest ditch. He placed it among some bushes, so that if the water in +the ditch should ever overflow they would help hold his house in place. +He built it with his mouth, bringing great mouthfuls of grass roots and +rushes and dropping them on the middle of the heap. Sometimes they +stayed there and sometimes they rolled down. If they rolled down he +never brought them back, for he knew that they would be useful where +they were. When it was done, the house was shaped like a pine cone with +the stem end down, for after he had made it as high as a tall milkweed +he finished off the long slope up which he had been running and made it +look like the other sides. + +After that he began to burrow up into it from below. The right way to +do, he knew, was to have his doorway under water and dive down to it. +Other winters he had done this and had given the water a loud slap with +his tail as he dived. Now there was not enough water to dive into, and +when he tried slapping on it his tail went through to the ditch bottom +and got muddy. He had to fix the doorway as best he could, and then he +ate out enough of the inside of his house to make a good room and poked +a small hole through the roof to let in fresh air. + + [Illustration: THE MARSH SEEMED SO EMPTY AND LONELY. _Page 127_] + +After the house was done, he slept there during the days and prowled +around outside at night. He slept there, but ate none of the roots of +which it was made until the water in the ditch was frozen hard. He knew +that there would be a long, long time when he could not dig fresh roots +and must live on those. + +At night the marsh seemed so empty and lonely that he hardly knew what +to do. He didn't enjoy his meals, and often complained to the Mice that +the roots did not taste so good to him as those they used to have when +he was young. He tried eating other things and found them no better. +When there was bright moonlight, he sat upon the highest tussock he +could find and thought about his grandfathers and grandmothers. "If they +had not eaten their houses," he once said to a Mouse, "this marsh would +be full of them." + +"No it wouldn't," answered the Mouse, who didn't really mean to +contradict him, but thought him much mistaken. "If the houses hadn't +been eaten, they would have been blown down by the wind and beaten down +by rains and washed away by floods. It is better so. Who wants things to +stay the way they are forever and ever? I'd rather see the trees drop +their leaves once in a while and grow new ones than to wear the same old +ones after they are ragged and faded." + +The Bachelor Muskrat didn't like this very well, but he couldn't forget +it. When he awakened in the daytime he would think about it and at night +he thought more. He was really very forlorn, and because he had nobody +else to think about he thought too much of himself and began to believe +that he was lame and sick. When he sat on a tussock and remembered all +the houses which his grandparents had built and eaten, he became very +sad and sighed until his fat sides shook. He wished that he could sleep +through the winter like the Ground Hog, or through part of it like the +Skunk, but just as sure as night came his eyes popped open and there he +was--awake. + +When spring came he thought of his friends who had gone to the swamp and +he knew that last year's children were marrying and digging burrows of +their own. The poor old Bachelor wanted to go to them, yet he was so +used to doing what he had said he would, and disliked so much to let +anybody know that he was mistaken, that he chose to stay where he was, +without water enough for diving and with hardly enough for swimming. How +it would have ended nobody knows, had the farmer not come to plough up +the old drained marsh for planting celery. + +Then the Bachelor went. He reached his new home in the early morning, +and the mothers let their children stay up until it was quite light so +that he might see them plainly. "Isn't it pleasant here?" they cried. +"Don't you like it better than the old place?" + +"Oh, it does very well," he answered, "but you must remember that I only +moved because I had to." + +"Oh, yes, we understand that," said one of the mothers, "but we hope you +will really like it here." + +Afterward her husband said to her, "Don't you know he was glad to come? +What's the use of being so polite?" + +"Poor old fellow," she answered. "He is so queer because he lives alone, +and I'm sorry for him. Just see him eat." + +And truly it was worth while to watch him, for the roots tasted sweet to +him, and, although he had not meant to be, he was very happy--far +happier than if he had had his own way. + +[Illustration] + + + + +[Illustration] + +THE GREEDY RED FOX + + +The Red Fox had been well brought up. His mother was a most cautious +person and devoted to her children. When he did things which were wrong, +he could never excuse himself by saying that he did not know better. Of +course it is possible that he was like his father in being so reckless, +yet none of his two brothers and three sisters were like him. They did +not remember their father. In fact, they had never seen him, and their +mother seldom spoke of him. + +His mother had taken all the care of her six children, even pulling fur +from her own belly to make a soft nest covering for them when they were +first born. They were such helpless babies. Their eyes and ears were +closed for some time, and all they could do was to tumble each other +around and drink the warm milk that their mother had for them. + +They had three burrows to live in, all of them in an open field between +the forest and the farmhouse. Sometimes they lived in the first, +sometimes in the second, and sometimes in the third. One night when +their mother went out to hunt, she smelled along the ground near the +burrow and then came back. "There has been a man near here," she said, +"and I shall take you away." + +That excited the little Foxes very much, and each wanted to be the first +to go, but she hushed them up, and said that if they talked so loudly as +that some man might catch them before they moved, and then--. She said +nothing more, yet they knew from the way she moved her tail that it +would be dreadful to have a man catch them. + +While she was carrying them to another burrow one at a time, those who +were left behind talked about men. "I wish I knew why men are so +dreadful," said the first. "It must be because they have very big mouths +and sharp teeth." + +"I wonder what color their fur is," said another. + +Now these young Foxes had seen nobody but their mother. If she had not +told them that different animals wore different colored furs, they would +have thought that everybody looked just like her, with long +reddish-yellow fur and that on the hinder part of the back quite +grizzled; throat, belly, and the tip of the tail white, and the outside +of the ears black. They were very sure, however, that no other animal +had such a wonderful tail as she, with each of its long, reddish hairs +tipped with black and the beautiful brush of pure white at the end. In +fact, she had told them so. + +The next time their mother came back, the four children who were still +there cried out, "Please tell us, what color is a man's fur?" + +She was a sensible and prudent Fox, and knew it was much more important +to keep her children from being caught than it was to answer all their +questions at once. Besides, she already had one child in her mouth when +they finished their question, and she would not put him down for the +sake of talking. And that also was right, you know, for one can talk at +any time, but the time to do work is just when it needs to be done. + +After they were snugly settled in the other burrow, she lay down to feed +them, and while they were drinking their milk she told them about men. +"Men," she said, "are the most dreadful animals there are. Other animals +will not trouble you unless they are hungry, but a man will chase you +even when his stomach is full. They have four legs, of course,--all +animals have,--but they use only two to walk upon. Their front legs they +use for carrying things. We carry with our mouths, yet the only thing I +ever saw a man have in his mouth was a short brown stick that was afire +at one end. I thought it very silly, for he couldn't help breathing some +of the smoke, and he let the stick burn up and then threw the fire away. +However, men are exceedingly silly animals." + +One of the little Red Foxes stopped drinking long enough to say, "You +didn't tell us what color their fur is." + +"The only fur they have," said Mother Fox, "is on their heads. They +usually have fur on the top and back parts of their heads, and some of +them have a little on the lower part of their faces. They may have +black, red, brown, gray, or white fur. It is never spotted." + +The children would have liked to ask more questions, but Mother Fox had +eaten nothing since the night before, and was in a hurry to begin her +hunt. + +One could never tell all that happened to the little Red Foxes. They +moved from burrow to burrow many times; they learned to eat meat which +their mother brought them instead of drinking milk from her body, they +frolicked together near the doorway of their home, and while they did +this their mother watched from the edge of the forest, ready to warn +them if she saw men or dogs coming. + +She had chosen to dig her burrows in the middle of a field, because then +there was no chance for men or Dogs to sneak up to them unseen, as there +would have been in the forest, yet she feared that her children would be +playing so hard that they might forget to watch. They slept most of the +day, and at night they were always awake. When they were old enough, +they began to hunt for themselves. Mother Fox gave them a great deal of +good advice and then paid no more attention to them. After that, she +took her naps on a sunny hillside, lying in a beautiful soft +reddish-yellow bunch, with her bushy tail curled around to keep her feet +warm and shade her eyes from the light. + +The six brothers and sisters seldom saw each other after this. Foxes +succeed better in life if they live alone, and of course they wanted to +succeed. The eldest brother was the reckless one. His mother had done +her best by him, and still he was reckless. He knew by heart all the +rules that she had taught him, but he did not keep them. These were the +rules: + +"Always run on hard, dry things when you can. Soft, wet places take more +scent from your feet, and Dogs can follow your trail better on them. + +"Never go into any place unless you are sure you can get out. + +"Keep your tail dry. A Fox with a wet tail cannot run well. + +"If Dogs are chasing you, jump on to a rail fence and run along the top +of it or walk in a brook. + +"Always be willing to work for your food. That which you find all ready +and waiting for you may be the bait of a trap. + +"Always walk when you are hunting. The Fox who trots will pass by that +which he should find." + +For a while he said them over to himself every night when he started +out. Then he began to skip a night once in a while. Next he got to +saying them only when he had been frightened the day before. After that +he stopped saying them altogether. "I am a full-grown Fox now," he said +to himself, "and such things are only good for children. I guess I know +how to take care of myself." + +He often went toward the farmhouse to hunt, sometimes for grapes, +sometimes for vegetables, and sometimes for heartier food. Collie had +chased him away, but Collie was growing old and fat and had to hang his +tongue out when he ran, so the Red Fox thought it only fun. He trotted +along in the moonlight, his light, slender body seeming to almost float +over the ground, and his beautiful tail held straight out behind. His +short, slender legs were strong and did not tire easily, and as long as +he could keep his tall dry he outran Collie easily. Sometimes he would +get far ahead and sit down to wait for him. Then he would call out saucy +things to the panting Dog, and only start on when Collie's nose had +almost touched him. + +"Fine evening!" he once said. "Hope your nose works better than your +legs do." + +That was a mean thing to say, you know, but Collie always keeps his +temper and only answered, "It's sweating finely, thank you." He answered +that way because it is the sweat on a Dog's nose which makes it possible +for him to smell and follow scents which dry-nosed people do not even +know about. + +Then the Fox gave a long, light leap, and was off again, and Collie had +to lie down to breathe. "I think," said he, "that I can tend Sheep +better than I can chase Foxes--and it is a good deal easier." Still, +Collie didn't like to be beaten and he lay awake the rest of the night +thinking how he would enjoy catching that Fox. Every little while he +heard the Red Fox barking off in the fields, and it made him twitch his +tail with impatience. + +Now the Red Fox was walking carefully toward the farmhouse and planning +to catch a Turkey. He had watched the flocks of Turkeys all afternoon +from his sleeping-place on the hillside. Every time he opened his eyes +between naps he had looked at them as they walked to and fro in the +fields, talking to each other in their gentle, complaining voices and +moving their heads back and forth at every step. If his stomach had not +been so full he would have tried to catch one then. He made up his mind +to try it that night, and decided that he would rather have the plump, +light-colored one than any of her darker sisters. He did not even think +of catching the old Gobbler, for he was so big and strong and +fierce-looking. He had just begun to walk with the Turkey mothers and +children. During the summer they had had nothing to do with each other. + +When the Red Fox reached the farmyard, he found them roosting on the low +branches of an apple-tree. A long board had been placed against it to +let the Chickens walk up. Now the Chickens were in the Hen-house, but +the board was still there. The Red Fox looked all around. It was a +starlight night. The farmhouse was dark and quiet. Collie was nowhere to +be seen. Once he heard a Horse stamp in his sleep. Then all was still +again. + +The Red Fox walked softly up the slanting board. The Gobbler stirred. +The Red Fox stopped with one foot in the air. When he thought him fast +asleep he went on. The Gobbler stirred again and so did the others. The +Red Fox sprang for the plump, light-colored one. She jumped also, and +with the others flew far up to the top of the barn. The Red Fox ran down +the board with five buff tail-feathers in his mouth. He was much out of +patience with himself. "If I hadn't stopped to pick for her," he said, +"I could have caught one of the others easily enough." + +He sneaked around in the shadows to see if the noise made by the turkeys +had awakened the farmer or Collie. The farmhouse was still and dark. +Collie was not at home. "I will look at the Hen-house," said the Red +Fox. + +He walked slowly and carefully to the Hen-house. The big door was closed +and bolted. He walked all around and into the poultry yard. There was a +small opening through which the fowls could pass in and out. The Red Fox +managed to crawl though, but it was not easy. It squeezed his body and +crushed his fur. He had to push very hard with his hind feet to get +through at all. When he was inside it took him some time to get his +breath. "That's the tightest place I ever was in," said he softly, "but +I always could crawl through a very small hole." + +He found the fowls all roosting too high for him. Perhaps if the +Hen-house had been larger, he might have leaped and caught one, but +there was not room for one of his finest springs. He went to the nests +and found many eggs there. These he broke and ate. They ran down in +yellow streams from the corners of his mouth and made his long fur very +sticky. You can just imagine how hard it would be to eat raw eggs from +the shell with only your paws in which to hold them. + +One egg was light and slippery. He bit hard to break that one, and when +it broke it was hollow. Not a drop of anything to eat in it, and then it +cut his lip a little, too, so that he could not eat more without its +hurting. He jumped and said something when he was cut. The Shanghai +Cock, who was awakened by the noise, said that he exclaimed, "Brambles +and traps!" but it may not have been anything so bad as that. We will +hope it was not. + +The Shanghai Cock awakened all the other fowls. "Don't fly off your +perch!" he cried. "Stay where you are! _Stay where where you are!_ STAY +WHERE YOU ARE!" The other Cocks kept saying "Eru-u-u-u," as they do when +Hawks are near. The Hens squawked and squawked and squawked, until they +were out of breath. When they got their breath they squawked some more. + +The Red Fox knew that it was time for him to go. The farmer would be +sure to hear the noise. He put his head out of the hole through which he +had come in, and he pushed as hard as he could with his hind feet and +scrambled with his fore feet. His fur was crushed worse than ever, and +he was squeezed so tightly that he could hardly breathe. You see it had +been all he could do to get in through the hole, and now he had nine +eggs in his stomach (excepting what had run down at the corners of his +mouth), and he was too large to pass through. + +The fowls saw what was the matter, and wanted to laugh. They thought it +very funny, and yet the sooner he could get away the better they would +like it. The Red Fox had his head outside and saw a light flash in the +farmer's room. Then he heard doors open, and the farmer came toward the +Hen-house with a lantern in his hand. Collie came trotting around the +corner of the house. The Red Fox made one last desperate struggle and +then lay still. + +When the farmer picked him up and tied a rope around his neck, he had to +pull him backward into the Hen-house to do it. The Red Fox was very +quiet and gentle, as people of his family always are when caught. Collie +pranced around on two legs and barked as loudly as he could. The fowls +blinked their round yellow eyes in the lantern light, and the farmer's +man ran out for an empty Chicken-coop into which to put the Red Fox. +Collie was usually quite polite, but he had not forgotten how rude the +Red Fox had been to him, and it was a fine chance to get even. + +"Good evening!" he barked. "Oh, good evening! I'm glad you came. Don't +think you must be going. Excuse me, but your mouth worked better than +your legs, didn't it?" + +The Red Fox shut his eyes and pretended not to hear. The dirt from the +floor of the Hen-house had stuck to his egg-covered fur, and he looked +very badly. They put him in a Chicken-coop with a board floor, so that +he couldn't burrow out, and he curled down in a little heap and hid his +face with his tail. Collie hung around for a while and then went off to +sleep. After he was gone, the Red Fox cleaned his fur. "I got caught +this time," he said, "but it won't happen again. Now I must watch for a +chance to get away. It will surely come." + +It did come. But that is another story. + +[Illustration] + + + + +[Illustration] + +THE UNFORTUNATE FIREFLIES + + +Several very large families of Fireflies lived in the marsh and were +much admired by their friends who were awake at night. Once in a while +some young Firefly who happened to awaken during the day would go out +and hover over the heads of the daylight people. He never had any +attention paid to him then, however, for during the day he seemed like a +very commonplace little beetle and nobody even cared to look at him a +second time. The only remarkable thing about him was the soft light that +shone from his body, and that could only be seen at night. + +The older Fireflies told the younger ones that they should get all the +sleep they could during the daytime if they were to flutter and frisk +all night. Most of them did this, but two young Fireflies, who cared +more about seeing the world than they did about minding their elders, +used to run away while the rest were dreaming. Each thought herself very +important, and was sure that if the others missed her they wouldn't +sleep a wink all day. + +One night they planned to go by daylight to the farthest corner of the +marsh. They had heard a couple of young Muskrats talking about it, and +thought it might be different from anything they had seen. They went to +bed when the rest did and pretended to fall asleep. When she was sure +that the older Fireflies were dreaming, one of them reached over with +her right hind leg and touched the other just below the edge of her left +wing-cover. "Are you ready?" she whispered. + +"Yes," answered the friend, who happened to be the smaller of the two. + +"Come on, then," said the larger one, picking her way along on her six +tiptoes. It was already growing light, and they could see where they +stepped, but, you know, it is hard to walk over rough places on two +tiptoes, so you can imagine what it must be on six. There are some +pleasant things about having many legs. There are also some hard things. +It is a great responsibility. + +When well away from their sleeping relatives, they lifted their +wing-covers, spread their wings, and flew to the farthest corner of the +marsh. They were not afraid of being punished if caught, for they were +orphans and had nobody to bring them up. They were afraid that if the +other Fireflies awakened they would be called "silly" or "foolish young +bugs." They thought that they were old enough to take care of +themselves, and did not want advice. + +"Oh, wouldn't they make a fuss if they knew!" exclaimed the Larger +Firefly. + +"They think we need to be told every single thing," said the Smaller +Firefly. + +"Guess we're old enough now to go off by ourselves," said the Larger +Firefly. + +"I guess so," answered the Smaller Firefly. "I'm not afraid if it is +light, and I can see pretty near as well as I can at night." + +Just then a Flycatcher darted toward them and they had to hide. He had +come so near that they could look down his throat as he flew along with +his beak open. The Fireflies were so scared that their feelers shook. + +"I wish that bird would mind his own business," grumbled the Larger +Firefly. + +"That's just what he was doing," said a voice beside them, as a Garter +Snake drew himself through the grass. Then their feelers shook again, +for they knew that snakes do not breakfast on grass and berries. + +"Did you ever see such luck?" said the Smaller Firefly. "If it isn't +birds it is snakes." + +"Perfectly dreadful!" answered the other. "I never knew the marsh to be +so full of horrid people. Besides, my eyes are bothering me and I can't +see plainly." + +"So are mine," said the Smaller Firefly. "Are you going to tell the +other Fireflies all about things to-night?" + +"I don't know that I will," said the Larger Firefly. "I'll make them ask +me first." + +Then they reached the farther corner of the marsh and crawled around to +see what they could find. Their eyes bothered them so that they could +not see unless they were close to things, so it was useless to fly. They +peeped into the cool dark corners under the skunk cabbage leaves, and +lay down to rest on a bed of soft moss. A few stalks of last year's +teazles stood, stiff and brown, in the corner of the fence. The Smaller +Firefly alighted on one and let go in such a hurry that she fell to the +ground. "Ouch!" she cried. "It has sharp hooks all over it." + +While they were lying on the moss and resting, they noticed a queer +plant growing near. It had a flower of green and dark red which was +unlike any other blossom they had ever seen. The leaves were even +queerer. Each was stiff and hollow and grew right out of the ground +instead of coming from a stalk. + +"I'm going to crawl into one of them," said the Larger Firefly. "There +is something sweet inside. I believe it will be lots better than the +skunk cabbage." She balanced herself on the top of a fresh green leaf. + +"I'm going into this one," said the other Firefly, as she alighted on +the edge of a brown-tipped leaf. "It looks nice and dark inside. We must +tell about this at the party to-night, even if they don't ask us." + +Then they repeated together the little verse that some of the pond +people use when they want to start together: + + "Tussock, mud, water, and log, + Muskrat, Snake, Turtle, and Frog, + Here we go into the bog!" + +When they said "bog" each dropped quickly into her own leaf. + +For a minute nobody made a sound. Then there was a queer sputtering, +choking voice in the fresh green leaf and exactly the same in the +brown-tipped one. After that a weak little voice in the green leaf said, +"Abuschougerh! I fell into water." + +Another weak voice from the brown-tipped one replied, "Gtschagust! So +did I." + +On the inside of each leaf were many stiff hairs, all pointing downward. +When the Fireflies dropped in, they had brushed easily past these hairs +and thought it rather pleasant. Now that they were sputtering and +choking inside, and wanted to get out, these same hairs stuck into their +eyes and pushed against their legs and made them exceedingly +uncomfortable. The water, too, had stood for some time in the leaves and +did not smell good. + +Perhaps it would be just as well not to tell all the things which those +two Fireflies said, for they were tired and out of patience. After a +while they gave up trying to get out until they should be rested. It was +after sunset when they tried the last time, and the light that shone +from their bellies brightened the little green rooms where they were. +They rested and went at it carefully, instead of in the angry, jerky way +which they had tried before. Slowly, one foot at a time, they managed to +climb out of the doorway at the top. As they came out, they heard the +squeaky voice of a young Mouse say, "Oh, where did those bright things +come from?" + +They also heard his mother answer, "Those are only a couple of foolish +Fireflies who have been in the leaves of the pitcher-plant all day." + +After they had eaten something they flew toward home. They knew that it +would be late for the party, and they expected to surprise and delight +everybody when they reached there. On the way they spoke of this. "I'm +dreadfully tired," said one, "but I suppose we shall have to dance in +the air with the rest or they will make a fuss." + +"Yes," said the other. "It spoils everything if we are not there. And +we'll have to tell where we've been and what we've done and whom we have +seen, when we would rather go to sleep and make up what we lost during +the daytime." + + [Illustration: TWINKLING WITH HUNDREDS OF TINY LIGHTS. _Page 157_] + +As they came near the middle of the marsh they were surprised to see the +mild summer air twinkling with hundreds of tiny lights as their friends +and relatives flew to and fro in the dusk. "Well," said the Larger +Firefly, "I think they might have waited for us." + +"Humph!" said the Smaller Firefly. "If they can't be more polite than +that, I won't play." + +"After we've had such a dreadfully hard time, too," said the Larger +Firefly. "Got most eaten by a Flycatcher and scared by a Garter Snake +and shut up all day in the pitcher-plant. I won't move a wing to help on +their old party." + +So two very tired and cross young Fireflies sat on a last year's +cat-tail and sulked. People didn't notice them because they were sitting +and their bright bellies didn't show. After a long time an elderly +Firefly came to rest on the cat-tail and found them. "Good evening," +said he. "Have you danced until you are tired?" + +They looked at each other, but before either could speak one of their +young friends alighted beside them and said the same thing. Then the +Smaller Firefly answered. "We have been away," said she, "and we are not +dancing to-night." + +"Going away, did you say?" asked the elderly Firefly, who was rather +deaf. "I hope you will have a delightful time." Then he bowed and flew +off. + +"Don't stay long," added their young friend. "We shall be so lonely +without you." + +After he also was gone, the two runaways looked into each other's eyes. +"We were not even missed!" they cried. "We had a bad time and nobody +makes any fuss. They were dancing without us." Poor little Fireflies! + +They were much wiser after that, for they had learned that two young +Fireflies were not so wonderfully important after all. And that if they +chose to do things which it was never meant young Fireflies should do, +they would be likely to have a very disagreeable time, but that other +Fireflies would go on eating and dancing and living their own lives. To +be happy, they must keep the Firefly laws. + +[Illustration] + + + + +[Illustration] + +THE KITTENS COME TO THE FOREST + + +One day the three big Kittens who lived with their mother in the +farmer's barn had a dreadful quarrel. If their mother had been with +them, she would probably have cuffed each with her fore paw and scolded +them soundly. She was not with them because she had four little new +Kittens lying beside her in the hay-loft over the stalls. + +You would think that the older Kittens must have been very proud of +their baby brothers and sisters, yet they were not. They might have done +kind little things for their mother, but they didn't. They just hunted +food for themselves and never took a mouthful of it to her. And this +does not prove that they were bad Kittens. It just shows that they were +young and thoughtless. + +The Brown Kitten, the one whose fur was black and yellow mixed so finely +as to look brown, had climbed the barn stairs to see them. When he +reached their corner he sat down and growled at them. His mother said +nothing at first, but when he went so far as to switch his tail in a +threatening way, she left her new babies and sprang at him and told him +not to show his whiskers upstairs again until he could behave properly. + +His sisters, the Yellow Kitten and the White Kitten, stayed downstairs. +They didn't dislike babies so much as their brother. They just didn't +care anything about them. Cats never care much about Kittens, you know, +unless they are their own, and big brothers always say that they can't +bear them. + +Now these three older Kittens were perfectly able to care for +themselves. It was a long time since their mother stopped feeding them, +and they were already excellent hunters. They had practised crouching, +crawling, and springing before they left the hay-loft. Sometimes they +hunted wisps of hay that moved when the wind blew in through the open +door. Sometimes they pounced on each other, and sometimes they hunted +the Grasshoppers who got brought in with the hay. It was when they were +doing this once that they were so badly scared, but that is a story +which has already been told. + +There was no reason why they should feel neglected or worry about +getting enough to eat. If one of them had poor luck in hunting, all he +had to do was to hang around the barn when the Cows were brought up, and +go into the house with the man when he carried the great pails full of +foamy milk. Then if the Kittens acted hungry, mewed very loudly, and +rubbed up lovingly against the farmer's wife they were sure to get a +good, dishful of warm milk. + +You can see how unreasonable they were. They had plenty to eat, and +their mother loved them just as much as ever, but they felt hurt and +sulked around in corners, and answered each other quite rudely, and +would not run after a string which the farmer's little girl dangled +before them. They were not cross all the time, because they had been up +the whole night and had to sleep. They stopped being cross when they +fell asleep and began again as soon as they awakened. The Hens who were +feeding around became so used to it that as soon as they saw a Kitten +twist and squirm, and act like awakening, they put their heads down and +ran away as fast as they could. + +They did not even keep themselves clean. Oh, they licked themselves +over two or three times during the day, but not thoroughly. The Yellow +Kitten did not once try to catch her tail and scrub it, and actually +wore an unwashed tail all day. It didn't show very plainly because it +was yellow, but that made it no cleaner. The White Kitten went around +with her fore paws looking really disgraceful. The Brown Kitten scrubbed +his ears in a sort of half-hearted way, and paid no attention to the +place under his chin. When he did his ears, he gave his paw one lick and +his ear one rub, and repeated this only six times. Everybody knows that +a truly tidy Cat wets his paw with two licks, cleans his ear with two +rubs, and does this over and over from twenty to forty times before he +begins on the other ear. + +Toward night they quarrelled over a dishful of milk which the farmer's +wife gave them. There was plenty of room for them all to put their heads +into the dish at once and lap until each had his share. If it had not +been for their whiskers, there would have been no trouble. These hit, +and each told the others to step back and wait. Nobody did, and there +was such a fuss that the farmer's wife took the dish away and none of +them had any more. They began to blame each other and talk so loudly +that the man drove them all away as fast as they could scamper. + +Now that they were separated, each began to grow more and more +discontented. The Brown Kitten had crawled under the carriage house, and +as soon as it was really dark he stole off to the forest. + +"My mother has more Kittens," he said, "and my sisters get my whiskers +all out of shape, and I'll go away and never come back. I won't say +good-by to them either. I guess they'll feel badly then and wish they'd +been nicer to me! If they ever find me and want me to come back, I won't +go. Not if they beg and beg! I'll just turn my tail toward them and +walk away." + +The Brown Kitten knew that Cats sometimes went to live in the woods and +got along very well. He was not acquainted with one who had done this; +his mother had told him and his sisters stories of Cats who chose to +live so. She said that was one thing which showed how much more clever +they were than Dogs. Dogs, you know, cannot live happily away from men, +although there may be the best of hunting around them. + +"I will find a good hollow tree," said he, "for my home, and I will +sleep there all day and hunt at night. I will eat so much that I shall +grow large and strong. Then, when I go out to hunt, the forest people +will say, 'Sh! Here comes the Brown Cat.'" + +As he thought this he was running softly along the country road toward +the forest. Once in a while he stopped to listen, and stood with his +head raised and turned and one fore foot in the air. He kept his ears +pointed forward all the time so as to hear better. + +When he passed the marsh he saw the Fireflies dancing in the air. +Sometimes they flew so low that a Kitten might catch them. He thought he +would try, so he crawled through the fence and toward the place where +they were dancing. He passed two tired ones sitting on a leaf and never +saw them. That was because their wings covered their sides so well that +no light shone past, and their bright bellies were close to the leaf. He +had almost reached the dancers when he found his paws getting wet and +muddy. That made him turn back at once, for mud was something he +couldn't stand. "I wish I had something to eat," he said, as he took a +bite of catnip. "This is very good for a relish, but not for a whole +meal." + +He trotted on toward the forest, thinking about milk and Fireflies and +several other things, when he was stopped by some great winged person +flying down toward him and then sweeping upward and alighting on a +branch. The Brown Kitten drew back stiffly and said, "Ha-a-ah!" + +"Who? Who? To who?" asked the person on the branch. + +The Brown Kitten answered, "It is I." But the question came again: "Who? +Who? To who?" + +That made the Brown Kitten remember that, since his voice was not known +in the forest, nobody could tell anything by his answer. This time he +replied: "I am the Brown Kitten, if you please, and I have come to live +in the forest." + +"Who? Who? To who?" was the next question, and the Brown Kitten thought +he was asked to whose home he was going. + +"I am not going to anybody," he said. "I just wanted to come, and left +my old home suddenly. I shall live alone and have a good time. I didn't +even tell my mother." + +"Who? Who? To who?" said the Great Horned Owl, for it was he. + +"My m-mother," said the Brown Kitten, and then he ran away as fast as he +could. He had seen the Owl more clearly as he spoke, and the Owl's face +reminded him a little of his mother and made him want to see her. He ran +so fast that he almost bumped into the Skunk, who was taking a dignified +stroll through the forest and sniffing at nearly everything he saw. It +was very lucky, you know, that he did not quite run into the Skunk, for +Skunks do not like to be run into, and, if he had done so, other people +would soon have been sniffing at him. + +The Brown Kitten thought that the Skunk might be related to him. They +were about the same size, and the Brown Kitten had been told that his +relatives were not only different colors, but different shapes. His +mother had told of seeing some Manx Kittens who had no tails at all, and +he thought that the Skunk's elegant long-haired one needn't prevent his +being a Cat. + +"Good evening," said the Brown Kitten. "Would you mind telling me if you +are a Cat." + +"Cat? No!" growled the Skunk. "They sometimes call me a Wood-Kitty, but +they have no right to. I am a Skunk, _Skunk_, SKUNK, and I am related to +the Weasles. Step out of my path." + +A family of young Raccoons in a tree called down teasingly to him to +come up, but after he had started they told him to go down, and then +laughed at him because he had to go tail first. He did not know that +forest climbers turn the toes of their hind feet backward and scamper +down head first. Still, it would have made no difference if he had +known, for his toes wouldn't turn. + +He found something to eat now and then, and he looked for a hollow tree. +He found only one, and that was a Bee tree, so he couldn't use it. All +around him the most beautiful mushrooms were pushing up from the ground. +White, yellow, orange, red, and brown they were, and looked so plump and +fair that he wanted to bite them. He knew, however, that some of them +were very poisonous, so he didn't even lick them with his eager, rough +little pink tongue. He was just losing his Kitten teeth, and his new Cat +teeth were growing, and they made him want to bite almost everything he +saw. One kind of mushroom, which he thought the prettiest of all, grew +only on the trunks of fallen beech trees. It was white, and had a great +many little branches, all very close together. + +Most of the plants which he saw were sound asleep. Every plant has to +sleep, you know, and most of them take a long nap at night. Some of +them, like the water-lilies, also sleep on cloudy days. He was very fond +of the clovers, but they had their leaflets folded tight, and only the +mushrooms, the evening primroses, and a few others were wide awake. +Everybody whom he met was a stranger, and he began to feel very lonely. +Cats do not usually mind being alone. Indeed, they rather like it; +still, you can see how hard it would be for a Kitten who had always been +loved and cared for to find himself alone in a dark forest, where great +birds ask the same questions over and over, and other people make fun of +him. You wouldn't like it yourself, if you were a Kitten. + +At last, when he was prowling along an old forest road and hoping to +meet a tender young Wood-Mouse, he saw a couple of light-colored +animals ahead of him. They looked to him very much like Kittens, but he +remembered how the Skunk had snubbed him when taken for a Cat, and he +kept still. He ran to overtake them and see more clearly, and just as he +reached them they all came to a turn in the road. + +Before he could speak or they could notice that he was there, the wind +roared through the branches above, and just ahead two terrible great +eyes glared at them out of an old log. They all stopped with their +back-fur bristling and their tails arched stiffly. Not a sound did one +of them make. They lifted first one foot and then another and backed +slowly and silently away. When they had gone far enough, they turned +quickly and ran down the old road as fast as their twelve feet could +carry them. They never stopped until they were in the road for home and +could look back in the starlight and be sure that nobody was following +them. Then they stared at each other--the Yellow Kitten, the White +Kitten, and the Brown Kitten. + +"Did you run away to live in the forest?" asked the sisters. + +"Did you?" asked the Brown Kitten. + +"You'll never tell?" said they. + +"Never!" said he. + +"Well then, we did run away, and met each other just before you came. We +meant to live in the forest." + +"So did I," said he. "And I couldn't find any hollow tree." + +"Did you meet that dreadful bird?" said they,--"the one who never hears +your answers and keeps asking you over and over?" + +"Yes," said he. "Don't you ever tell!" + +"Ha-ha!" screamed a laughing little Screech-Owl, who had seen what had +happened in the old forest road and flapped along noiselessly behind +them. + +"Three big Kittens afraid of fox-fire! O-ho! O-ho!" + +Now all of them had heard about fox-fire and knew it was the light which +shines from some kinds of rotten wood in the dark, but they held up +their heads and answered, "We're not afraid of fox-fire." + +"Ha-ha!" screamed the Screech-Owl again. "Thought you saw big eyes +glaring at you. Only fox-fire. Dare you to come back if you are not +afraid." + +"We don't want to go back," answered the Brown Kitten. "We haven't +time." + +"Ha-ha!" screamed the Screech-Owl. "Haven't time! Where are you going?" + +"Going home, of course," answered the Brown Kitten. And then he +whispered to his sisters, "Let's!" + +"All right," said they, and they raced down the road as fast as they +could go. To this day their mother does not know that they ever ran away +from home. + +But it was only fox-fire. + + + + +[Illustration] + +THE INQUISITIVE WEASELS + + +The Weasels were very unpopular with most of the forest people, the pond +and meadow people did not like them, and those who lived in the farmyard +couldn't bear them. Something went wrong there every time that a Weasel +came to call. Once, you know, the Dorking Hen was so frightened that she +broke her wonderful shiny egg, and there were other times when even +worse things had happened. Usually there was a Chicken or two missing +after the Weasel had gone. + +The Weasels were very fond of their own family, however, and would tell +their best secrets to each other. That meant almost as much with them as +to share food, for they were very inquisitive and always wanted to know +all about everything. They minded their own business, but they minded +everybody's else as well. If you told a thing to one Weasel you might be +sure that before the night was over every Weasel in the neighborhood +would know all about it. They told other people, too, when they had a +chance. They were dreadful gossips. If they saw a person do something +the least unusual, they thought about it and talked about it and +wondered what it meant, and decided that it meant something very +remarkable and became very much excited. At such times, they made many +excuses to go calling, and always managed to tell about what they had +seen, what they had heard, and what they were perfectly certain it +meant. + +They went everywhere, and could go quietly and without being noticed. +They were small people, about as long as Rats, but much more slender, +and with such short legs that their bodies seemed to almost lie on the +ground. All their fur was brown, except that on their bellies and the +inside of their legs, which was pure white. Sometimes the fur on their +feet matched their backs and sometimes it matched their bellies. That +was as might happen. You can easily see how they could steal along over +the brown earth or the dead leaves and grass without showing plainly. In +winter they turned white, and then they did not show on the snow. The +very tip of their short tails stayed a pale brown, but it was so tiny as +hardly to be noticed. Any Hawk in the air, who saw just that bit of +brown on the snow beneath him, would be likely to think it a leaf or a +piece of bark and pay no more attention to it. + +The Weasel mothers were very careful of their children and very brave. +It made no difference how great the danger might be, they would stay by +their babies and fight for them. And such workers as they were! It made +no difference to them whether it was day or night, they would burrow or +hunt just the same. When they were tired they slept, and when they +awakened they began at once to do something. + + [Illustration: IN WINTER THEY TURNED WHITE. _Page 178_] + +Several families lived in the high bank by the edge of the forest, just +where the ground slopes down to the marsh. They had lived there year +after year, and had kept on adding to their burrows. There was only one +doorway to each burrow and that was usually hidden by some leaves or a +stone. They were hardly as large as Chipmunk's holes and easily hidden. +"It is a good thing to have a fine, large home," said the Weasels, "but +we build for comfort, not for show." + +All the Weasel burrows began alike, with a straight, narrow hall. Then +more halls branched off from this, and every little way there would be a +room in which to turn around or rest. In some of these they stored +food; in others they had nothing but bones and things which were left +from their meals. Each burrow had one fine, large room, bigger than an +Ovenbird's nest, with a soft bed of leaves and fur. Some of the rooms +were so near the top of the ground that a Weasel could dig his way up in +a few minutes if he needed another door. They were the loveliest sort of +places for playing hide-and-seek, and that is a favorite Weasel game, +only every Weasel wants to seek instead of hiding. There was never a bit +of loose earth around these homes, and that is the one secret which +Weasels will not tell out of the family--they never tell what they do +with the earth they dig out. It just disappears. + +Weasels like to hunt in parties. They say there is no fun in doing +anything unless you have somebody with whom to talk it over. One night +four of them went out together as soon as it was dark. They were young +fellows and had planned to go to the farmer's Hen-house for the first +time. They started to go there, but of course they wanted to see +everything by the way. They would run straight ahead for a little while, +then turn off to one side, as Ants do, poking into a Chipmunk's hole or +climbing a tree to find a bird's nest, eating whatever food they found, +and talking softly about everything. + +"It is disgraceful the way that Chipmunk keeps house," said one of them, +as he came back from going through a burrow under a tree. "Half-eaten +food dropped right on the floor of the burrow in the most careless way. +It was only a nut. If it had been anything I cared for, I would have +eaten it myself." + +Then they gossiped about Chipmunks, and said that, although they always +looked trim and neat, there was no telling what sort of housekeepers +they were; and that it really seemed as though they would do better to +stay at home more and run about the forest less. The Chipmunk heard all +this from the tree where he had hidden himself, and would have liked to +speak right out and tell them what he thought of callers who entered +one's home without knocking and sneaked around to see how things were +kept. He knew better than to do so, however. He knew that when four +hungry Weasels were out hunting their supper, it was an excellent time +to keep still. He was right. And there are many times when it is better +for angry people to keep still, even if they are not afraid of being +eaten. + +After they had gone he came down. "It was lucky for me," he said, "that +I awakened hungry and ate a lunch. If I hadn't been awake to run away +there's no telling where I would be now. There are some things worse +than having people think you a poor housekeeper." + +Just as the Chipmunk was finishing his lunch, one of the Weasels +whispered to the others to stop. "There is somebody coming," said he. +"Let's wait and see what he is doing." + +It was the Black-tailed Skunk, who came along slowly, sniffing here and +there, and once in a while stopping to eat a few mouthfuls. + +"Doesn't it seem to you that he acts very queerly?" said one of the +Weasels to the rest. + +"Very," replied another. "And he doesn't look quite as usual. I don't +know that I ever saw him carry his tail in just that way." + +"I'd like to know where he is going," said another. "I guess he doesn't +think anybody will see him." + +"Let's follow him," said the fourth Weasel, who had not spoken before. + +While he was near them they hid behind a hemlock log out of which many +tiny hemlocks were growing. Once in a while they peeped between the soft +fringy leaves of these to see what he was doing. They were much excited. +"He is putting his nose down to the ground," one would say. "It must be +that he has found something." + +Then another would poke his little head up through the hemlocks and look +at the Skunk. "He couldn't have found anything after all," he would say. +"I can't hear him eating." + +"It is very strange," the rest would murmur. + +Now it just happened that the Black-tailed Skunk had scented the Weasels +and knew that they were near. He had also heard the rustling behind the +hemlock log. He knew what gossips Weasels are, and he guessed that they +were watching him, so he decided to give them something to think about. +He knew that they would often fight people larger than themselves, but +he was not afraid of anybody. He did not care to fight them either, for +if he got near enough to really enjoy it they would be likely to bite +him badly, and when a Weasel has set his teeth into anybody it is not +easy to make him let go. "I rather think," said he to himself, "that +there will be four very tired young Weasels sleeping in their burrows +to-morrow." + +"He's walking away," whispered one of the Weasels. "Where do you suppose +he is going?" + +"We'll have to find out," said the others, as they crept quietly out of +their hiding-places. + +The Skunk went exactly where he wanted to. Whenever he found food he ate +it. The Weasels who followed after found nothing left for them. They +became very hungry, but if one of them began to think of going off for +a lunch, the Skunk was certain to do something queer. Sometimes he would +lie down and laugh. Then the Weasels would peep at him from a +hiding-place and whisper together. + +"What do you suppose makes him laugh?" they would ask. "It must be that +he is thinking of something wonderful which he is going to do. We must +not lose sight of him." + +Once he met the Spotted Skunk, his brother, and they whispered together +for a few minutes. Then the Spotted Skunk laughed, and as he passed on, +the Black-tailed Skunk called back to him: "Be sure not to tell any one. +I do not want it known what I am doing." + +Then the four young Weasels nudged each other and said, "There! We knew +it all the time!" + +After that, nobody spoke about being hungry. All they cared for was the +following of the Black-tailed Skunk. Once, when they were in the marsh, +they were so afraid of being seen that they slipped into the ditch and +swam for a way. They were good swimmers and didn't much mind, but it +just shows how they followed the Skunk. Once he led them over to the +farm and they remembered their plan of going to the Hen-house. They were +very, very hungry, and each looked at the others to see what they +thought about letting the Skunk go and stopping for a hearty supper. +Still, nobody spoke of doing so. One Weasel whispered: "Now we shall +surely see what he is about. He ought to know that he cannot do wrong or +mischievous things without being found out. And since we discover it +ourselves, we shall certainly feel free to speak of it." + +Collie, the watch-dog, was sleeping lightly, and came rushing around the +corner of the house to see what strangers were there, but when he saw +who they were, he dropped his tail and walked away. He was old enough +to know many things, and he knew too much to fight either a Skunk or a +Weasel. Every one lets Skunks alone, and it is well to let Weasels alone +also, for although they are so small they bite badly. + +Now the Black-tailed Skunk turned to the forest and walked toward his +hole. The Screech-Owl passed them flying homeward, and several times +Bats darted over their heads. When they went by the Bats' cave they +could tell by the sound that ten or twelve were inside hanging +themselves up for the day. A dim light showed in the eastern sky, and +the day birds were stirring and beginning to preen their feathers. + +"What do you think it means?" whispered the Weasels. "He seems to be +going home. Do you suppose he has changed his mind?" + +When he reached his hole the Black-tailed Skunk stopped and looked +around. The Weasels hid themselves under some fallen leaves. "I bid you +good-morning," said the Skunk, looking toward the place where they were. +"I hope you are not _too_ tired. This walk has been very easy for me, +but I fear it was rather long for Weasels. Besides, I have found plenty +to eat and have chosen smooth paths for myself. Good-morning! I have +enjoyed your company!" + +When even the tip of his tail was hidden in the hole, the Weasels +crawled from under the leaves and looked at each other. + +"We believe he knew all the time that we were following him," they said. +"He acted queerly just to fool us. The wretch!" + +Yet after all, you see, he had done only what he did every night, and it +was because they were watching and talking about him that they thought +him going on some strange errand. + + + + +[Illustration] + +THE THRIFTY DEER MOUSE + + +When the days grew short and chilly, and bleak winds blew out of the +great blue-gray cloud banks in the west, many of the forest people went +to sleep for the winter. And not only they, but over in the meadow the +Tree Frog and the Garter Snake had already crawled out of sight and were +dreaming sweetly. The song birds had long before this started south, and +the banks of the pond and its bottom of comfortable soft mud held many +sleepers. Under the water the Frogs had snuggled down in groups out of +sight. Some of the Turtles were there also, and some were in the bank. + +The Ground Hogs had grown stupid and dozy before the last leaves +fluttered to the ground, and had been the first of the fur-bearers to +go to bed for the winter. There were so many interesting things to see +and do in the late fall days that they tried exceedingly hard to keep +awake. + +A Weasel was telling a Ground Hog something one day--and it was a +very interesting piece of gossip, only it was rather unkind, and so +might better not be told here--when he saw the Ground Hog winking +very slow and sleepy winks and letting his head droop lower and lower. +Once he asked him if he understood. The Ground Hog jumped and opened +his eyes very wide indeed, and said: "Oh, yes, yes! Perfectly! +Oh-ah-ah-ah-ah-ah." His yawn didn't look so big as it sounds, because +his mouth was so small. + +He tried to act politely interested, but just as the Weasel reached the +most exciting part of his story, the Ground Hog rolled over sound +asleep. The next day he said "good-by" to his friends, wished them a +happy winter, and said he might see some of them before spring, as he +should come out once to make the weather. "I only hope I shall awaken in +time," he said, "but I am fat enough to sleep until the violets are up." + +He had to be fat, you know, to last him through the cold weather without +eating. He was so stout that he could hardly waddle, his big, +loose-skinned body dragged when he walked, and was even shakier than +ever. He really couldn't hurry by jumping and he was so short of breath +that he could barely whistle when he went into his hole. + +The Raccoons went after the Ground Hog and the Skunks were later still. +They never slept so very long, and said they didn't really need to at +all, and wouldn't except that they had nothing to do and it made +housekeeping easier. It saved so much not to have to go out to their +meals in the coldest weather. + +When the large people were safely out of the way, the smaller ones had +their best times. The Muskrats were awake, but they had their big houses +to eat and were not likely to trouble Mice and Squirrels. There was not +much to fear except Owls and Weasels. The Ground Hogs had once tried to +get the Great Horned Owl to go south when the Cranes did, and he had +laughed in their faces. "To-whoo!" said he. "Not I! I'm not afraid of +cold weather. You don't know how warm feathers are. I never wear +anything else. Furs are all right, but they are not feathers." + +He and his relatives sat all day in their holes, and seldom flew out +except at night. Sometimes, when the day was not too bright, they made +short trips out for luncheon. It was very unfortunate for any Mouse to +be near at those times. + +Now the snow had fallen and the beautiful still cold days had come. The +Weasels' fur had changed from brown to white, as it does in cold +countries in winter. The Chipmunks had taken their last scamper until +early spring, and were living, each alone, in their comfortable burrows. +They were most independent and thrifty. No one ever heard of a Chipmunk +lacking food unless some robber had carried off his nuts and corn. The +Mice think that it must be very dull for a Chipmunk to stay by himself +all winter, since he does not sleep steadily. The Chipmunks do not find +it so. One of them said: "Dull? I never find it dull. When I am awake, I +eat or clean my fur or think. If I had any one staying with me he might +rouse me when I want to sleep, or pick the nut that I want for myself, +or talk when I am thinking. No, thank you, I will go calling when I want +company." + + [Illustration: THE MICE MAKE WINTER THEIR PLAYTIME. _Page 195_] + +The Mice make winter their playtime. Then the last summer's babies are +all grown up and able to look out for themselves, and the fathers and +mother's have a chance to rest. The Meadow Mice come together in big +parties and build groups of snug winter homes under the snow of the +meadow, with many tiny covered walks leading from one to another. Their +food is all around them--grass roots and brown seeds--and there is so +much of it that they never quarrel to see who shall have this root and +who shall have that. They sleep during the daytime and awaken to eat and +visit and have a good time at night. + +Sometimes they are awakened in the daytime, as they were when the Grouse +broke through the snow near them. That was an accident, and the Grouse +felt very sorry about it. They had snuggled down in a cozy family party +near by, and were just starting out for a stroll one morning when the +eldest son stumbled and fell and crushed through the snow into the +little settlement of Meadow Mice. + +The young Grouse was much ashamed of his awkwardness. "I am so sorry," +he said. "I'm not used to my snow-shoes yet. This is the first winter I +have worn them." + +"That is all right," said the Oldest Mouse politely. "It must be hard to +manage them at first. We hope you will have better luck after this." +Then they bowed to each other and the Grouse walked off to join his +brothers and sisters, lifting his feet with their newly grown feather +snow-shoes very high at every step. The Meadow Mice went to work to make +their homes neat again, yet they never looked really right until that +snow had melted and more had fallen. One might think that the Meadow +Mice and the Grouse would care less for each other after that, but it +was not so. It never is so if people who make trouble are quick to say +that they are sorry, and those who were hurt will keep patient and +forgiving. + +It was only the night after this happened that one of the Deer Mice had +a great fright. His home was in a Bee tree in the forest. The Bees and +he had always been the best of friends, and now that they were keeping +close to their honeycomb all winter, the Deer Mouse had taken a small +room in the same tree. It helped to keep him warm when he slept close to +the Bees, for there was always some heat coming from their bodies. Once +in a while, too, he took a nibble of honey, and they did not mind. + +The Deer Mouse did not keep much of his own winter food where he lived. +He had a few beechnuts near by, and when the weather was very stormy +indeed he ate some of these. There was room for many more in the +storeroom (another hole in the Bee tree), but he liked to keep food in +many places. "It is wiser," said he. "Supposing I had them all here and +this tree should be blown down, and it should fall in such a way that I +couldn't reach the hole. What would I do then?" + +He was talking to a Rabbit when he said this. The Rabbit never stored up +food himself, yet he sometimes told other people how he thought it +should be done. He was sure it would be better to have all the nuts in +one place as the Chipmunks did. And now that the Deer Mouse had given +his reasons, he was just as sure as ever. "The Bee tree is not very +likely to blow down in that way," said he. "There is not much danger." + +"Not much, but some," answered the Deer Mouse. "Hollow trees fall more +quickly than solid ones. You may store your food where you please and +I'll take care of mine." + +The Deer Mouse spoke very decidedly, although he was perfectly polite. +His beautiful brown eyes looked squarely at the Rabbit, and you could +tell by the position of his slender long tail that he was much in +earnest. The Rabbit went home. + +The Deer Mouse put away hundreds and hundreds of beechnuts. These he +took carefully out of their shells and laid in nicely lined holes in +tree-trunks. He used leaves for lining these places. Besides keeping +food in the trees, he hid little piles of nuts under stones and logs, +and tucked seeds into chinks of fences or tiny pockets in the ground. He +had worked in the wheatfield after the grain was cut, picking up and +carrying away the stray kernels which had fallen from the sheaves. He +never counted the places where food was stored, but he was happy in +thinking about them. When he lay down to sleep in the morning he always +knew where the next night's meals were coming from. There was not a +thriftier, happier person in the forest. He was gentle, good-natured, +and exceedingly businesslike. He was also very handsome, with large ears +and white belly and feet. + +The night after his cousins, the Meadow Mice, had been so frightened by +the Grouse, this Deer Mouse started out for a good time. He called on +the Meadow Mice, ate a chestnut which he dug up in the edge of the +forest, scampered up a fence-post and tasted of his hidden wheat to be +sure that it was keeping well, and then went to the tree where most of +his beechnuts were stored. He was not quite certain that he wanted to +eat one, but he wished to be sure that they were all right before he +went on. He had been invited to a party by some other Deer Mice, and so, +you see, it wouldn't do for him to spoil his appetite. They would be +sure to have refreshments at the party. + +"I suppose they are all right," said he, as he started to run up the +tree; "still it is just as well to be sure." + +"My whiskers!" he exclaimed, when he reached the hole. "If that isn't +just like a Red Squirrel!" + +The opening into the tree had been barely large enough for him to +squeeze through, and now he could pass in without crushing his fur. +Around the edge of it were many marks of sharp teeth. Somebody had +wanted to get in and had not found the doorway large enough. The Deer +Mouse went inside and sat on his beechnuts. Then he thought and thought +and thought. He knew very well that it was a Red Squirrel, for the Red +Squirrels are not so thrifty as most of the nut-eaters. They make a +great fuss about gathering food in the fall, and frisk and chatter and +scold if anybody else comes where they are busy. For all that, the +Chipmunks and the Deer Mice work much harder than they. It is not +always the person who makes the greatest fuss, you know, who does the +most. + +A Red Squirrel is usually out of food long before spring comes, and +after that he takes whatever he can lay his paws on. Sometimes the +Chipmunks tell them that they should be ashamed of themselves and work +harder. Then the Red Squirrels sigh and answer, "Oh, that is all very +well for you to say, still you must remember that we have not such cheek +pouches as you." + +The Deer Mouse thought of these things. "Cheek pouches!" cried he. "I +have no cheek pouches, but I lay up my own food. It is only an excuse +when they say that. I don't think much of people who make excuses." + +He passed through the doorway several times to see just how big it was. +He found it was not yet large enough for a Red Squirrel. Then he +scampered over the snow to a friend's home. "I'm not going to the +party," said he. "I have some work to do." + +"Work?" said the friend. "Work? In winter?" But before he had finished +speaking his caller had gone. + +All night long the Deer Mouse carried beechnuts from the old +hiding-place to a new one. He wore quite a path in the snow between one +tree and the other. His feet were tiny, but there were four of them, and +his long tail dragged after him. It was not far that he had to go. The +new place was one which he had looked at before. It was in a maple tree, +and had a long and very narrow opening leading to the storeroom. It was +having to go so far into the tree that had kept the Deer Mouse from +using it before. Now he liked it all the better for having this. + +"If that Red Squirrel ever gnaws his way in here," he said, "he won't +have any teeth left for eating." + +When the sun rose, the Deer Mouse went to sleep in the maple tree. The +Red Squirrel came and gnawed at the opening into his old storeroom. If +he had gnawed all day he would surely have gotten in. As it was, he had +to spend much time hunting for food. He found some frozen apples still +hanging in the orchard, and bit away at them until he reached the seeds +inside. He found one large acorn, but it was old and tasted musty. He +also squabbled with another Red Squirrel and chased him nearly to the +farmyard. Then Collie heard them and chased him most of the way back. + +When night came and he ran off to sleep in his hollow tree, he had made +the hole almost, but not quite, large enough. He could smell the +beechnuts inside, and it made him hungry to think how good they would +taste. "I will get up early to-morrow morning and come here," he said. +"I can gnaw my way in before breakfast, and then!" + +He went off in fine leaps to his home and was soon sound asleep. In +summer he often frolicked around half of the night, but now it was cold, +and when the sun went down he liked to get home quickly and wrap up +warmly in his tail. The Red Squirrel was hardly out of sight when the +Deer Mouse came along his path in the snow and up to his old storeroom. +His dainty white feet shook a little as he climbed, and he hardly dared +look in for fear of finding the hole empty. You can guess how happy he +was to find everything safe. + +All night long he worked, and when morning came it was a very tired +little Deer Mouse who carried his last beechnut over the trodden path to +its safe new resting place. He was tired but he was happy. + +There was just one other thing that he wanted to do. He wanted to see +that Red Squirrel when he found the beechnuts gone. He waited near by +for him to come. It was a beautiful, still winter morning when the +hoar-frost clung to all the branches, and the shadows which fell upon +the snow looked fairly blue, it was so cold. The Deer Mouse crouched +down upon his dainty feet to keep them warm, and wrapped his tail +carefully around to help. + +Along came the Red Squirrel, dashing finely and not noticing the Deer +Mouse at all. A few leaps brought him to the tree, a quick run took him +to the hole, and then he began to gnaw. The Deer Mouse was growing +sleepy and decided not to wait longer. He ran along near the Red +Squirrel. "Oh, good-morning!" said he. "Beautiful day! I see you are +getting that hole ready to use. Hope you will like it. I liked it very +well for a while, but I began to fear it wasn't safe." + +"Wh-what do you mean?" asked the Red Squirrel sternly. He had seen the +Deer Mouse's eyes twinkle and he was afraid of a joke. + +"Oh," answered the Deer Mouse with a careless whisk of his tail, "I had +some beechnuts there until I moved them." + +"You had!" exclaimed the Red Squirrel. He did not gnaw any after that. +He suddenly became very friendly. "You couldn't tell me where to find +food, I suppose," said he. "I'd eat almost anything." + +The Deer Mouse thought for a minute. "I believe," said he, "that you +will find plenty in the farmer's barn, but you must look out for the +Dog." + +"Thank you," said the Red Squirrel. "I will go." + +"There!" said the Deer Mouse after he had whisked out of sight. "He has +gone to steal from the farmer. Still, men have so very much that they +ought to share with Squirrels." + +And that, you know, is true. + + + + +[Illustration] + +THE HUMMING-BIRD AND THE HAWK-MOTH + + +The Hawk-Moths are acquainted with nearly everybody and are great +society people. They are invited to companies given by the daylight set, +and also to parties given at night by those who sleep during the day. +This is not because the Hawk-Moths are always awake. Oh dear, no! There +is nobody in pond, forest, meadow, marsh, or even in houses, who can be +well and strong and happy without plenty of sleep. + +The Hawk-Moths were awake more or less during the day, but it was not +until the sun was low in the western sky that they were busiest. When +every tree had a shadow two or three times as long as the tree itself, +then one heard the whir-r-r of wings and the Hawk-Moths darted past. +They staid up long after the daylight people went to bed. The Catbird, +who sang from the tip of the topmost maple tree branch long after most +of his bird friends were asleep, said that when he tucked his head under +his wing the Hawk-Moths were still flying. In that way, of course, they +became acquainted with the people of the night-time. + +There was one fine large Hawk-Moth who used to be a Tomato Worm when he +was young, although he really fed as much upon potato vines as upon +tomato plants. He was handsome from the tip of his long, slender +sucking-tongue to the tip of his trim, gray body. His wings were pointed +and light gray in color, with four blackish lines across the hind ones. +His body was also gray, and over it and his wings were many dainty +markings of black or very dark gray. On the back part of it he had ten +square yellow spots edged with black. There were also twenty tiny white +spots there, but he did not care so much for them. He always felt badly +to think that his yellow spots showed so little. That couldn't be +helped, of course, and he should have been thankful to have them at all. + +Another thing which troubled him was the fact that he couldn't see his +own yellow spots. He would have given a great deal to do so. He could +see the yellow spots of other Hawk-Moths who had been Tomato Worms when +he was, but that was not like seeing his own. He had tried and tried, +and it always ended in the same way--his eyes were tired and his back +ached. His body was so much stouter and stiffer than that of his +butterfly cousins that he could not bend it easily. + +When he got to thinking about his yellow spots he often flew away to +the farmer's potato-fields, where the young Tomato Worms were feeding. +He would fly around them and cry out: "Look at my yellow spots. Are they +not fine?" Then he would dart away to the vegetable-garden and balance +himself in the air over the tomato plants. The humming of his wings +would make the Tomato Worms there look up, and he would say: "If you are +good little Worms and eat a great deal, you may some day become fine +Moths like me and have ten yellow spots apiece." + +Sometimes he even went down to the corner where the farmer had tobacco +plants growing, and showed his yellow spots to the Tomato Worms there. +He never went anywhere else, for these worms do not care for other +things to eat. Everywhere that he went the Tomato Worms exclaimed: "Oh! +Oh! What beautiful yellow spots! What wonderful yellow spots!" When he +flew away they would not eat for a while, but rested on their fat +pro-legs, raised the front part of their bodies in the air, folded their +six little real legs under their chins, and thought and thought and +thought. They always sat in that position when they were thinking, and +they had a great many cousins who did the same thing. It was a habit +which ran in the family. + +When other people saw them sitting in this way, with their real legs +crossed under their chins, they always cried: "Look at the Sphinxes!" +although not one of them knew what a Sphinx really was. And that was +just one of their habits. This was why the Hawk-Moths were sometimes +called Sphinx-Moths. + +It was not kind in the Hawk-Moth to come and make the Tomato Worms +discontented. If he had stayed away, they would have thought it the +loveliest thing in the world to be fat green Tomato Worms with two +sorts of legs and each with a horn standing up on the hind end of his +body. That is not the usual place for horns, still it does very well, +and these horns are worn only for looks. They are never used for poking +or stinging. + +Before the Hawk-Moth came to visit them, the Tomato Worms had thought it +would be quiet, and restful, and pleasant to lie all winter in their +shining brown pupa-cases in the ground, waiting for the spring to finish +turning them into Moths. Now they were so impatient to get their yellow +spots that they could hardly bear the idea of waiting. They did not even +care about the long, slender tongue-case which every Tomato-Worm has on +his pupa-case, and which looks like a handle to it. + +One day the Tomato Worms told the Ruby-throated Humming-Bird about all +this. The Humming-Bird was a very sensible fellow, and would no doubt +have been a hard-working husband and father if his wife had not been so +independent. He had been a most devoted lover, and helped build a +charming nest of fern-wool and plant-down, and cover it with beautiful +gray-green lichens. When done it was about as large as half of a hen's +egg, and a morning-glory blossom would have more than covered it. The +lichens were just the color of the branch on which it rested, and one +could hardly see where it was. That is the nicest thing to be said about +a nest. If a bird ever asks you what you think of his nest, and you wish +to say something particularly agreeable, you must stare at the tree and +ask: "Where is it?" Then, when he has shown it to you, you may speak of +the soft lining, or the fine weaving, or the stout way in which it is +fastened to the branches. + +After this nest was finished and the two tiny white eggs laid in it, +Mrs. Humming-Bird cared for nothing else. She would not go +honey-hunting with her husband, or play in the air with him as she used +to do. He tried to coax her by darting down toward her as she sat +covering her eggs, and by squeaking the sweetest things he could think +of into her ear, but she acted as though she cared more for the eggs +than for him, and did not even squeak sweet things back. So, of course, +he went away, and let her hatch and bring up her children as she chose. +It was certainly her fault that he left her. She might not have been +able to leave the eggs, but she could have squeaked. + +Now that the Ruby-throated Humming-Bird had no home cares, he made many +calls on his friends. They were very short calls, for he would seldom +sit down, yet he heard and told much news while he balanced himself in +the air with his tiny feet curled up and his wings moving so fast that +one could not see them. + +When the Tomato Worms told him how they felt about the Hawk-Moth's +yellow spots, he became very indignant. "Those poor young worms!" he +said to himself. "It is a shame, and something must be done about it." + +The more he thought, the angrier he became, and his feathers fairly +stood on end. He hardly knew what he was doing, and ran his long, +slender bill into the same flowers several times, although he had taken +all the honey from them at first. + +That night, when the sun had set and the silvery moon was peeping above +a violet-colored cloud in the eastern sky, the Ruby-throated +Humming-Bird sat on the tip of a spruce-tree branch and waited for the +Hawk-Moth. + +"I hope nobody else will hear me talking," said he. "It would sound so +silly if I were overheard." He sat very still, his tiny feet clutching +the branch tightly. It was late twilight now and really time that he +should go to sleep, but he had decided that if he could possibly keep +awake he would teach the Hawk-Moth a lesson. + +"I wish he would hurry," said he. "I can hardly keep my eyes open." He +did not yawn because he had not the right kind of mouth for it. You know +a yawn ought to be nearly round. His beak would have made one a great, +great many times higher than it was wide, and that would have been +exceedingly unbecoming to him. + +Yellow evening primroses grew near the spruce-tree, and the tall stalks +were opening their flowers for the night. Above the seed-pods and below +the buds on each stalk two, three, or four blossoms were slowly +unfolding. The Ruby-throated Humming-Bird did not often stay up long +enough to see this, and he watched the four smooth yellow petals of one +untwist themselves until they were free to spring wide open. He had +watched five blossoms when he heard the Hawk-Moth coming. Then he darted +toward the primroses and balanced himself daintily before one while he +sucked honey from it. + +Whir-r-r-r! The Hawk-Moth was there. "Good evening," said he. "Rather +late for you, isn't it?" + +"It is a little," answered the Humming-Bird. "Growing a bit chilly, too, +isn't it? I should think you'd be cold without feathers. Mine are such a +comfort. Feel as good as they look, and that is saying a great deal." + +The Hawk-Moth balanced himself before another primrose and seemed to +care more about sucking honey up his long tongue-tube than he did about +talking. + + [Illustration: THE HUMMING-BIRD AND THE HAWK-MOTH. _Page 218_] + +"I think it is a great thing to have a touch of bright color, too," said +the Humming-Bird. "The beautiful red spot on my throat looks +particularly warm and becoming when the weather is cool. You ought to +have something of the sort." + +"I have yellow spots--ten of them," answered the Hawk-Moth sulkily. + +"You have?" exclaimed the Humming-Bird in the most surprised way. "Oh +yes! I think I do remember something about them. It is a pity they don't +show more. Mrs. Humming-Bird never wears bright colors. She says it +would not do. People would see her on her nest if she did. Excepting the +red spot, she is dressed like me--white breast, green back and head, and +black wings and tail. Green is another good color. You should wear some +green." + +The Hawk-Moth murmured that he didn't see any particular use in wearing +green. + +"Oh," said the Humming-Bird, "it is just the thing to wear--neat, never +looks dusty" (here the Hawk-Moth drew back, for his own wings, you +know, were almost dust color), "and matches the leaves perfectly." + +The Hawk-Moth said something about having to go and thinking that the +primrose honey was not so good as usual. + +"I thought it excellent," said the Humming-Bird. "Perhaps you do not get +it so easily as I. Ah yes, you use a tongue-tube. What different ways +different people do have. Now I like honey, but I could not live many +days on that alone. What I care most for is the tiny insects that I find +eating it. And you cannot eat meat. What a pity! I must say that you +seem to make the best of it, though, and do fairly well. Oh, must you +go? Well, good night." + +The Hawk-Moth flew away feeling very much disgusted. He had always +thought himself the most beautiful person in the neighborhood. He rather +thought so still. Yet it troubled him to know that others did not think +so, and he began to remember how many times he had heard people admire +the Ruby-throated Humming-Bird. He never liked him after that. But +neither did he brag. + +The young Tomato Worms soon forgot what the Hawk-Moth had said to them, +and became happy and contented once more. The Ruby-throated Humming-Bird +never cared to talk about it, yet he was once heard to say that he would +rather offend the Hawk-Moth and even make him a little unhappy than to +have him bothering the poor little Tomato Worms all the time. + +[Illustration] + + + + + +End of Project Gutenberg's Among the Night People, by Clara Dillingham Pierson + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK AMONG THE NIGHT PEOPLE *** + +***** This file should be named 35014-8.txt or 35014-8.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/3/5/0/1/35014/ + +Produced by Heather Clark and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was +produced from images generously made available by The +Internet Archive) + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/35014-8.zip b/35014-8.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d632911 --- /dev/null +++ b/35014-8.zip diff --git a/35014-h.zip b/35014-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e63194e --- /dev/null +++ b/35014-h.zip diff --git a/35014-h/35014-h.htm b/35014-h/35014-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3e9a0ec --- /dev/null +++ b/35014-h/35014-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,6416 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" /> + <title> + The Project Gutenberg eBook of Among the Night People, by Clara Dillingham Pierson. + </title> + <style type="text/css"> + + p { margin-top: .75em; + text-align: justify; + margin-bottom: .75em; + } + h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 { + text-align: center; /* all headings centered */ + clear: both; + } + hr { width: 33%; + margin-top: 2em; + margin-bottom: 2em; + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; + clear: both; + } + + table {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;} + + body{margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%; + } + + .pagenum { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */ + /* visibility: hidden; */ + position: absolute; + left: 92%; + font-size: smaller; + text-align: right; + } /* page numbers */ + + .center {text-align: center;} + .smcap {font-variant: small-caps;} + + .caption {font-weight: bold;} + + .figcenter {margin: auto; text-align: center;} + + .poem {margin-left:10%; margin-right:10%; text-align: left;} + + </style> + </head> +<body> + + +<pre> + +Project Gutenberg's Among the Night People, by Clara Dillingham Pierson + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Among the Night People + +Author: Clara Dillingham Pierson + +Illustrator: F. C. Gordon + +Release Date: January 20, 2011 [EBook #35014] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK AMONG THE NIGHT PEOPLE *** + + + + +Produced by Heather Clark and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was +produced from images generously made available by The +Internet Archive) + + + + + + +</pre> + + + + + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<a name="Frontispiece" id="Frontispiece"></a> +<img src="images/frontispiece.jpg" width="400" height="640" alt="" title="" /> +<span class="caption"><i>Frontispiece</i> COLLIE CHASED HIM AWAY <a href="#Page_138"><i>Page 138</i></a></span> +</div> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + +<h1><span class="smcap">Among the Night People</span></h1> + +<h4>BY</h4> +<h2>CLARA DILLINGHAM PIERSON</h2> + +<h4>Author of "Among the Meadow People," "Pond People," etc.</h4> + +<h3>Illustrated by F. C. GORDON</h3> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 160px;"> +<img src="images/logo.jpg" width="160" height="145" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + +<h4>NEW YORK<br /> +<big>E. P. DUTTON AND COMPANY</big><br /> +<small>31 WEST TWENTY-THIRD STREET</small></h4> + + + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h4><span class="smcap">Copyright</span>, 1902<br /> +BY<br /> +E. P. DUTTON & CO.</h4> + +<h5>The Knickerbocker Press, New York</h5> + + + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h4> +TO<br /> +<br /> +<big>RACHEL W. PIERSON</big><br /> +<br /> +THIS BOOK IS AFFECTIONATELY DEDICATED</h4> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_v" id="Page_v">[Pg v]</a></span></p> +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 393px;"> +<img src="images/hchap06.jpg" width="393" height="98" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + +<h2>CONTENTS</h2> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td> </td><td align='right'><small>PAGE</small></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>THE BLACK SPANISH CHICKENS</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_1">1</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>THE WIGGLERS BECOME MOSQUITOES</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_15">15</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>THE NAUGHTY RACCOON CHILDREN</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_30">30</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>THE TIMID LITTLE GROUND HOG</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_43">43</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>THE YOUNG RACCOONS GO TO A PARTY</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_55">55</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>THE SKUNKS AND THE OVEN-BIRD'S NEST</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_68">68</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>THE LAZY CUT-WORMS</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_82">82</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>THE NIGHT-MOTH'S PARTY</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_94">94</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>THE LONELY OLD BACHELOR MUSKRAT</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_110">110</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>THE GREEDY RED FOX</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_131">131</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>THE UNFORTUNATE FIREFLIES</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_148">148</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>THE KITTENS COME TO THE FOREST</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_160">160</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>THE INQUISITIVE WEASELS</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_176">176</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>THE THRIFTY DEER-MOUSE</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_190">190</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>THE HUMMING-BIRD AND THE HAWK-MOTH</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_208">208</a></td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_vi" id="Page_vi">[Pg vi]</a></span></p> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_vii" id="Page_vii">[Pg vii]</a></span></p> +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 396px;"> +<img src="images/hillustrations.jpg" width="396" height="102" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + +<h2>ILLUSTRATIONS</h2> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td> </td><td align='right'><small>PAGE</small></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>THEY WERE FREE TO GO WHERE THEY CHOSE</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_6">6</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>KNOCKED HIS BROTHER DOWN</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_40">40</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>HE STARTED OFF FOR A NIGHT'S RAMBLE</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_72">72</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>THEY LIVED IN THE FOREST AFTER THAT</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_109">109</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>THE MARSH SEEMED SO EMPTY AND LONELY</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_127">127</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>COLLIE CHASED HIM AWAY</td><td align='right'><a href="#Frontispiece"><i>Frontispiece</i> 138</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>TWINKLING WITH HUNDREDS OF TINY LIGHTS</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_157">157</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>IN WINTER THEY TURNED WHITE</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_178">178</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>THE MICE MAKE WINTER THEIR PLAYTIME</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_195">195</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>THE HUMMING-BIRD AND THE HAWK-MOTH</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_218">218</a></td></tr> +</table></div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 203px;"> +<img src="images/tchap02_04_15.jpg" width="203" height="104" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_viii" id="Page_viii">[Pg viii]</a></span></p> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_ix" id="Page_ix">[Pg ix]</a></span></p> +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 393px;"> +<img src="images/hchap07.jpg" width="393" height="97" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + + +<p><span class="smcap">My Dear Little Friends:</span>—You can +never guess how much I have enjoyed +writing these stories of the night-time, +and I must tell you how I first came to +think of doing so. I once knew a girl—and +she was not a very little girl, either,—who +was afraid of the dark. And I have +known three boys who were as brave as +could be by daylight, but who would not +run on an errand alone after the lamps +were lighted. They never seemed to +think what a beautiful, restful, growing +time the night is for plants and animals, +and even for themselves. I thought that +if they knew more of what happens between +sunset and sunrise they would love +the night as well as I.</p> + +<p>It may be that you will never see +Bats flying freely, or find the Owls<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_x" id="Page_x">[Pg x]</a></span> +flapping silently among the trees without +touching even a twig. Perhaps while +these things are happening you must be +snugly tucked in bed. But that is no +reason why you should not be told what +they do while you are dreaming. Before +this, you know, I have told you more of +what is done by daylight in meadow, forest, +farmyard, and pond. It would be a very +queer world if we could not know about +things without seeing them for ourselves, +and you may like to think, when you are +going to sleep, that hundreds and thousands +of tiny out-of-door people are turning, +and stretching, and going to find their +food. In the morning, when you are +dressing in your sunshiny rooms, they +are cuddling down for a good day's rest.</p> + +<p>I think I ought to tell you that I have +not been alone when writing these stories. +I have often been in the meadow and the +forest at night, and have seen and heard +many interesting things, but my good<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_xi" id="Page_xi">[Pg xi]</a></span> +Cat, Silvertip, has known far more than +I of the night-doings of the out-of-door +people. He has been beside me at my +desk, and although at times he has shut +his eyes and taken Cat-naps while I +wrote, there have been many other times +when he has taken the pen right out of +my hand. He has even tried running the +typewriter with his dainty white paws, +and he has gone over every story I have +written. I do not say that he has written +any himself, but you can see that he has +been very careful what I wrote, and I +have learned a great deal from him that +I never knew before. He is a very good +and clever Cat, and if you like these stories +I am sure it must be partly because +he had a paw in the writing of them.</p> + +<p style='text-align:right'> +Your friend, <br /> +<span class="smcap">Clara D. Pierson</span>.</p> + +<p><small><span class="smcap">Stanton, Michigan</span>,<br /> + April 15th, 1901.</small></p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_xii" id="Page_xii">[Pg xii]</a></span></p> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_1" id="Page_1">[Pg 1]</a></span></p> +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 396px;"> +<img src="images/hchap01_10.jpg" width="396" height="99" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + +<h2>THE BLACK SPANISH +CHICKENS</h2> + + +<p>When the Speckled Hen wanted to +sit there was no use in trying to +talk her out of the idea, for she was a +very set Hen. So, after the farmer's wife +had worked and worked, and barred her +out of first one nesting-place and then +another, she gave up to the Speckled +Hen and fixed her a fine nest and put +thirteen eggs into it. They were Black +Spanish eggs, but the Speckled Hen did +not know that. The Hens that had laid +them could not bear to sit, so, unless some +other Hen did the work which they left +undone, there would have been no Black +Spanish Chickens. This is always their +way, and people have grown used to it.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_2" id="Page_2">[Pg 2]</a></span> +Now nobody thinks of asking a Black +Spanish Hen to sit, although it does not +seem right that a Hen should be unwilling +to bring up chickens. Supposing nobody +had been willing to bring her up?</p> + +<p>Still, the Black Spanish Hens talk very +reasonably about it. "We will lay plenty +of eggs," they say, "but some of the common +Hens must hatch them." They do +their share of the farmyard work, only +they insist on choosing what that share +shall be.</p> + +<p>When the Speckled Hen came off the +nest with eleven Black Chickens (two of +the eggs did not hatch), she was not altogether +happy. "I wanted them to be +speckled," said she, "and not one of the +whole brood is." That was why she grew +so restless and discontented in her coop, +although it was roomy and clean and she +had plenty given her to eat and drink. +She was quite happy only when they +were safely under her wings at night.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_3" id="Page_3">[Pg 3]</a></span> +And such a time as they always had +getting settled!</p> + +<p>When the sunbeams came more and +more slantingly through the trees, the +Chickens felt less and less like running +around. Their tiny legs were tired and +they liked to cuddle down on the grass +in the shadow of the coop. Then the +Speckled Hen often clucked to them to +come in and rest, but they liked it better +in the open air. The Speckled Hen +would also have liked to be out of the +coop, yet the farmer kept her in. He +knew what was best for Hens with little +Chickens, and also what was best for the +tender young lettuce and radishes in his +garden.</p> + +<p>When the sun was nearly down, the +Speckled Hen clucked her come-to-bed +cluck, which was quite different from her +food cluck or her Hawk cluck, and the +little Black Chickens ran between the bars +and crawled under her feathers. Then the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_4" id="Page_4">[Pg 4]</a></span> +Speckled Hen began to look fatter and +fatter and fatter for each Chicken who +nestled beneath her. Sometimes one little +fellow would scramble up on to her back +and stand there, while she turned her head +from side to side, looking at him with first +one and then the other of her round yellow +eyes, and scolding him all the time. It +never did any good to scold, but she said +she had to do something, and with ten +other children under her wings it would +never do for her to stand up and tumble +him off.</p> + +<p>All the time that they were getting +settled for the night the Chickens were +talking in sleepy little cheeps, and now +and then one of them would poke his +head out between the feathers and tell +the Speckled Hen that somebody was +pushing him. Then she would be more +puzzled than ever and cluck louder still. +Sometimes, too, the Chickens would run +out for another mouthful of cornmeal<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_5" id="Page_5">[Pg 5]</a></span> +mush or a few more drops of water. +There was one little fellow who always +wanted something to drink just when he +should have been going to sleep. The +Speckled Hen used to say that it took +longer for a mouthful of water to run +down his throat than it would for her to +drink the whole panful. Of course it did +take quite a while, because he couldn't +hurry it by swallowing. He had to drink, +as all birds do, by filling his beak with +water and then holding it up until the last +drop had trickled down into his stomach.</p> + +<p>When the whole eleven were at last +safely tucked away for the night, the +Speckled Hen was tired but happy. +"They are good children," she often said +to herself, "if they are Black Spanish. +They might be just as mischievous if they +were speckled; still, I do wish that those +stylish-looking, white-eared Black Spanish +Hens would raise their own broods. +I don't like to be hatch-mother to other<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_6" id="Page_6">[Pg 6]</a></span> +Hens' chickens." Then she would slide +her eyelids over her eyes, and doze off, +and dream that they were all speckled +like herself.</p> + + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<img src="images/chap01.jpg" width="400" height="640" alt="THEY WERE FREE TO GO WHERE THEY CHOSE." title="" /> +<span class="caption">THEY WERE FREE TO GO WHERE THEY CHOSE.</span> +<p style='text-align:right'><i>Page 6</i></p> +</div> + +<p>There came a day when the coop was +raised and they were free to go where +they chose. There was a fence around +the vegetable garden now and netting +around the flower-beds, but there were +other lovely places for scratching up food, +for nipping off tender young green things, +for picking up the fine gravel which every +Chicken needs, and for wallowing in the +dust. Then the Black Spanish Chickens +became acquainted with the other fowls +whom they had never met before. They +were rather afraid of the Shanghai Cock +because he had such a gruff way of speaking, +and they liked the Dorkings, yet +the ones they watched and admired and +talked most about were the Black Spanish +Cock and Hen. There were many +fowls on the farm who did not have family +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_7" id="Page_7">[Pg 7]</a></span> +names, and the Speckled Hen was one +of these. They had been there longer +than the rest and did not really like having +new people come to live in the poultry-yard. +It was trying, too, when the +older Hens had to hatch the eggs laid +by the newcomers.</p> + +<p>It is said that this was what made the +Speckled Hen leave the eleven little +Black Spanish Chickens after she had +been out of the coop for a while. They +had been very mischievous and disobedient +one day, and she walked off and +left them to care for themselves while +she started to raise a family of her own +in a stolen nest under the straw-stack.</p> + +<p>When night came, eleven little Black +Spanish Chickens did not know what +to do. They went to look for their old +coop, but that had been given to another +Hen and her family. They walked +around looking very small and lonely, and +wished they had minded the Speckled<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_8" id="Page_8">[Pg 8]</a></span> +Hen and made her love them more. +At last they found an old potato-crate +which reminded them of a coop and so +seemed rather homelike. It stood, top +down, upon the ground and they were +too big to crawl through its barred sides, +so they did the best they could and huddled +together on top of it. If there had +not been a stone-heap near, they could +not have done that, for their wing-feathers +were not yet large enough to help them +flutter. The bravest Chicken went first, +picking his way from stone to stone until +he reached the highest one, balancing +himself awhile on that, stretching his neck +toward the potato-crate, looking at it as +though he were about to jump, and then +seeming to change his mind and decide +not do so after all.</p> + +<p>The Chickens on the ground said he +was afraid, and he said he wasn't any +more afraid than they were. Then, after +a while, he did jump, a queer, floppy,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_9" id="Page_9">[Pg 9]</a></span> +squawky kind of jump, but it landed him +where he wanted to be. After that it +was his turn to laugh at the others while +they stood teetering uncertainly on the +top stone. They were very lonely without +the Speckled Hen, and each Chicken +wanted to be in the middle of the group +so that he could have others to keep him +warm on all sides.</p> + +<p>Somebody laughed at the most mischievous +Chicken and told him he could +stand on the potato-crate's back without +being scolded, and he pouted his bill and +said: "Much fun that would be! All I +cared about standing on the Speckled +Hen's back was to make her scold." It +is very shocking that he should say +such things, but he did say exactly +that.</p> + +<p>They slept safely that night, and only +awakened when the Cocks crowed a little +while after midnight. After that they slept +until sunrise, and when the Shanghais<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_10" id="Page_10">[Pg 10]</a></span> +and Dorkings came down from the apple-tree +where they had been roosting, the +Black Spanish Chickens stirred and +cheeped, and looked at their feathers to +see how much they had grown during the +night. Then they pushed and squabbled +for their breakfast.</p> + +<p>Every night they came back to sleep +on the potato-crate. At last they were +able to spring up into their places without +standing on the stone-pile, and that +was a great day. They talked about it +long after they should have been asleep, +and were still chattering when the Shanghai +Cock spoke: "If you Black Spanish +Chickens don't keep still and let us +sleep," said he, "some Owl or Weasel +will come for you, and I shall be glad to +have him!"</p> + +<p>That scared the Chickens and they +were very quiet. It made the Black +Spanish Hen uneasy though, and she +whispered to the Black Spanish Cock<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11">[Pg 11]</a></span> +and wouldn't let him sleep until he had +promised to fight anybody who might try +to carry one of the Chickens away from +the potato-crate.</p> + +<p>The next night first one Chicken and +then another kept tumbling off the potato-crate. +They lost their patience and +said such things as these to each other:</p> + +<p>"You pushed me! You know you +did!"</p> + +<p>"Well, he pushed me!"</p> + +<p>"Didn't either!"</p> + +<p>"Did too!"</p> + +<p>"Well, I couldn't help it if I did!"</p> + +<p>The Shanghai Cock became exceedingly +cross because they made so much +noise, and even the Black Spanish Cock +lost his patience. "You may be my +children," said he, "but you do not take +your manners from me. Is there no +other place on this farm where you can +sleep excepting that old crate?"</p> + +<p>"We want to sleep here," answered<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">[Pg 12]</a></span> +the Chicken on the ground. "There is +plenty of room if those fellows wouldn't +push." Then he flew up and clung and +pushed until some other Chicken tumbled +off.</p> + +<p>"Well!" said the Black Spanish Cock. +And he would have said much more if +the Black Spanish Hen had not fluttered +down from the apple-tree to see what +was the matter. When he saw the expression +of her eyes he decided to go +back to his perch.</p> + +<p>"There is not room for you all," said +the Black Spanish Hen. "One must +sleep somewhere else."</p> + +<p>"There <i>is</i> room," said the Chickens, +contradicting her. "We have always +roosted on here."</p> + +<p>"There is <i>not</i> room," said the Black +Spanish Hen once more. "How do +your feathers grow?"</p> + +<p>"Finely," said they.</p> + +<p>"And your feet?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">[Pg 13]</a></span></p> + +<p>"They are getting very big," was the +answer.</p> + +<p>"Do you think the Speckled Hen +could cover you all with her wings if she +were to try it now?"</p> + +<p>The Chickens looked at each other +and laughed. They thought it would +take three Speckled Hens to cover them.</p> + +<p>"But she used to," said the Black +Spanish Hen. She did not say anything +more. She just looked at the potato-crate +and at them and at the potato-crate +again. Then she walked off.</p> + +<p>After a while one of the Chickens said: +"I guess perhaps there isn't room for us +all there."</p> + +<p>The mischievous one said: "If you +little Chickens want to roost there you +may. I am too large for that sort of +thing." Then he walked up the slanting +board to the apple-tree branch and +perched there beside the young Shanghais. +You should have seen how beautifully<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">[Pg 14]</a></span> +he did it. His toes hooked themselves +around the branch as though he had +always perched there, and he tucked his +head under his wing with quite an air. +Before long his brothers and sisters came +also, and heard him saying to one of his +new neighbors, "Oh, yes, I much prefer +apple-trees, but when I was a Chicken I +used to sleep on a potato-crate."</p> + +<p>"Just listen to him!" whispered the +Black Spanish Cock. "And he hasn't a +tail-feather worth mentioning!"</p> + +<p>"Never mind," answered the Black +Spanish Hen. "Let them play that they +are grown up if they want to. They will +be soon enough." She sighed as she +put her head under her wing and settled +down for the night. It made her feel old +to see her children roosting in a tree.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 180px;"> +<img src="images/tchap01.jpg" width="180" height="68" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">[Pg 15]</a></span></p> +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 404px;"> +<img src="images/hchap02_11.jpg" width="404" height="102" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + +<h2>THE WIGGLERS BECOME MOSQUITOES</h2> + + +<p>It was a bright moonlight night when the +oldest Wigglers in the rain-barrel made +up their mind to leave the water. They +had always been restless and discontented +children, but it was not altogether their +fault. How could one expect any insect +with such a name to float quietly? When +the Mosquito Mothers laid their long and +slender eggs in the rain-barrel, they had +fastened them together in boat-shaped +masses, and there they had floated until +the Wigglers were strong enough to +break through the lower ends of the eggs +into the water. It had been only a few +days before they were ready to do this.</p> + +<p>Then there had been a few more days<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">[Pg 16]</a></span> +and nights when the tiny Wigglers hung +head downward in the water, and all one +could see by looking across the barrel +was the tips of their breathing tubes. +Sometimes, if they were frightened, a +young Wiggler would forget and get head +uppermost for a minute, but he was always +ashamed to have this happen, and +made all sorts of excuses for himself when +it did. Well-bred little Wigglers tried to +always have their heads down, and Mosquitoes +who stopped to visit with them +and give good advice told them such +things as these: "The Wiggler who +keeps his head up may never have wings," +and, "Up with your tails and down with +your eyes, if you would be mannerly, +healthy, and wise."</p> + +<p>When they were very young they kept +their heads way down and breathed +through a tube that ran out near the tail-end +of their bodies. This tube had a +cluster of tiny wing-like things on the very<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[Pg 17]</a></span> +tip, which kept it floating on the top of +the water. They had no work to do, so +they just ate food which they found in +the water, and wiggled, and played tag, +and whenever they were at all frightened +they dived to the bottom and stayed +there until they were out of breath. That +was never very long.</p> + +<p>There were many things to frighten +them. Sometimes a stray Horse stopped +by the barrel to drink, sometimes a Robin +perched on the edge for a few mouthfuls +of water, and once in a while a Dragon-Fly +came over to visit from the neighboring +pond. It was not always the biggest +visitor who scared them the worst. The +Horses tried not to touch the Wigglers, +while a Robin was only too glad if he +happened to get one into his bill with +the water. The Dragon-Flies were the +worst, for they were the hungriest, and +they were so much smaller that sometimes +the Wigglers didn't see them coming.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[Pg 18]</a></span> +Sometimes, too, when they thought that +a Dragon-Fly was going the other way, +some of them stayed near the top of the +water, only to find when it was too late +that a Dragon-Fly can go backward or +sidewise without turning around.</p> + +<p>When they were a few days old the +Wigglers began to change their skins. +This they did by wiggling out of their +old ones and wearing the new ones which +had been growing underneath. This +made them feel exceedingly important, +and some of them became disgracefully +vain. One Wiggler would not dive until +he was sure a certain Robin had seen his +new suit. It was because of that vanity +he never lived to be a Mosquito.</p> + +<p>After they had changed their skins a +few times, they had two breathing-tubes +apiece instead of one, and these two grew +out near their heads. And their heads +were much larger. At the tail-end of +his body each Wiggler now had two leaf-<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[Pg 19]</a></span>like +things with which he swam through +the water. Because they used different +breathing-tubes, those Wigglers who had +moulted or cast their skins several times +now floated in the water with their heads +just below the surface and their tails +down. When a Wiggler is old enough +for this, he is called a Pupa, or half-grown +one.</p> + +<p>There are often young Mosquito children +of all ages in the same barrel—eggs, +Wigglers, and Pupæ all together. There +is plenty of room and plenty of food, but +because they have no work to do there is +much time for quarrelling and talking +about each other.</p> + +<p>This year the Oldest Brother had put +on so many airs that nobody liked it at +all, and several of the Wigglers had been +heard to say that they couldn't bear the +sight of him. He had such a way of saying, +"When I was a young Wiggler and +had to keep my head down," or repeat<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[Pg 20]</a></span>ing, +"Up with your tails and down with +your eyes, if you would be mannerly, +healthy, and wise." One little Wiggler +crossed his feelers at him, and they say +that it is just as bad to do that as to make +faces. Besides, it is so much easier—if +you have the feelers to cross.</p> + +<p>Now the Oldest Brother and those of +his brothers and sisters who had hatched +from the same egg-mass were talking of +leaving the rain-barrel forever. It was a +bright moonlight night and they longed to +get their wings uncovered and dried, for +then they would be full-grown Mosquitoes, +resting most of the day and having glorious +times at night.</p> + +<p>The Oldest Brother was jerking himself +through the water as fast as he could, +giving his jointed body sudden bends, +first this way and then that, and when he +met anyone nearly his own age he said, +"Come with me and cast your skin. It +is a fine evening for moulting."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[Pg 21]</a></span></p> + +<p>Sometimes they answered, "All right," +and jerked or wiggled or swam along +with him, and sometimes a Pupa would +answer, "I'm afraid I'm not old enough +to slip out of my skin easily."</p> + +<p>Then the Oldest Brother would reply, +"Don't stop for that. You'll be older by +the time we begin." That was true, of +course, and all members of Mosquito +families grow old very fast. So it happened +that when the moon peeped over +the farmhouse, showing her bright face +between the two chimneys, twenty-three +Pupæ were floating close to each other +and making ready to change their skins +for the last time.</p> + +<p>It was very exciting. All the young +Wigglers hung around to see what was +going on, and pushed each other aside to +get the best places. The Oldest Brother +was much afraid that somebody else +would begin to moult before he was ready, +and all the brothers were telling their<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[Pg 22]</a></span> +sisters to be careful to split their skins in +the right place down the back, and the sisters +were telling them that they knew just +as much about moulting as their brothers +did. Every little while the Oldest Brother +would say, "Now wait! Don't one of you +fellows split his old skin until I say so."</p> + +<p>Then two or three of his brothers +would become impatient, because their +outer skins were growing tighter every +minute, and would say, "Why not?" and +would grumble because they had to wait. +The truth was that the Oldest Brother +could not get his skin to crack, although +he jerked and wiggled and took very +deep breaths. And he didn't want any +one else to get ahead of him. At last it +did begin to open, and he had just told +the others to commence moulting, when a +Mosquito Mother stopped to lay a few +eggs in the barrel.</p> + +<p>"Dear me!" said she. "You are not +going to moult to-night, are you?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[Pg 23]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Yes, we are," answered the Oldest +Brother, giving a wiggle that split his +skin a little farther. "We'll be biting +people before morning."</p> + +<p>"You?" said the Mosquito Mother, +with a queer little smile. "I wouldn't +count on doing that. But you young +people may get into trouble if you moult +now, for it looks like rain."</p> + +<p>She waved her feelers upward as she +spoke, and they noticed that heavy black +clouds were piling up in the sky. Even +as they looked the moon was hidden and +the wind began to stir the branches of the +trees. "It will rain," she said, "and then +the water will run off the roof into this +barrel, and if you have just moulted and +cannot fly, you will be drowned."</p> + +<p>"Pooh!" answered the Oldest Brother. +"Guess we can take care of ourselves. +I'm not afraid of a little water." Then +he tried to crawl out of his old skin.</p> + +<p>The Mosquito Mother stayed until she<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[Pg 24]</a></span> +had laid all the eggs she wanted to, and +then flew away. Not one of the Pupæ +had been willing to listen to her, although +some of the sisters might have done so if +their brothers had not made fun of +them.</p> + +<p>At last, twenty-three soft and tired +young Mosquitoes stood on their cast-off +pupa-skins, waiting for their wings to +harden. It is never easy work to crawl +out of one's skin, and the last moulting is +the hardest of all. It was then, when +they could do nothing but wait, that these +young Mosquitoes began to feel afraid. +The night was now dark and windy, and +sometimes a sudden gust blew their floating +pupa skins toward one side of the +barrel. They had to cling tightly to +them, for they suddenly remembered that +if they fell into the water they might +drown. The oldest one found himself +wishing to be a Wiggler again. "Wigglers +are never drowned," thought he.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[Pg 25]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Who are you going to bite first?" +asked one of his brothers.</p> + +<p>He answered very crossly: "I don't +know and I don't care. I'm not hungry. +Can't you think of anything but eating?"</p> + +<p>"Why, what else is there to think +about?" cried all the floating Mosquitoes.</p> + +<p>"Well, there is flying," said he.</p> + +<p>"Humph! I don't see what use flying +would be except to carry us to our food," +said one Mosquito Sister. She afterward +found out that it was good for other +reasons.</p> + +<p>After that they didn't try to talk with +their Oldest Brother. They talked with +each other and tried their legs, and +wished it were light enough for them to +see their wings. Mosquitoes have such interesting +wings, you know, thin and gauzy, +and with delicate fringes around the edges +and along the line of each vein. The +sisters, too, were proud of the pockets +under their wings, and were in a hurry to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[Pg 26]</a></span> +have their wings harden, so that they +could flutter them and hear the beautiful +singing sound made by the air striking +these pockets. They knew that their +brothers could never sing, and they were +glad to think that they were ahead of +them for once. It was not really their +fault that they felt so, for the brothers +had often put on airs and laughed at +them.</p> + +<p>Then came a wonderful flash of lightning +and a long roll of thunder, and the +trees tossed their beautiful branches to +and fro, while big rain-drops pattered +down on to the roof overhead and spattered +and bounded and rolled toward +the edge under which the rain-barrel +stood.</p> + +<p>"Fly!" cried the Oldest Brother, raising +his wings as well as he could.</p> + +<p>"We can't. Where to?" cried the +rest.</p> + +<p>"Fly any way, anywhere!" screamed<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[Pg 27]</a></span> +the Oldest Brother, and in some wonderful +way the whole twenty-three managed +to flutter and crawl and sprawl up the +side of the building, where the rain-drops +fell past but did not touch them. There +they found older Mosquitoes waiting for +the shower to stop. Even the Oldest +Brother was so scared that he shook, and +when he saw that same Mosquito Mother +who had told him to put off changing +his skin, he got behind two other young +Mosquitoes and kept very still. Perhaps +she saw him, for it was lighter then than +it had been. She did not seem to see +him, but he heard her talking to her +friends. "I told him," she said, "that he +might better put off moulting, but he answered +that he could take care of himself, +and that he would be out biting people +before morning."</p> + +<p>"Did he say that?" cried the other old +Mosquitoes.</p> + +<p>"He did," she replied.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[Pg 28]</a></span></p> + +<p>Then they all laughed and laughed and +laughed again, and the young Mosquito +found out why. It was because Mosquito +brothers have to eat honey, and +only the sisters may bite people and suck +their blood. He had thought so often +how he would sing around somebody until +he found the nicest, juiciest spot, and then +settle lightly down and bite and suck until +his slender little body was fat and round +and red with its stomachful of blood. +And that could never be! He could never +sing, and he would have to sit around +with his stomach full of honey and see his +eleven sisters gorged with blood and hear +them singing sweetly as they flew. If +Mosquito Fathers had ever come to the +barrel he might have found this out, but +they never did. He sneaked off by himself +until he met an early bird and then—well, +you know birds must eat something, +and the Mosquito was right there. Of +course, after that, his brothers and sisters<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[Pg 29]</a></span> +had a chance to do as they wanted to, and +the eleven sisters bit thirteen people the +very next night and had the loveliest kind +of Mosquito time.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 203px;"> +<img src="images/tchap02_04_15.jpg" width="203" height="104" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[Pg 30]</a></span></p> +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 398px;"> +<img src="images/hchap03_12.jpg" width="398" height="96" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + +<h2>THE NAUGHTY RACCOON CHILDREN</h2> + + +<p>There was hardly a night of his life +when the Little Brother of the Raccoon +family was not reproved by his +mother for teasing. Mrs. Raccoon said she +didn't know what she had done to deserve +such a child. When she spoke like this +to her neighbors they sighed and said, "It +must be trying, but he may outgrow it."</p> + +<p>The Oldest Wolverene, though, told +the Skunk that his cousin, Mrs. Raccoon's +husband, had been just as bad as that +when he was young. "I do not want you +to say that I said so," he whispered, "because +he might hear of it and be angry, +but it is true." The Oldest Wolverene +didn't say whether Mr. Raccoon outgrew<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[Pg 31]</a></span> +this bad habit, yet it would seem that his +wife had never noticed it.</p> + +<p>You must not think that Mr. Raccoon +was dead. Oh, no, indeed! Every night +he was prowling through the forest on +tiptoe looking for food. But Mrs. Raccoon +was a very devoted mother and gave +so much time and attention to her children +that she was not good company for +her husband. He did not care much for +home life, and the children annoyed him +exceedingly, so he went away and found +a hole in another tree which he fitted up +for himself. There he slept through the +day and until the setting of the sun told +him that it was time for his breakfast. +Raccoons like company, and he often had +friends in to sleep with him. Sometimes +these friends were Raccoons like himself +with wives and children, and then they +would talk about their families and tell +how they thought their wives were spoiling +the children.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[Pg 32]</a></span></p> + +<p>The four little Raccoons, who lived with +their mother in the dead branch of the +big oak-tree, had been born in April, +when the forest was sweet with the scent +of wild violets and every one was happy. +Beautiful pink and white trilliums raised +their three-cornered flowers above their +threefold leaves and nodded with every +passing breeze. Yellow adder's-tongue +was there, with cranesbill geraniums, +squirrel-corn, and spring beauties, besides +hepaticas and windflowers and the dainty +bishop's-cap. The young Raccoons did +not see these things, for their eyes would +not work well by daylight, and when, +after dark, their mother let them put +their heads out of the hole and look +around, they were too far from the ground +to see the flowers sleeping in the dusk +below. They could only sniff, sniff, sniff +with their sharp little turned-up noses, +and wonder what flowers look like, any +way.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[Pg 33]</a></span></p> + +<p>When their mother was with them for a +time, and that was while they were drinking +the warm milk that she always carried +for them, she told them stories of the +flowers and trees. She had begun by +telling them animal stories, but she found +that it made them cowardly. "Just supposing," +one young Raccoon had said, "a +great big, dreadful Snail should come up +this tree and eat us all!"</p> + +<p>The mother told them that Snails were +small and slow and weak, and never +climbed trees or ate people, but it did no +good, and her children were always afraid +of Snails until they had seen one for +themselves. After that she told them +stories of the flowers, and when they +asked if the flowers would ever come to +see them, she said, "No, indeed! You +will never see them until you can climb +down the tree and walk among them, for +they grow with their feet in the ground +and never go anywhere." There were<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[Pg 34]</a></span> +many stories which they wanted over and +over again, but the one they liked best of +all was that about the wicked, wicked +Poison Ivy and the gentle Spotted Touch-me-not +who grew near him and undid all +the trouble that the Ivy made.</p> + +<p>When the night came for the young +Raccoons to climb down from their tree +and learn to hunt, all the early spring +blossoms were gone, and only the ripening +seed-vessels showed where nodding flowers +had been. You would have expected +the Raccoon children to be disappointed, +yet there were so many other things to see +and learn about that it was not until three +nights later that they thought much of +the flowers. They might not have done +so then if Little Sister had not lost her +hold upon the oak-tree bark and fallen +with her forepaws on a scarlet jack-in-the-pulpit +berry.</p> + +<p>They had to learn to climb quickly and +strongly up all sorts of trees. Perhaps<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[Pg 35]</a></span> +Mrs. Raccoon had chosen an oak for her +nest because that was rough and easily +climbed. There were many good places +for Raccoons to grip with their twenty +strong claws apiece. After they had +learned oaks they took maples, ironwoods, +and beeches—each a harder lesson than +the one before.</p> + +<p>"When you climb a tree," said their +mother, "always look over the trunk and +the largest branches for hiding-places, +whether you want to use one then or +not."</p> + +<p>"Why?" asked three of the four children. +Big Brother, who was rather vain, +was looking at the five beautiful black +rings and the beautiful black tip of his +wonderful bushy tail. Between the black +rings were whitish ones, and he thought +such things much more interesting than +holes in trees.</p> + +<p>"Because," said the Mother Raccoon, +"you may be far from home some night<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">[Pg 36]</a></span> +and want a safe place to sleep in all day. +Or if a man and his Dogs are chasing +you, you must climb into the first hiding-place +you can. We Raccoons are too fat +and slow to run away from them, and the +rings on our tails and the black patches on +our broad faces might show from the +ground. If the hole is a small one, make it +cover your head and your tail anyway, and +as much of your brown body fur as you +can."</p> + +<p>Mother Raccoon looked sternly at Big +Brother because he had not been listening, +and he gave a slight jump and asked, +"W-what did you say?"</p> + +<p>"What did I say?" she replied. "You +should have paid better attention."</p> + +<p>"Yes 'm," said Big Brother, who was +now very meek.</p> + +<p>"I shall not repeat it," said his mother, +"but I will tell you not to grow vain of +your fur. It is very handsome, and so is +that of your sisters and your brother. So<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[Pg 37]</a></span> +is mine, and so was your father's the last +time I saw him. Yet nearly all the +trouble that Raccoons have is on account +of their fur. Never try to show it +off."</p> + +<p>The time came for the young Raccoons +to stop drinking milk from their +mother's body, and when they tried to do +so she only walked away from them.</p> + +<p>"I cannot work so hard to care for +you," said she. "I am so tired and thin, +now, that my skin is loose, and you must +find your own food. You are getting +forty fine teeth apiece, and I never saw +a better lot of claws on any Raccoon +family, if I do say it."</p> + +<p>They used to go hunting together, for it +is the custom for Raccoons to go in parties +of from five to eight, hunt all night, and +then hide somewhere until the next night. +They did not always come home at sunrise, +and it made a pleasant change to +sleep in different trees. One day they<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[Pg 38]</a></span> +all cuddled down in the hollow of an old +maple, just below where the branches +come out. Mother Raccoon had climbed +the tree first and was curled away in the +very bottom of the hole. The four +children were not tired and hadn't wanted +to go to bed at all. Little Sister had +made a dreadful face when her mother +called her up the tree, and if it had not +already been growing light, Mrs. Raccoon +would probably have seen it and +punished her.</p> + +<p>Big Sister curled down beside her +mother and Little Sister was rather above +them and beside mischievous Little +Brother. Last of all came Big Brother, +who had stopped to scratch his ear with +his hind foot. He was very proud of his +little round ears, and often scratched +them in this way to make sure that the +fur lay straight on them. He was so +slow in reaching the hole that before he +got into it a Robin had begun his morn<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">[Pg 39]</a></span>ing +song of "Cheerily, cheerily, cheerup!" +and a Chipmunk perched on a +stump to make his morning toilet.</p> + +<p>He got all settled, and Little Brother +was half asleep beside him, when he +remembered his tail and sat up to have +one more look at it. Little Brother +growled sleepily and told him to "let his +old tail alone and come to bed, as long +as they couldn't hunt any more." But +Big Brother thought he saw a sand-burr +on his tail, and wanted to pull it out +before it hurt the fur. Then he began +to look at the bare, tough pads on his +feet, and to notice how finely he could +spread his toes. Those of his front feet +he could spread especially wide. He +balanced himself on the edge of the hole +and held them spread out before him. +It was still dark enough for him to see +well. "Come here, Little Brother," he +cried. "Wake up, and see how big my +feet are getting."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[Pg 40]</a></span></p> + +<p>Mother Raccoon growled at them to +be good children and go to sleep, but +her voice sounded dreamy and far away +because she had to talk through part of +her own fur and most of her daughters'.</p> + +<p>Little Brother lost his patience, unrolled +himself with a spring, jumped to +the opening, and knocked his brother +down. It was dreadful. Of course Big +Brother was not much hurt, for he was +very fat and his fur was both long and +thick, but he turned over and over on his +way to the ground before he alighted on +his feet. He turned so fast and Little +Brother's eyes hurt him so that it looked +as though Big Brother had about three +heads, three tails, and twelve feet. He +called out as he fell, and that awakened +the sisters, who began to cry, and Mother +Raccoon, who was so scared that she +began to scold.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<img src="images/chap03.jpg" width="400" height="640" alt="KNOCKED HIS BROTHER DOWN." title="" /> +<span class="caption">KNOCKED HIS BROTHER DOWN.</span> +<p style='text-align:right'><i>Page 40</i></p> +</div> + +<p>Such a time! Mother Raccoon found +out what had happened, and then she said +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">[Pg 41]</a></span> +to Little Brother, "Did you mean to push +him down?"</p> + +<p>"No, ma'am," answered Little Brother, +hanging his head. "Anyhow I didn't +mean to after I saw him going. Perhaps +I did mean to before that." You see he +was a truthful Raccoon even when he was +most naughty, and there is always hope +for a Raccoon who will tell the truth, no +matter how hard it is to do so.</p> + +<p>Big Brother climbed slowly up the trunk +of the oak-tree, while more and more of the +daytime people came to look at him. He +could not see well now, and so was very +awkward. When he reached the hole he was +hot and cross, and complained to his mother. +"Make him quit teasing me," he said, +pointing one forepaw at Little Brother.</p> + +<p>"I will," answered Mother Raccoon; +"but you were just as much to blame as +he, for if you had cuddled down quietly +when I told you to, you would have been +dreaming long ago. Now you must<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[Pg 42]</a></span> +sleep where I was, at the lower end of +the hole. Little Brother must go next, +and I do not want to hear one word from +either of you. Sisters next, and I will +sleep by the opening. You children must +remember that it is no time for talking to +each other, or looking at claws, or getting +sand-burrs out of your tails after you +have been sent to bed. Go to sleep, and +don't awaken until the sun has gone down +and you are ready to be my good little +Raccoons again."</p> + +<p>Her children were asleep long before +she was, and she talked softly to herself +after they were dreaming. "They do +not mean to be naughty," she said. "Yet +it makes my fur stand on end to think +what might have happened.... I +ought not to have curled up for the day +until they had done so.... Mothers +should always be at the top of the heap." +Then she fixed herself for a long, restful +day's sleep.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[Pg 43]</a></span></p> +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 412px;"> +<img src="images/hchap04_13.jpg" width="412" height="105" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + +<h2>THE TIMID LITTLE GROUND +HOG</h2> + + +<p>It was not often that the little Ground +Hogs were left alone in the daytime. +Before they were born their mother had +been heard to say that she had her opinion +of any Ground Hog who would be +seen out after sunrise. Mr. Ground Hog +felt in the same way, and said if he ever +got to running around by daylight, like +some of his relatives, people might call +him a Woodchuck. He thought that +any one who ate twigs, beets, turnips, +young tree-bark, and other green things +from sunset to sunrise ought to be able to +get along until the next sunset without a +lunch. He said that any Ground Hog +who wanted more was a Pig.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">[Pg 44]</a></span></p> + +<p>After the baby Ground Hogs were +born, matters were different. They could +not go out at night to feed for themselves, +and their stomachs were so tiny +and held so little at a time that they had +to be filled very often. Mr. Ground Hog +was never at home now, and the care all +fell upon his hard-working wife.</p> + +<p>"You know, my dear," he had said, +"that I should only be in the way if I +were to stay at home, for I am not clever +and patient with children as you are. +No, I think I will go away and see to +some matters which I have rather neglected +of late. When the children are +grown up and you have more time to +give me, I will come back to you."</p> + +<p>Then Mr. Ground Hog trotted away to +join a party of his friends who had just +told their wives something of the same +sort, and they all went together to the +farmer's turnip patch and had a delightful +time until morning. Mrs. Ground Hog<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">[Pg 45]</a></span> +looked after him as he trotted away and +wished that she could go too. He looked +so handsome with the moonlight shining +down on his long, thick, reddish fur, and +showing the black streak on his back +where the fur was tipped with gray. He +was fat and shaky, with a baggy skin, and +when he stopped to sit up on his haunches +and wave his paws at her and comb his +face-fur, she thought him just as handsome +as he had been in the early spring +when they first met. That had been in a +parsnip patch where there was good feeding +until the farmer found that the Ground +Hogs were there, and dug the rest of his +vegetables and stored them in his cellar. +Such midnight meals as they had eaten +there together! Mrs. Ground Hog said +she never saw a parsnip afterward without +thinking of their courtship.</p> + +<p>She had been as handsome as he, and +there were many other Ground Hogs who +admired her. But now she was thin and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">[Pg 46]</a></span> +did not have many chances to comb her +fur with her fore paws. She could not go +with him to the turnip patch because she +did not wish to go so far from her babies. +Thinking of that reminded her to go into +her sidehill burrow and see what they +were doing. Then she lay down and let +them draw the warm milk from her body. +While they were feeding she felt of them, +and thought how fast they were growing. +It would be only a short time before they +could trot around the fields by themselves +and whistle shrilly as they dodged down +into their own burrows. "Ah!" said she, +"this is better than turnip patches or +even parsnips."</p> + +<p>When they had finished, their mother +left them and went out to feed. She had +always been a hearty eater, but now she +had to eat enough more to make the milk +for her babies. She often thought that if +Ground Hog babies could eat anything +else their father might have learned to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">[Pg 47]</a></span> +help feed them. She thought of this +especially when she saw the Great Horned +Owl carrying food home to his son and +daughter. "It is what comes of being +four-legged," said she, "and I wouldn't +be an Owl for anything, so I won't grumble." +After this she was more cheerful.</p> + +<p>When she left the burrow she always +said: "I am going out to feed, and I shall +not be gone very long. Don't be afraid, +for you have a good burrow, and it is nice +and dark outside."</p> + +<p>The children would cry: "And you +will surely come home before sunrise?"</p> + +<p>"Surely," she always answered as she +trotted away. Then the children would +rest happily in their burrow-nest.</p> + +<p>But now Mrs. Ground Hog was hungry, +and it was broad daylight. She knew +that it was because her children grew +bigger every day and had to have more +and more milk. This meant that she +must eat more, or else when they wanted<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">[Pg 48]</a></span> +milk there would not be enough ready. +She knew that she must begin to feed by +day as well as by night, and she was glad +that she could see fairly well if the sun +were not shining into her eyes.</p> + +<p>"Children," said she to them, just as +they finished their morning lunch, "I am +very hungry and I am going out to feed. +You will be quite safe here and I want +you to be good while I am gone."</p> + +<p>The young Ground Hogs began to cry +and clutch at her fur with their weak little +paws. "Oh, don't go," they said. "Please +don't go. We don't want to stay alone +in the daytime. We're afraid."</p> + +<p>"I must," said she, "or I shall have no +milk for you. And then, you wouldn't +have me lie here all day too hungry to +sleep, would you?"</p> + +<p>"N-no," said they; "but you'll come +back soon, won't you?"</p> + +<p>"Yes," said she, and she shook off their +clinging paws and poked back the daugh<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">[Pg 49]</a></span>ter +who caught on again, and trotted away +as fast as she could. It was the first time +that she had been out by daylight, and +everything looked queer. The colors +looked too bright, and there seemed to +be more noise than usual, and she met +several people whom she had never seen +before. She stopped for a minute to look +at an Ovenbird's nest. The mother-bird +was inside, sitting there very still and +brave, although she was much frightened.</p> + +<p>"Good-morning," said Mrs. Ground +Hog. "I was just admiring your nest. +I have never seen it by daylight."</p> + +<p>"Good-morning," answered the Ovenbird. +"I'm glad you fancy my nest, but +I hope you don't like to eat meat."</p> + +<p>"Meat?" answered Mrs. Ground Hog. +"I never touch it." And she smiled and +showed all her teeth.</p> + +<p>"Oh," exclaimed the Ovenbird, "I see +you don't, for you have gnawing-teeth, +rather like those of the Rabbits." Then<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">[Pg 50]</a></span> +she hopped out of the nest and let Mrs. +Ground Hog peep in to see how the +inside was finished and also to see the four +speckled eggs which lay there.</p> + +<p>"It is a lovely nest," said Mrs. Ground +Hog, "and those eggs are beauties. But +I promised the children that I would +hurry. Good-by." She trotted happily +away, while Mrs. Ovenbird settled herself +upon her eggs again and thought +what a pleasant call she had had and +what an excellent and intelligent person +Mrs. Ground Hog was!</p> + +<p>All this time the children at home were +talking together about themselves and +what their mother had told them. Once +there was a long pause which lasted until +the brother said: "I'm not afraid, are +you?"</p> + +<p>"Of course not," said they.</p> + +<p>"Because there isn't anything to be +afraid of," said he.</p> + +<p>"Not anything," said they.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">[Pg 51]</a></span></p> + +<p>"And I wouldn't be afraid anyway," +said he.</p> + +<p>"Neither would we," answered the sisters.</p> + +<p>There was another long pause.</p> + +<p>"She said we'd be just as safe as if it +were dark," said the big sister.</p> + +<p>"Of course," said the brother.</p> + +<p>"And she said she'd come back as +soon as she could," said the second +sister.</p> + +<p>"I wish she'd come now," said the +smallest sister.</p> + +<p>There was another long pause.</p> + +<p>"You don't suppose anybody would +come here just to scare us, do you?" +asked the second sister.</p> + +<p>"See here," said the brother, "I wish +you'd quit saying things to make a fellow +afraid."</p> + +<p>"You don't mean that you are frightened!" +exclaimed the three sisters together. +And the smallest one added:<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">[Pg 52]</a></span> +"Why, you are, too! I can feel you +tremble."</p> + +<p>"Well, I don't care," said the brother. +"I'm not afraid of people, anyhow. If it +were only dark I wouldn't mind."</p> + +<p>"Oh, are you afraid of the daylight +too?" cried each of the sisters. "So am +I!" Then they all trembled together.</p> + +<p>"I tell you what let's do," said the +smallest sister. "Let's all stop looking +toward the light end of the burrow, and +cuddle up together and cover our eyes +and make believe it's night." They did +this and felt better. They even played +that they heard the few noises of the +night-time. A Crow cawed outside, and +the brother said, "Did you hear that +Owl? That was the Great Horned Owl, +the one who had to hatch the eggs, you +know."</p> + +<p>When another Crow cawed, the smallest +sister said, "Was that his cousin, the +Screech Owl?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">[Pg 53]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Yes," answered the big sister. "He +is the one who used to bring things for +the Great Horned Owl to eat."</p> + +<p>So they amused themselves and each +other, and really got along very well except +when, once in a while, they opened +their eyes a little crack to see if it were +not getting really dark. Then they had +to begin all over again. At last their +mother came, and what a comfort it was! +How glad she was to be back, and how +much she had to tell them! All about +the Ovenbird's nest and the four eggs in +it, and how the Ovenbirds spent their +nights in sleeping and their days in work +and play.</p> + +<p>"I wonder if the little Ovenbirds will +be scared when they have to stay alone +in the daytime?" said the smallest sister.</p> + +<p>"They would be more scared if they +had to stay alone at night," said their +mother.</p> + +<p>"At night!" exclaimed all the young<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">[Pg 54]</a></span> +Ground Hogs. "Why, it is dark then!"</p> + +<p>"They might be afraid of the darkness," +said their mother. Then the children +laughed and thought she was making fun +of them. They drank some milk and +went to sleep like good little Ground +Hogs, but even after he was half asleep +the big brother laughed out loud at the +thought of the Ovenbird babies being +scared at night. He could understand +any one's being afraid of daylight, but +darkness——!</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 203px;"> +<img src="images/tchap02_04_15.jpg" width="203" height="104" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">[Pg 55]</a></span></p> +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<img src="images/hchap05_14_15.jpg" width="400" height="102" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + +<h2>THE YOUNG RACCOONS GO +TO A PARTY</h2> + + +<p>It was not very many nights after Big +Brother had tumbled from the maple-tree, +when he and the other children were +invited to a Raccoon party down by the +pond. The water was low, and in the +small pools by the shore there were +many fresh-water clams and small fishes, +such as Raccoons like best of all. A +family of six young Raccoons who lived +very near the pond had found them just +before sunrise, when they had to climb off +to bed. They knew there was much +more food there than they could eat +alone, so their mother had let them invite +their four friends who lived in the hollow +of the oak-tree. The party was to begin<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">[Pg 56]</a></span> +the next evening at moonrise, and the +four children who lived in the oak-tree +got their invitation just as they were going +to sleep for the day. They were +very much excited over it, for they had +never been to a party.</p> + +<p>"I wish we could go now," said Big +Brother.</p> + +<p>"Yes, lots of fun it would be now!" +answered Little Brother. "The sun is +almost up, and there are no clouds in the +sky. We couldn't see a thing unless we +shaded our eyes with our fore paws, and +if we had to use our fore paws in that +way we couldn't eat."</p> + +<p>"You do eat at parties, don't you?" +asked Little Sister, who had not quite +understood what was said.</p> + +<p>"Of course," shouted her brothers. +"That is what parties are for."</p> + +<p>"I thought maybe you talked some," +said Big Sister.</p> + +<p>"I suppose you do have to, some," said<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">[Pg 57]</a></span> +Big Brother, "but I know you eat. I've +heard people tell about parties lots of +times, and they always began by telling +what they ate. That's what makes it a +party."</p> + +<p>"Oh, I wish it were night and time to +go," sighed Little Brother.</p> + +<p>"I don't," said Little Sister. "I wouldn't +have any fun if I were to go now. +I'd rather wait until my stomach is +empty."</p> + +<p>"There!" said their mother. "You +children have talked long enough. Now +curl down and go to sleep. The birds +are already singing their morning songs, +and the Owls and Bats were dreaming +long ago. It will make night-time come +much sooner if you do not stay awake."</p> + +<p>"We're not a bit sleepy," cried all the +young Raccoons together.</p> + +<p>"That makes no difference at all," said +their mother, and she spoke quite sternly. +"Cuddle down for the day now, cover<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">[Pg 58]</a></span> +your eyes, and stop talking. I do not +say you must sleep, but you must stop +talking."</p> + +<p>They knew that when she spoke in that +way and said "must," there was nothing +to do but to mind. So they cuddled +down, and every one of them was asleep +before you could drop an acorn. Mother +Raccoon had known it would be so.</p> + +<p>When they awakened, early the next +night, each young Raccoon had to make +himself look as neat as possible. There +were long fur to be combed, faces and +paws to be washed, and twenty-three +burrs to be taken out of Little Brother's +tail. He began to take them out himself, +but his mother found that whenever he +got one loose he stuck it onto one of the +other children, so she scolded him and +made him sit on a branch by himself while +she worked at the burrs. Sometimes she +couldn't help pulling the fur, and then +he tried to wriggle away.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">[Pg 59]</a></span></p> + +<p>"You've got enough out," he cried. +"Let the rest go."</p> + +<p>"You should have thought sooner how +it would hurt," she said. "You have +been told again and again to keep away +from the burrs, and you are just as careless +as you were the first night you left +the tree." Then she took out another +burr and dropped it to the ground.</p> + +<p>"Ouch!" said he. "Let me go!"</p> + +<p>"Not until I am done," she answered. +"No child of mine shall ever go to a party +looking as you do."</p> + +<p>After that Little Brother tried to hold +still, and he had time to think how glad +he was that he hadn't stuck any more +burrs on the other children. If he had +gotten more onto them, he would have +had to wait while they were pulled off +again, and then they might have been +late for the party. If he had been very +good, he would have been glad they +didn't have to be hurt as he was. But he<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">[Pg 60]</a></span> +was not very good, and he never thought +of that.</p> + +<p>When he was ready at last, Mother +Raccoon made her four children sit in a +row while she talked to them. "Remember +to walk on your toes," said she, +"although you may stand flat-footed if +you wish. Don't act greedy if you can +help it. Go into the water as much as +you choose, but don't try to dive, even if +they dare you to. Raccoons can never +learn to dive, no matter how well they +swim. And be sure to wash your food +before you eat it."</p> + +<p>All the young Raccoons said "Yes'm," +and thought they would remember every +word. The first moonbeam shone on +the top of the oak-tree, and Mrs. Raccoon +said: "Now you may go. Be good +children and remember what I told you. +Don't stay too long. Start home when +you see the first light in the east."</p> + +<p>"Yes'm," said the young Raccoons,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">[Pg 61]</a></span> +as they walked off very properly toward +the pond. After they were well away +from the oak-tree, they heard their mother +calling to them: "Remember to +walk on your toes!"</p> + +<p>Raccoons cannot go very fast, and the +moon was shining brightly when they +reached the pond and met their six friends. +Such frolics as they had in the shallow +water, swimming, twisting, turning, scooping +up food with their busy fore paws, +going up and down the beach, and rolling +on the sand! They never once remembered +what their mother had told +them, and they acted exactly as they had +been in the habit of doing every day. +Big Brother looked admiringly at his +own tail every chance he got, although +he had been told particularly not to act +as if he thought himself fine-looking. +Little Brother rolled into a lot of sand-burrs +and got his fur so matted that he +looked worse than ever. Big Sister<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">[Pg 62]</a></span> +snatched food from other Raccoons, and +not one of them remembered about walking +on tiptoe. Little Sister ate half +the time without washing her food. Of +course that didn't matter when the food +was taken from the pond, but when they +found some on the beach and ate it without +washing—that was dreadful. No +Raccoon who is anybody at all will do +that.</p> + +<p>The mother of the family of six looked +on from a tree near by. The children +did not know that she was there. "What +manners!" said she. "I shall never have +them invited here again." Just then she +saw one of her own sons eat without +washing his food, and she groaned out +loud. "My children are forgetting too," +she said. "I have told him hundreds of +times that if he did that way every day +he would do so at a party, but he has +always said he would remember."</p> + +<p>The mother of the four young Rac<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">[Pg 63]</a></span>coons +was out hunting and found herself +near the pond. "How noisy those children +are!" she said to herself. "Night +people should be quiet." She tiptoed +along to a pile of rocks and peeped between +them to see what was going on. +She saw her children's footprints on the +sand. "Aha!" said she. "So they did +walk flat-footed after all."</p> + +<p>She heard somebody scrambling down +a tree near by. "Good-evening," said a +pleasant Raccoon voice near her. It was +the mother of the six. "Are you watching +the children's party?" asked the newcomer. +"I hope you did not notice how +badly my son is behaving. I have tried +to teach my children good manners, but +they will be careless when I am not +looking, and then, of course, they forget +in company."</p> + +<p>That made the mother of the four feel +more comfortable. "I know just how +that is," said she. "Mine mean to be<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">[Pg 64]</a></span> +good, but they are so careless. It is +very discouraging."</p> + +<p>The two mothers talked for a long time +in whispers and then each went to her hole.</p> + +<p>When the four young Raccoons came +home, it was beginning to grow light, and +they kept close together because they +were somewhat afraid. Their mother +was waiting to see them settled for the +day. She asked if they had a good time, +and said she was glad they got home +promptly. They had been afraid she +would ask if they had washed their food +and walked on their toes. She even +seemed not to notice Little Brother's +matted coat.</p> + +<p>When they awakened the next night, +the mother hurried them off with her +to the same pond where they had been +to the party. "I am going to visit with +the mother of your friends," said she, +"and you may play around and amuse +yourselves."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">[Pg 65]</a></span></p> + +<p>The young Raccoons had another fine +time, although Little Brother found it +very uncomfortable to wear so many +burrs. They played tag in the trees, and +ate, and swam, and lay on the beach. +While they were lying there, the four +from the oak-tree noticed that their +mother was walking flat-footed. There +was bright moonlight and anybody might +see her. They felt dreadfully about it. +Then they saw her begin to eat food +which she had not washed. They were +so ashamed that they didn't want to look +their friends in the eye. They didn't +know that their friends were feeling in +the same way because they had seen their +mother doing ill-mannered things.</p> + +<p>After they reached home, Big Brother +said, very timidly, to his mother: "Did +you know you ate some food without +washing it?"</p> + +<p>"Oh, yes," she answered; "it is such a +bother to dip it all in water."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">[Pg 66]</a></span></p> + +<p>"And you walked flat-footed," said Little +Brother.</p> + +<p>"Well, why shouldn't I, if I want to?" +said she.</p> + +<p>The children began to cry: "P-people +will think you don't know any b-better," +said they. "We were d-dreadfully +ashamed."</p> + +<p>"Oh!" said their mother. "Oh! Oh! +So you think that my manners are not so +good as yours! Is that it?"</p> + +<p>The young Raccoons looked at each +other in a very uncomfortable way. "We +suppose we don't always do things right +ourselves," they answered, "but you are +grown up."</p> + +<p>"Yes," replied their mother. "And +you will be."</p> + +<p>For a long time nobody spoke, and +Little Sister sobbed out loud. Then Mrs. +Raccoon spoke more gently: "The sun +is rising," said she. "We will go to sleep +now, and when we awaken to-morrow<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">[Pg 67]</a></span> +night we will try to have better manners, +so that we need not be ashamed of each +other at parties or at home."</p> + +<p>Long after the rest were dreaming, +Big Sister nudged Big Brother and +awakened him. "I understand it now," +she said. "She did it on purpose."</p> + +<p>"Who did what?" asked he.</p> + +<p>"Why, our mother. She was rude on +purpose to let us see how it looked."</p> + +<p>Big Brother thought for a minute. +"Of course," said he. "Of course she +did! Well she won't ever have to do it +again for me."</p> + +<p>"Nor for me," said Big Sister. Then +they went to sleep.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 204px;"> +<img src="images/tchap05.jpg" width="204" height="87" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">[Pg 68]</a></span></p> +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 393px;"> +<img src="images/hchap06.jpg" width="393" height="98" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + +<h2>THE SKUNKS AND THE OVEN-BIRD'S +NEST</h2> + + +<p>The Skunks did not go into society at +all. They were very unpopular, and +so many people feared or disliked them +that nobody would invite them to a party. +Indeed, if they had been invited to a +party and had gone, the other guests +would have left at once. The small people +of the forest feared them because they +were meat-eaters, and the larger ones disliked +them because of their disagreeable +habits. The Skunks were handsome and +quiet, but they were quick-tempered, and +as soon as one of them became angry he +threw a horrible smelling liquid on the +people who displeased him. It was not +only horrible smelling, but it made those<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">[Pg 69]</a></span> +who had to smell it steadily quite sick, +and would, indeed, have killed them if +they had not kept in the fresh air. If +a drop of this liquid got on to a person, +even his wife and children had to keep +away from him for a long time.</p> + +<p>And the Skunks were so unreasonable. +They would not stop to see what was the +real trouble, but if anybody ran into them +by mistake in the darkness, they would +just as likely as not throw the liquid at +once. Among themselves they seemed to +be quite happy. There were from six to +ten children born at a time in each family. +These children lived in the burrow with +their father and mother until the next +spring, sleeping steadily through the coldest +weather of winter, and only awakening +when it was warm enough for them to +enjoy life. When spring came, the children +found themselves grown-up and went +off to live their own lives in new holes, +while their mothers took care of the six<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">[Pg 70]</a></span> +or seven or eight or nine or ten new +babies.</p> + +<p>There was one very interesting Skunk +family in the forest, with the father, +mother, and eight children living in one +hole. No two of them were marked in +exactly the same way, although all were +stoutly built, had small heads, little round +ears, and beautiful long tails covered with +soft, drooping hair. Their fur was rather +long and handsome and they were dark +brown or black nearly all over. Most of +them had a streak of white on the forehead, +a spot of it on the neck, some on the +tail, and a couple of stripes of it on their +backs. One could see them quite easily +by starlight on account of the white fur.</p> + +<p>The Skunks were really very proud of +their white stripes and spots. "It is not +so much having the white fur," Mrs. +Skunk had been heard to say, "as it is +having it where all can see it. Most +animals wear the dark fur on their backs<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">[Pg 71]</a></span> +and the light on their bellies, and that is +to make them safer from enemies. But +we dare to wear ours in plain sight. <i>We</i> +are never afraid."</p> + +<p>And what she said was true, although +it hardly seemed modest for her to talk +about it in that way. It would have been +more polite to let other people tell how +brave her family were. Perhaps, however, +if somebody else had been telling it, +he would have said that part of their +courage was rudeness.</p> + +<p>Father Skunk always talked to his children +as his father had talked to him, and +probably as his grandfather had also +talked when he was raising a family. +"Never turn out of your way for anybody," +said he. "Let the other fellow +step aside. Remember that, no matter +whom you meet and no matter how large +the other people may be. If they see +you, they will get out of your path, and if +they can't it is not your fault. Don't<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">[Pg 72]</a></span> +speak to them and don't hurry. Always +take your time."</p> + +<p>Father Skunk was slow and stately. It +was a sight worth seeing when he started +off for a night's ramble, walking with a slow +and measured gait and carrying his fine tail +high over his back. He always went by +himself. "One is company, two is a +crowd," he would say as he walked away. +When they were old enough, the young +Skunks began to walk off alone as soon +as it was dark. Mother Skunk also went +alone, and perhaps she had the best time +of all, for it was a great rest not to have +eight babies tumbling over her back and +getting under her feet and hanging on +to her with their thirty-two paws, and +sometimes even scratching her with their +one hundred and sixty claws. They still +slept through the days in the old hole, so +they were together much of the time, but +they did not hunt in parties, as Raccoons +and Weasels do.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<img src="images/chap06.jpg" width="400" height="640" alt="HE STARTED OFF FOR A NIGHT'S RAMBLE." title="" /> +<span class="caption">HE STARTED OFF FOR A NIGHT'S RAMBLE.</span> +<p style='text-align:right'><i>Page 72</i></p> +</div> + + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">[Pg 73]</a></span></p> +<p>One of the brothers had no white whatever +on his tail, so they called him the +Black-tailed Skunk. He had heard in +some way that there was an Ovenbird's +nest on the ground by the fern bank, and +he made up his mind to find it the very +next night and eat the eggs which were +inside.</p> + +<p>Another brother was called the Spotted +Skunk, because the spot on his neck was +so large. He had found the Ovenbird's +nest himself, while on his way home in +the early morning. He would have liked +to rob it then, but he had eaten so much +that night that he thought it better to +wait.</p> + +<p>So it happened that when the family +awakened the next night two of the children +had important plans of their own. +Neither of them would have told for anything, +but they couldn't quite keep from +hinting about it as they made themselves +ready to go out.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">[Pg 74]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Aha!" said the Black-tailed Skunk. +"I know something you don't know."</p> + +<p>"Oh, tell us!" cried four or five of the +other children, while the Spotted Skunk +twisted his head and said, "You don't +either!"</p> + +<p>"I do too!" replied the Black-tailed +Skunk.</p> + +<p>"Children! Children!" exclaimed Mrs. +Skunk, while their father said that he +couldn't see where his children got their +quarrelsome disposition, for none of his +people had ever contradicted or disputed. +His wife told him that she really thought +them very good, and that she was sure they +behaved much better than most Skunks of +their age. Then their father walked off +in his most stately manner, putting his +feet down almost flat, and carrying his tail +a little higher than usual.</p> + +<p>"I do know something that you don't," +repeated the Black-tailed Skunk, "and +it's something nice, too."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">[Pg 75]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Aw!" said the Spotted Skunk. "I +don't believe it, and I don't care anyhow."</p> + +<p>"I know you don't know, and I know +you'd want to know if you knew what I +know," said the Black-tailed Skunk, who +was now getting so excited that he could +hardly talk straight.</p> + +<p>"Children!" exclaimed their mother. +"Not another word about that. I do +wish you would wake up good-natured."</p> + +<p>"He started it," said the Spotted +Skunk, "and we're not quarrelling anyhow. +But I guess he'd give a good deal +to know where I'm going."</p> + +<p>"Children!" repeated their mother. +"Go at once. I will not have you talking +in this way before your brothers and +sisters. Do not stop to talk, but go!"</p> + +<p>So the two brothers started out for the +night and each thought he would go a +roundabout way to fool the other. The +Black-tailed Skunk went to the right, and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">[Pg 76]</a></span> +the Spotted Skunk went to the left, but +each of them, you know, really started to +rob the Ovenbird's nest. It was a very +dark night. Even the stars were all hidden +behind thick clouds, and one could +hardly see one's forepaws while walking. +But, of course, the night-prowlers of the +forest are used to this, and four-footed +people are not so likely to stumble and +fall as two-footed ones. Besides, young +Skunks have to remember where logs and +stumps of trees are, just as other people +have to remember their lessons.</p> + +<p>So it happened that, while Mrs. Ovenbird +was sleeping happily with her four +eggs safe and warm under her breast, two +people were coming from different ways +to rob her. Such a snug nest as it was! +She had chosen a tiny hollow in the +fern bank and had cunningly woven dry +grasses and leaves into a ball-shaped nest, +which fitted neatly into the hollow and +had a doorway on one side.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">[Pg 77]</a></span></p> + +<p>The Black-tailed Skunk sneaked up to +the nest from one side. The Spotted +Skunk sneaked up from the other side. +Once the Black-tailed Skunk thought he +heard some other creature moving toward +him. At the same minute the Spotted +Skunk thought he heard somebody, so he +stopped to listen. Neither heard anything. +Mrs. Ovenbird was sure that she +heard a leaf rustle outside, and it made +her anxious until she remembered that a +dead twig might have dropped from the +beech-tree overhead and hit the dry leaves +below.</p> + +<p>Slowly the two brothers crept toward +the nest and each other. They moved +very quietly, because each wanted to catch +the mother-bird if he could. Close to the +nest hollow they crouched and sprang +with jaws open and sharp teeth ready to +bite. There was a sudden crashing of +leaves and ferns. The two brothers had +sprung squarely at each other, each was<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">[Pg 78]</a></span> +bitten, growled, and ran away. And how +they did run! It is not often, you know, +that Skunks go faster than a walk, but +when they are really scared they move +very, very swiftly.</p> + +<p>Mrs. Ovenbird felt her nest roof crush +down upon her for a minute as two people +rolled and growled outside. Then +she heard them running away in different +directions and knew that she was safe, for +a time at least. In the morning she repaired +her nest and told her bird friends +about it. They advised her to take her +children away as soon as possible after +they were hatched. "If the Skunks have +found your nest," they said, "you may +have another call from them."</p> + +<p>When the Black-tailed Skunk came +stealing home in the first faint light just +before sunrise, he found the Spotted +Skunk telling the rest of the family how +some horrible great fierce beast had +pounced upon him in the darkness and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">[Pg 79]</a></span> +bitten him on the shoulder. "It was so +dark," said he, "that I couldn't see him at +all, but I am sure it must have been a Bear."</p> + +<p>They turned to tell the Black-tailed +Skunk about his brother's misfortune, and +saw that he limped badly. "Did the +Bear catch you, too?" they cried.</p> + +<p>"Yes," answered he. "It must have +been a Bear. It was so big and strong +and fierce. But I bit him, too. I wouldn't +have run away from him, only he was so +much bigger than I."</p> + +<p>"That was just the way with me," said +the Spotted Skunk. "I wouldn't have +run if he hadn't been so big."</p> + +<p>"You should have thrown liquid on +him," said their father. "Then he would +have been the one to run."</p> + +<p>The brothers hung their heads. "We +never thought," they cried. "We think +it must have been because we were so +surprised and didn't see him coming."</p> + +<p>"Well," said their father sternly, "I<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">[Pg 80]</a></span> +suppose one must be patient with children, +but such unskunklike behavior makes +me very much ashamed of you both." +Then the two bitten brothers went to +bed in disgrace, although their mother +was sorry for them and loved them, as +mothers will do, even when their children +are naughty or cowardly.</p> + +<p>One night, some time later, these two +brothers happened to meet down by the +fern bank. It was bright moonlight and +they stopped to visit, for both were feeling +very good-natured. The Black-tailed +Skunk said: "Come with me and I'll show +you where there is an Ovenbird's nest."</p> + +<p>"All right," answered the Spotted +Skunk, "and then I'll show you one."</p> + +<p>"I've just been waiting for a bright +night," said the Black-tailed Skunk, "because +I came here once in the dark and +had bad luck."</p> + +<p>"It was near here," said the Spotted +Skunk, "that I was bitten by the Bear."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">[Pg 81]</a></span></p> + +<p>They stopped beside a tiny hollow. +"There is the nest," said the Black-tailed +Skunk, pointing with one of his long +forefeet.</p> + +<p>"Why, that is the one I meant," exclaimed +the Spotted Skunk.</p> + +<p>"I found it first," said the Black-tailed +Skunk, "and I'd have eaten the eggs +before if that Bear hadn't bitten me."</p> + +<p>Just at that minute the two Skunks +had a new idea. "We do believe," cried +they, "that we bit each other!"</p> + +<p>"We certainly did," said the Spotted +Skunk.</p> + +<p>"But we'll never tell," said the Black-tailed +Skunk.</p> + +<p>"Now," they added together, "let's +eat everything."</p> + +<p>But they didn't. In fact, they didn't +eat anything, for the eggs were hatched, +and the young birds had left the nest +only the day before.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">[Pg 82]</a></span></p> +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 393px;"> +<img src="images/hchap07.jpg" width="393" height="97" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + +<h2>THE LAZY CUT-WORMS</h2> + + +<p>Now that spring had come and all the +green things were growing, the Cut-Worms +crawled out of their winter sleeping-places +in the ground, and began to eat +the tenderest and best things that they +could find. They felt rested and hungry +after their quiet winter, for they had slept +without awakening ever since the first +really cold days of fall.</p> + +<p>There were many different kinds of Cut-Worms, +brothers and sisters, cousins and +second cousins, so, of course, they did not +all look alike. They had hatched the summer +before from eggs laid by the Owlet +Moths, their mothers, and had spent the +time from then until cold weather in +eating and sleeping and eating some<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">[Pg 83]</a></span> +more. Of course they grew a great deal, +but then, you know, one can grow without +taking time especially for it. It is well +that this is so. If people had to say, "I +can do nothing else now. I must sit +down and grow awhile," there would not +be so many large people in the world as +there are. They would become so interested +in doing other things that they +would not take the time to grow as they +should.</p> + +<p>Now the Cut-Worms were fine and fat +and just as heedless as Cut-Worms have +been since the world began. They had +never seen their parents, and had hatched +without any one to look after them. They +did not look like their parents, for they +were only worms as yet, but they had +the same habit of sleeping all day and going +out at night, and never thought of +eating breakfast until the sun had gone +down. They were quite popular in underground +society, and were much liked<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">[Pg 84]</a></span> +by the Earthworms and May Beetle larvæ, +who enjoyed hearing stories of what the +Cut-Worms saw above ground. The May +Beetle larvæ did not go out at all, because +they were too young, and the Earthworms +never knew what was going on +outside unless somebody told them. They +often put their heads up into the air, but +they had no eyes and could not see for +themselves.</p> + +<p>The Cut-Worms were bold, saucy, selfish, +and wasteful. They were not good +children, although when they tried they +could be very entertaining, and one always +hoped that they would improve before +they became Moths. Sometimes +they even told the Earthworms and May +Beetle larvæ stories that were not so, and +that shows what sort of children they +were. It was dreadful to tell such things +to people who could never find out the +difference. One Spotted Cut-Worm heard +a couple of Earthworms talking about<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">[Pg 85]</a></span> +Ground Moles, and told them that Ground +Moles were large birds with four wings +apiece and legs like a Caterpillar's. They +did not take pains to be entertaining because +they wanted to make the underground +people happy, but because they +enjoyed hearing them say: "What bright +fellows those Cut-Worms are! Really +exceedingly clever!" And doing it for +that reason took all the goodness out +of it.</p> + +<p>One bright moonlight night the Cut-Worms +awakened and crawled out on top +of the ground to feed. They lived in the +farmer's vegetable garden, so there were +many things to choose from: young beets +just showing their red-veined leaves above +their shining red stems; turnips; clean-looking +onions holding their slender leaves +very stiff and straight; radishes with just +a bit of their rosy roots peeping out of +the earth; and crisp, pale green lettuce, +crinkled and shaking in every passing<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">[Pg 86]</a></span> +breeze. It was a lovely growing time, +and all the vegetables were making the +most of the fine nights, for, you know, +that is the time when everything grows +best. Sunshiny days are the best for +coloring leaves and blossoms, but the +time for sinking roots deeper and sending +shoots higher and unfolding new leaves +is at night in the beautiful stillness.</p> + +<p>Some Cut-Worms chose beets and some +chose radishes. Two or three liked lettuce +best, and a couple crawled off to nibble at +the sweet peas which the farmer's wife +had planted. They never ate all of a +plant. Ah, no! And that was one way +in which they were wasteful. They nibbled +through the stalk where it came out +of the ground, and then the plant tumbled +down and withered, while the Cut-Worm +went on to treat another in the same +way.</p> + +<p>"Well!" exclaimed one Spotted Cut-Worm, +as he crawled out from his hole.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">[Pg 87]</a></span> +"I must have overslept! Guess I stayed +up too late this morning."</p> + +<p>"You'd better look out," said one of +his friends, "or the Ground Mole will +get you. He likes to find nice fat little +Cut-Worms who sleep too late in the +evening."</p> + +<p>"Needn't tell me," answered the +Spotted Cut-Worm. "It's the early +Mole that catches the Cut-Worm. I +don't know when I have overslept myself +so. Have you fellows been up ever +since sunset?"</p> + +<p>"Yes," they answered; and one saucy +fellow added: "I got up too early. I +awakened and felt hungry, and thought +I'd just come out for a lunch. I supposed +the birds had finished their supper, +but the first thing I saw was a Robin +out hunting. She was not more than the +length of a bean-pole from me, and when +I saw her cock her head on one side +and look toward me, I was sure she saw<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">[Pg 88]</a></span> +me. But she didn't, after all. Lucky +for me that I am green and came up +beside the lettuce. I kept still and she +took me for a leaf."</p> + +<p>"St!" said somebody else. "There +comes the Ground Mole." They all kept +still while the Mole scampered to and +fro on the dewy grass near them, going +faster than one would think he could +with such very, very short legs. His +pink digging hands flashed in the moonlight, +and his pink snout showed also, +but the dark, soft fur of the rest of his +body could hardly be seen against the +brown earth of the garden. It may have +been because he was not hungry, or it +may have been because his fur covered +over his eyes so, but he went back to his +underground run-way without having +caught a single Cut-Worm.</p> + +<p>Then the Cut-Worms felt very much +set up. They crawled toward the hole +into his run-way and made faces at it,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">[Pg 89]</a></span> +as though he were standing in the doorway. +They called mean things after him +and pretended to say them very loudly, +yet really spoke quite softly.</p> + +<p>Then they began to boast that they +were not afraid of anybody, and while +they were boasting they ate and ate and +ate and ate. Here and there the young +plants drooped and fell over, and as soon +as one did that, the Cut-Worm who had +eaten on it crawled off to another.</p> + +<p>"Guess the farmer will know that +we've been here," said they. "We don't +care. He doesn't need all these vegetables. +What if he did plant them? Let +him plant some more if he wants to. +What business has he to have so many, +anyhow, if he won't share with other +people?" You would have thought, to +hear them, that they were exceedingly +kind to leave any vegetables for the +farmer.</p> + +<p>In among the sweet peas were many<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">[Pg 90]</a></span> +little tufts of purslane, and purslane is +very good to eat, as anybody knows who +has tried it. But do you think the Cut-Worms +ate that? Not a bit of it. "We +can have purslane any day," they said, +"and now we will eat sweet peas."</p> + +<p>One little fellow added: "You won't +catch me eating purslane. It's a weed." +Now, Cut-Worms do eat weeds, but they +always seem to like best those things +which have been carefully planted and +tended. If the purslane had been set in +straight rows, and the sweet peas had +just come up of themselves everywhere, +it is quite likely that this young Cut-Worm +would have said: "You won't +catch me eating sweet peas. They are +weeds."</p> + +<p>As the moon rose higher and higher in +the sky, the Cut-Worms boasted more +and more. They said there were no +Robins clever enough to find them, and +that the Ground Mole dared not touch<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">[Pg 91]</a></span> +them when they were together, and that +it was only when he found one alone +underground that he was brave enough to +do so. They talked very loudly now and +bragged dreadfully, until they noticed +that the moon was setting and a faint +yellow light showed over the tree-tops in +the east.</p> + +<p>"Time to go to bed for the day," called +the Spotted Cut-Worm. "Where are +you going to crawl in?" They had no +regular homes, you know, but crawled +into the earth wherever they wanted to +and slept until the next night.</p> + +<p>"Here are some fine holes already +made," said a Green Cut-Worm, "and big +enough for a Garter Snake. They are +smooth and deep, and a lot of us can +cuddle down into each. I'm going into +one of them."</p> + +<p>"Who made those holes?" asked the +Spotted Cut-Worm; "and why are they +here?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92">[Pg 92]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Oh, who cares who made them?" +answered the Green Cut-Worm. "Guess +they're ours if we want to use them."</p> + +<p>"Perhaps the farmer made them," said +the Spotted Cut-Worm, "and if he did I +don't want to go into them."</p> + +<p>"Oh, who's afraid of him?" cried the +other Cut-Worms. "Come along!"</p> + +<p>"No," answered the Spotted Cut-Worm. +"I won't. I don't want to and I won't +do it. The hole I make to sleep in will +not be so large, nor will it have such +smooth sides, but I'll know all about it +and feel safe. Good-morning." Then he +crawled into the earth and went to sleep. +The others went into the smooth, deep +holes made by the farmer with his hoe +handle.</p> + +<p>The next night there was only one +Cut-Worm in the garden, and that was +the Spotted Cut-Worm. Nobody has +ever seen the lazy ones who chose to use +the smooth, deep holes which were ready<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">[Pg 93]</a></span> +made. The Spotted Cut-Worm lived +quite alone until he was full-grown, then +he made a little oval room for himself in +the ground and slept in it while he +changed into a Black Owlet Moth.</p> + +<p>After that he flew away to find a wife +and live among her people. It is said +that whenever he saw a Cut-Worm working +at night, he would flutter down beside +him and whisper,—"The Cut-Worm who +is too lazy to bore his own sleeping-place +will never live to become an Owlet Moth."</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 250px;"> +<img src="images/tchap07.jpg" width="250" height="159" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">[Pg 94]</a></span></p> +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 408px;"> +<img src="images/hchap08.jpg" width="408" height="96" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + +<h2>THE NIGHT MOTH'S PARTY</h2> + + +<p>From the time when she was a tiny +golden-green Caterpillar, Miss Polyphemus +had wanted to go into society. +She began life on a maple leaf +with a few brothers and sisters, who +hatched at the same time from a cluster +of flattened eggs which their mother had +laid there ten days before. The first +thing she remembered was the light and +color and sound when she broke the shell +open that May morning. The first thing +she did was to eat the shell out of which +she had just crawled. Then she got acquainted +with her brothers and sisters, +many of whom had also eaten their egg-shells, +although two had begun at once +on maple leaves. It was well that she<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95">[Pg 95]</a></span> +took time for this now, for the family +were soon scattered and several of her +sisters she never saw again.</p> + +<p>She found it a very lovely world to +live in. There was so much to eat. Yes, +and there were so many kinds of leaves +that she liked,—oak, hickory, apple, maple, +elm, and several others. Sometimes she +wished that she had three mouths instead +of one. In those days she had few visitors. +It is true that other Caterpillars +happened along once in a while, but they +were almost as hungry as she, and they +couldn't speak without stopping eating. +They could, of course, if they talked with +their mouths full, but she had too good +manners for that, and, besides, she said +that if she did, she couldn't enjoy her +food so much.</p> + +<p>You must not think that it was wrong +in her to care so much about eating. +She was only doing what is expected of a +Polyphemus Caterpillar, and you would<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96">[Pg 96]</a></span> +have to do the same if you were a Polyphemus +Caterpillar. When she was ten +days old she had to weigh ten times as +much as she did the morning that she +was hatched. When she was twenty +days old she had to weigh sixty times as +much; when she was a month old she +had to weigh six hundred and twenty +times as much; and when she was fifty +days old she had to weigh four thousand +times as much as she did at hatching. +Every bit of this flesh was made of the +food she ate. That is why eating was so +important, you know, and if she had +chosen to eat the wrong kind of leaves +just because they tasted good, she would +never have become such a fine great +Caterpillar as she did. She might better +not eat anything than to eat the wrong +sort, and she knew it.</p> + +<p>Still, she often wished that she had +more time for visiting, and thought that +she would be very gay next year, when<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_97" id="Page_97">[Pg 97]</a></span> +she got her wings. "I'll make up for it +then," she said to herself, "when my +growing is done and I have time for +play." Then she ate some more good, +plain food, for she knew that there would +be no happy Moth-times for Caterpillars +who did not eat as they should.</p> + +<p>She had five vacations of about a day +each when she ate nothing at all. These +were the times when she changed her +skin, crawling out of the tight old one +and appearing as fresh and clean as possible +in the new one which was ready +underneath. After her last change she +was ready to plan her cocoon, and she +was a most beautiful Caterpillar. She was +about as long as a small cherry leaf, +and as plump as a Caterpillar can be. +She was light green, with seven slanting +yellow lines on each side of her body, and +a purplish-brown V-shaped mark on the +back part of each side. There were +many little orange-colored bunches on<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98">[Pg 98]</a></span> +her body, which showed beautiful gleaming +lights when she moved. Growing +out of these bunches were tiny tufts of +bristles.</p> + +<p>She had three pairs of real legs and +several pairs of make-believe ones. Her +real legs were on the front part of her +body and were slender. These she expected +to keep always. The make-believe +ones were called pro-legs. They grew +farther back and were fat, awkward, jointless +things which she would not need +after her cocoon was spun. But for +them, she would have had to drag the +back part of her body around like a +Snake. With them, the back part of her +body could walk as well as the front, although +not quite so fast. She always +took a few steps with her real legs and +then waited for her pro-legs to catch +up.</p> + +<p>As the weather grew colder the Polyphemus +Caterpillar hunted around on the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99">[Pg 99]</a></span> +ground for a good place for her cocoon. +She found an excellent twig lying among +the dead leaves, and decided to fasten to +that. Then began her hardest work, spinning +a fluffy mass of gray-white silk which +clung to the twig and to one of the dry +leaves and was almost exactly the color of +the leaf. Other Caterpillars came along +and stopped to visit, for they did not have +to eat at cocoon-spinning time.</p> + +<p>"Better fasten your cocoon to a tree," +said a pale bluish-green Promethea Caterpillar. +"Put it inside a curled leaf, like +mine, and wind silk around the stem to +strengthen it. Then you can swing every +time the wind blows, and the silk will +keep the leaf from wearing out."</p> + +<p>"But I don't want to swing," answered +the Polyphemus Caterpillar. "I'd +rather lie still and think about things."</p> + +<p>"Fasten to the twig of a tree," advised +a pale green Cecropia Caterpillar with +red, yellow, and blue bunches. "Then<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100">[Pg 100]</a></span> +the wind just moves you a little. Fasten +it to a twig and taper it off nicely at each +end, and then——"</p> + +<p>"Yes," said the Polyphemus Caterpillar, +"and then the Blue-Jays and Chickadees +will poke wheat or corn or beechnuts into +the upper end of it. I don't care to turn +my sleeping room into a corn-crib."</p> + +<p>Just here some other Polyphemus Caterpillars +came along and agreed with their +relative. "Go ahead with your tree +homes," said they. "We know what we +want, and we'll see next summer who +knew best."</p> + +<p>The Polyphemus cocoons were spun on +the ground where the dead leaves had +blown in between some stones, and no +wandering Cows or Sheep would be +likely to step on them. First a mass of +coarse silk which it took half a day to +make, then an inside coating of a kind of +varnish, then as much silk as a Caterpillar +could spin in four or five days, next an<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101">[Pg 101]</a></span>other +inside varnishing, and the cocoons +were done. As the Polyphemus Caterpillars +snuggled down for the long winter's +sleep, each said to himself something like +this: "Those poor Caterpillars in the +trees! How cold they will be! I hope +they may come out all right in the spring, +but I doubt it very much."</p> + +<p>And when the Cecropia and Promethea +Caterpillars dozed off for the winter, they +said: "What a pity that those Polyphemus +Caterpillars would lie around on the +ground. Well, we advised them what to +do, so it isn't our fault."</p> + +<p>They all had a lovely winter, and swung +or swayed or lay still, just as they had +chosen to do. Early in the spring, the +farmer's wife and little girl came out to find +wild flowers, and scraped the leaves away +from among the stones. Out rolled the +cocoon that the first Polyphemus Caterpillar +had spun and the farmer's wife +picked it up and carried it off. She<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_102" id="Page_102">[Pg 102]</a></span> +might have found more cocoons if the +little girl had not called her away.</p> + +<p>This was how it happened that one May +morning a little girl stood by the sitting-room +window in the white farmhouse and +watched Miss Polyphemus crawl slowly out +of her cocoon. A few days before a sour, +milky-looking stuff had begun to trickle +into the lower end of the cocoon, softening +the hard varnish and the soft silken +threads until a tiny doorway was opened. +Now all was ready and Miss Polyphemus +pushed out. She was very wet and weak +and forlorn. "Oh," said she to herself, +"it is more fun to be a new Caterpillar +than it is to be a new Moth. I've only +six legs left, and it will be very hard +worrying along on these. I shall have to +give up walking."</p> + +<p>It was discouraging. You can see how +it would be. She had been used to having +so many legs, and had looked forward +all the summer before to the time when<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_103" id="Page_103">[Pg 103]</a></span> +she should float lightly through the air +and sip honey from flowers. She had +dreamed of it all winter. And now here +she was—wet and weak, with only six legs +left, and four very small and crumpled +wings. Her body was so big and fat +that she could not hold it up from the +window-sill. She wanted to cry—it was +all so sad and disappointing. She would +have done so, had she not remembered +how very unbecoming it is to cry. When +she remembered that, she decided to take +a nap instead, and that was a most sensible +thing to do, for crying always makes +matters worse, while sleeping makes them +better.</p> + +<p>When she awakened she felt much +stronger and more cheerful. She was +drier and her body felt lighter. This +was because the fluids from it were being +pumped into her wings. That was making +them grow, and the beautiful colors +began to show more brightly on them.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104">[Pg 104]</a></span> +"I wonder," she said to herself, "if +Moths always feel so badly when they +first come out?"</p> + +<p>If she had but known it, there were +at that very time hundreds of Moths as +helpless as she, clinging to branches, +leaves, and stones all through the forest. +There were many Polyphemus Moths +just out, for in their family it is the custom +for all to leave their cocoons at just +about such a time in the morning. Perhaps +she would have felt more patient +if she had known this, for it does seem to +make hard times easier to bear when one +knows that everybody else has hard times +also. Of course other people always are +having trouble, but she was young and +really believed for a time that she was +the only uncomfortable Moth in the +world.</p> + +<p>All day long her wings were stretching +and growing smooth. When it grew +dark she was nearly ready to fly. Then<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105">[Pg 105]</a></span> +the farmer's wife lifted her gently by the +wings and put her on the inside of the +wire window-screen. When the lights in +the house were all put out, the moonbeams +shone in on Miss Polyphemus +and showed her beautiful sand-colored +body and wings with the dark border on +the front pair and the lighter border +on the back pair.</p> + +<p>On the back ones were dark eye-spots +with clear places in the middle, through +which one could see quite clearly.</p> + +<p>"I would like to fly," sighed Miss Polyphemus, +"and I believe I could if it were +not for this horrid screen." She did not +know that the farmer's wife had put her +there to keep her safe from night birds +until she was quite strong.</p> + +<p>The wind blew in, sweet with the scent +of wild cherry and shad-tree blossoms, +and poor Miss Polyphemus looked over +toward the forest where she had lived +when she was a Caterpillar, and wished<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_106" id="Page_106">[Pg 106]</a></span> +herself safely there. "Much good it does +me to have wings when I cannot use +them," said she. "I want something to +eat. There is no honey to be sucked out +of wire netting. I wish I were a happy +Caterpillar again, eating leaves on the +trees." She was not the first Moth who +has wished herself a Caterpillar, but she +soon changed her mind.</p> + +<p>There fluttered toward her another +Polyphemus Moth, a handsome fellow, +marked exactly as she was, only with +darker coloring. His body was more +slender, and his feelers were very beautiful +and feathery. She was fat and had +slender feelers.</p> + +<p>"Ah!" said he. "I thought I should +find you soon."</p> + +<p>"Indeed?" she replied. "I wonder +what made you think that?"</p> + +<p>"My feelers, of course," said he. "They +always tell me where to find my friends. +You know how that is yourself."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_107" id="Page_107">[Pg 107]</a></span></p> + +<p>"I?" said she, as she changed her position +a little. "I am just from my cocoon. +This was my coming-out day."</p> + +<p>"And so you have not met any one +yet?" he asked. "Ah, this is a strange +world—a very strange world. I would +advise you to be very careful with whom +you make friends. There are so many +bad Moths, you know."</p> + +<p>"Good-evening," said a third voice near +them, and another Polyphemus Moth with +feathery feelers alighted on the screen. +He smiled sweetly at Miss Polyphemus +and scowled fiercely at the other Moth. +It would have ended in a quarrel right +then and there, if a fourth Moth had not +come at that minute. One after another +came, until there were nine handsome fellows +on the outside and Miss Polyphemus +on the inside of the screen trying to entertain +them all and keep them from quarrelling. +It made her very proud to think so +many were at her coming-out party. Still,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_108" id="Page_108">[Pg 108]</a></span> +she would have enjoyed it better, she +thought, if some whom she had known as +Caterpillars could be there to see how +much attention she was having paid to her. +There was one Caterpillar whom she had +never liked. She only wished that she +could see her now.</p> + +<p>Still, society tires one very much, and +it was hard to keep her guests from quarrelling. +When she got to talking with one +about maple-trees, another was sure to +come up and say that he had always preferred +beech when he was a Caterpillar. +And the two outside would glare at each +other while she hastily thought of something +else to say.</p> + +<p>At last those outside got to fighting. +There was only one, the handsomest of +all, who said he thought too much of his +feelers to fight anybody. "Supposing I +should fight and break them off," said he. +"I couldn't smell a thing for the rest of +my life." He was very sensible, and really +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_109" id="Page_109">[Pg 109]</a></span> +the eight other fellows were fighting on +account of Miss Polyphemus, for whenever +they thought she liked one best they +began to bump up against him.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<img src="images/chap08.jpg" width="400" height="640" alt="THEY LIVED IN THE FOREST AFTER THAT." title="" /> +<span class="caption">THEY LIVED IN THE FOREST AFTER THAT.</span> +<p style='text-align:right'><i>Page 109</i></p> +</div> + +<p>Toward morning the farmer's wife +awakened and looked at Miss Polyphemus. +When she saw that she was strong enough +to fly, she opened the screen and let her +go. By that time three of those with +feathery feelers were dead, three were +broken-winged and clinging helplessly to +the screen, and two were so busy fighting +that they didn't see Miss Polyphemus go. +The handsome great fellow who did not +believe in fighting went with her, and they +lived in the forest after that. But she +never cared for society again.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> +<img src="images/tchap08.jpg" width="252" height="128" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_110" id="Page_110">[Pg 110]</a></span></p> +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 403px;"> +<img src="images/hchap09.jpg" width="403" height="106" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + + +<h2>THE LONELY OLD BACHELOR +MUSKRAT</h2> + + +<p>Beyond the forest and beside the +river lay the marsh where the Muskrats +lived. This was the same marsh +to which the young Frog had taken +some of the meadow people's children +when they were tired of staying at home +and wanted to travel. When they went +with him, you remember, they were gay +and happy, the sun was shining, and the +way did not seem long. When they +came back they were cold and wet and +tired, and thought it very far indeed. +One could never get them to say much +about it.</p> + +<p>Some people like what others do not, +and one's opinion of a marsh must<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_111" id="Page_111">[Pg 111]</a></span> +always depend on whether he is a Grasshopper +or a Frog. But whether people +cared to live there or not, the marsh had +always been a pleasant place to see. +In the spring the tall tamaracks along +the edge put on their new dresses of +soft, needle-shaped green leaves, the +marsh-marigolds held their bright faces +up to the sun, and hundreds of happy +little people darted in and out of the +tussocks of coarse grass. There was a +warm, wet, earthy smell in the air, and +near the pussy-willows there was also a +faint bitterness.</p> + +<p>Then the Marsh Hens made their +nests, and the Sand-pipers ran mincingly +along by the quiet pools.</p> + +<p>In summer time the beautiful moccasin +flowers grew in family groups, and over +in the higher, dryer part were masses +of white boneset, tall spikes of creamy +foxglove, and slender, purple vervain. +In the fall the cat-tails stood stiffly<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_112" id="Page_112">[Pg 112]</a></span> +among their yellow leaves, and the Red-winged +Blackbirds and the Bobolinks +perched upon them to plan their journey +to the south.</p> + +<p>Even when the birds were gone and +the cat-tails were ragged and worn—even +then, the marsh was an interesting place. +Soft snow clung to the brown seed clusters +of boneset and filled the open silvery-gray +pods of the milkweed. In among +the brown tussocks of grass ran the +dainty footprints of Mice and Minks, +and here and there rose the cone-shaped +winter homes of the Muskrats.</p> + +<p>The Muskrats were the largest people +there, and lived in the finest homes. It +is true that if a Mink and a Muskrat +fought, the Mink was likely to get the +better of the Muskrat, but people never +spoke of this, although everybody knew +that it was so. The Muskrats were too +proud to do so, the Minks were too wise +to, and the smaller people who lived near<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_113" id="Page_113">[Pg 113]</a></span> +did not want to offend the Muskrats by +mentioning it. It is said that an impudent +young Mouse did say something +about it once when the Muskrats could +overhear him and that not one of them +ever spoke to him again. The next time +he said "Good-evening" to a Muskrat, +the Muskrat just looked at him as though +he didn't see him or as though he had +been a stick or a stone or something else +uneatable and uninteresting.</p> + +<p>The Muskrats were very popular, for +they were kind neighbors and never stole +their food from others. That was why +nobody was jealous of them, although +they were so fat and happy. Their children +usually turned out very well, even +if they were not at all strictly brought up. +You know when a father and mother +have to feed and care for fifteen or so +children each summer, there is not much +time for teaching them to say "please" +and "thank you" and "pardon me."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_114" id="Page_114">[Pg 114]</a></span> +Sometimes these young Muskrats did +snatch and quarrel, as on that night when +fifteen of them went to visit their old +home and all wanted to go in first. You +may recall how, on that dreadful night, +their father had to spank them with his +scaly tail and their mother sent them to +bed. They always remembered it, and +you may be very sure their parents did. +It makes parents feel dreadfully when +their children quarrel, and it is very wearing +to have to spank fifteen at once, +particularly when one has to use his tail +with which to do it.</p> + +<p>There was one old Bachelor Muskrat +who had always lived for himself, and had +his own way more than was good for him. +If he had married, it would not have been +so, and he would have grown used to +giving up to somebody else. He was a +fine-looking fellow with soft, short, reddish-brown +fur, which shaded almost to +black on his back, and to a light gray un<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_115" id="Page_115">[Pg 115]</a></span>derneath. +There were very few hairs on +his long, flat, scaly tail, and most of these +were in two fringes, one down the middle +of the upper side, and the other down the +middle of the lower side. His tiny ears +hardly showed above the fur on his head, +and he was so fat that he really seemed to +have no neck at all. To look at his feet +you would hardly think he could swim, +for the webs between his toes were very, +very small and his feet were not large.</p> + +<p>He was like all other Muskrats in using +a great deal of perfume, and it was not +a pleasant kind, being so strong and +musky. He thought it quite right, and +it was better so, for he couldn't help +wearing it, and you can just imagine how +distressing it would be to see a Muskrat +going around with his nose turned up and +all the time finding fault with his own +perfume.</p> + +<p>Nobody could remember the time when +there had been no Muskrats in the marsh.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_116" id="Page_116">[Pg 116]</a></span> +The Ground Hog who lived near the edge +of the forest said that his grandfather +had often spoken of seeing them at play +in the moonlight; and there was an old +Rattlesnake who had been married several +times and wore fourteen joints in his rattle, +who said that he remembered seeing +Muskrats there before he cast his first +skin. And it was not strange that, after +their people had lived there so long, the +Muskrats should be fond of the marsh.</p> + +<p>One day in midsummer the farmer and +his men came to the marsh with spades +and grub-hoes and measuring lines. All +of them had on high rubber boots, and +they tramped around and measured and +talked, and rooted up a few huckleberry +bushes, and drove a good many stakes into +the soft and spongy ground. Then the +dinner-bell at the farmhouse rang and, +they went away. It was a dull, cloudy day +and a few of the Muskrats were out. If +it had been sunshiny they would have<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_117" id="Page_117">[Pg 117]</a></span> +stayed in their burrows. They paddled +over to where the stakes were, and +smelled of them and gnawed at them, +and wondered why the men had put +them there.</p> + +<p>"I know," said one young Muskrat, +who had married and set up a home of +his own that spring. "I know why they +put these stakes in."</p> + +<p>"Oh, do listen!" cried the young Muskrat's +wife. "He knows and will tell us +all about it."</p> + +<p>"Nobody ever told me this," said the +young husband. "I thought it out myself. +The Ground Hog once said that +they put small pieces of potato into the +ground to grow into whole big ones, and +they have done the same sort of thing +here. You see, the farmer wanted a +fence, and so he stuck down these stakes, +and before winter he will have a fence +well grown."</p> + +<p>"Humph!" said the Bachelor Musk<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_118" id="Page_118">[Pg 118]</a></span>rat. +It seemed as though he had meant +to say more, but the young wife looked at +him with such a frown on her furry forehead +that he shut his mouth as tightly as +he could (he never could quite close it) +and said nothing else.</p> + +<p>"Do you mean to tell me," said one +who had just sent five children out of +her burrow to make room for another lot +of babies, "that they will grow a fence +here where it is so wet? Fences grow on +high land."</p> + +<p>"That is what I said," answered the +young husband, slapping his tail on the +water to make himself seem more +important.</p> + +<p>"Well," said the anxious mother, "if +they go to growing fences and such +things around here I shall move. Every +one of my children will want to play +around it, and as like as not will eat its +roots and get sick."</p> + +<p>Then the men came back and all the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_119" id="Page_119">[Pg 119]</a></span> +Muskrats ran toward their burrows, dived +into the water to reach the doors of +them, and then crawled up the long hallways +that they had dug out of the bank +until they got to the large rooms where +they spent most of their days and kept +their babies.</p> + +<p>That night the young husband was the +first Muskrat to come out, and he went +at once to the line of stakes. He had +been lying awake and thinking while his +wife was asleep, and he was afraid he +had talked too much. He found that +the stakes had not grown any, and that +the men had begun to dig a deep ditch +beside them. He was afraid that his +neighbors would point their paws at him +and ask how the fence was growing, and +he was not brave enough to meet them +and say that he had been mistaken. He +went down the river bank and fed alone all +night, while his wife and neighbors were +grubbing and splashing around in the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_120" id="Page_120">[Pg 120]</a></span> +marsh or swimming in the river near their +homes. The young Muskrats were rolling +and tumbling in the moonlight and +looking like furry brown balls. After it +began to grow light, he sneaked back to +his burrow.</p> + +<p>Every day the men came in their high +rubber boots to work, and every day +there were more ditches and the marsh +was drier. By the time that the flowers +had all ripened their seeds and the forest +trees were bare, the marsh was changed +to dry ground, and the Muskrats could +find no water there to splash in. One +night, and it was a very, very dark one, +they came together to talk about winter.</p> + +<p>"It is time to begin our cold-weather +houses," said one old Muskrat, "I have +never started so soon, but we are to have +an early winter."</p> + +<p>"Yes, and a long one, too," added his +wife, who said that Mr. Muskrat never +told things quite strongly enough.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_121" id="Page_121">[Pg 121]</a></span></p> + +<p>"It will be cold," said another Muskrat, +"and we shall need to build thick +walls."</p> + +<p>"Why?" asked a little Muskrat.</p> + +<p>"Sh!" said his mother.</p> + +<p>"The question is," said the old Muskrat +who had first spoken, "where we shall +build."</p> + +<p>"Why?" asked the little Muskrat, +pulling at his mother's tail.</p> + +<p>"Sh-h!" said his mother.</p> + +<p>"There is no water here except in the +ditches," said the oldest Muskrat, "and +of course we would not build beside +them."</p> + +<p>"Why not?" asked the little Muskrat. +And this time he actually poked his +mother in the side.</p> + +<p>"Sh-h-h!" said she. "How many times +must I speak to you? Don't you know +that young Muskrats should be seen and +not heard?"</p> + +<p>"But I can't be seen," he whimpered.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_122" id="Page_122">[Pg 122]</a></span> +"It is so dark that I can't be seen, and +you've just got to hear me."</p> + +<p>Of course, after he had spoken in that +way to his mother and interrupted all the +others by his naughtiness, he had to be +punished, so his mother sent him to bed. +That is very hard for young Muskrats, +for the night, you know, is the time when +they have the most fun.</p> + +<p>The older ones talked and talked about +what they should do. They knew, as +they always do know, just what sort of +winter they were to have, and that they +must begin to build at once. Some years +they had waited until a whole month +later, but that was because they expected +a late and mild winter. At last the oldest +Muskrat decided for them. "We +will move to-morrow night," said he. +"We will go to the swamp on the other +side of the forest and build our winter +homes there."</p> + +<p>All the Muskrats felt sad about going,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_123" id="Page_123">[Pg 123]</a></span> +and for a minute it was so still that you +might almost have heard a milkweed +seed break loose from the pod and float +away. Then a gruff voice broke the +silence. "I will not go," it said. "I +was born here and I will live here. I +never have left this marsh and I never +will leave it."</p> + +<p>They could not see who was speaking, +but they knew it was the Bachelor. The +oldest Muskrat said afterward that he +was so surprised you could have knocked +him over with a blade of grass. Of +course, you couldn't have done it, because +he was so fat and heavy, but that +is what he said, and it shows just how +he felt.</p> + +<p>The other Muskrats talked and talked +and talked with him, but it made no +difference. His brothers told him it was +perfectly absurd for him to stay, that +people would think it queer, and that he +ought to go with the rest of his relatives.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_124" id="Page_124">[Pg 124]</a></span> +Yet it made no difference. "You should +stay," he would reply. "Our family have +always lived here."</p> + +<p>When the Muskrat mothers told him +how lonely he would be, and how he +would miss seeing the dear little ones +frolic in the moonlight, he blinked and +said: "Well, I shall just have to stand +it." Then he sighed, and they went away +saying to each other what a tender heart +he had and what a pity it was that he had +never married. One of them spoke as +though he had been in love with her some +years before, but the others had known +nothing about it.</p> + +<p>The Muskrat fathers told him that he +would have no one to help him if a Mink +should pick a quarrel with him. "I can +take care of myself then," said he, and +showed his strong gnawing teeth in a +very fierce way.</p> + +<p>It was only when the dainty young +Muskrat daughters talked to him that he<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_125" id="Page_125">[Pg 125]</a></span> +began to wonder if he really ought to +stay. He lay awake most of one day +thinking about it and remembering the +sad look in their little eyes when they +said that they should miss him. He was +so disturbed that he ate only three small +roots during the next night. The poor +old Bachelor had a hard time then, but +he was so used to having his own way +and doing what he had started to do, and +not giving up to anybody, that he stayed +after all.</p> + +<p>The others went away and he began to +build his winter house beside the biggest +ditch. He placed it among some bushes, +so that if the water in the ditch should +ever overflow they would help hold his +house in place. He built it with his +mouth, bringing great mouthfuls of grass +roots and rushes and dropping them on +the middle of the heap. Sometimes they +stayed there and sometimes they rolled +down. If they rolled down he never<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_126" id="Page_126">[Pg 126]</a></span> +brought them back, for he knew that +they would be useful where they were. +When it was done, the house was shaped +like a pine cone with the stem end down, +for after he had made it as high as a tall +milkweed he finished off the long slope +up which he had been running and made +it look like the other sides.</p> + +<p>After that he began to burrow up into +it from below. The right way to do, he +knew, was to have his doorway under +water and dive down to it. Other winters +he had done this and had given the water +a loud slap with his tail as he dived. +Now there was not enough water to dive +into, and when he tried slapping on it +his tail went through to the ditch bottom +and got muddy. He had to fix +the doorway as best he could, and then +he ate out enough of the inside of his +house to make a good room and poked a +small hole through the roof to let in +fresh air.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_127" id="Page_127">[Pg 127]</a></span></p> +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<img src="images/chap09.jpg" width="400" height="640" alt="THE MARSH SEEMED SO EMPTY AND LONELY." title="" /> +<span class="caption">THE MARSH SEEMED SO EMPTY AND LONELY.</span> +<p style='text-align:right'><i>Page 127</i></p> +</div> + +<p>After the house was done, he slept +there during the days and prowled around +outside at night. He slept there, but ate +none of the roots of which it was made +until the water in the ditch was frozen +hard. He knew that there would be a +long, long time when he could not dig +fresh roots and must live on those.</p> + +<p>At night the marsh seemed so empty +and lonely that he hardly knew what +to do. He didn't enjoy his meals, and +often complained to the Mice that the +roots did not taste so good to him as +those they used to have when he was +young. He tried eating other things and +found them no better. When there was +bright moonlight, he sat upon the highest +tussock he could find and thought +about his grandfathers and grandmothers. +"If they had not eaten their houses," he +once said to a Mouse, "this marsh would +be full of them."</p> + +<p>"No it wouldn't," answered the Mouse,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_128" id="Page_128">[Pg 128]</a></span> +who didn't really mean to contradict him, +but thought him much mistaken. "If +the houses hadn't been eaten, they would +have been blown down by the wind and +beaten down by rains and washed away +by floods. It is better so. Who wants +things to stay the way they are forever +and ever? I'd rather see the trees drop +their leaves once in a while and grow +new ones than to wear the same old ones +after they are ragged and faded."</p> + +<p>The Bachelor Muskrat didn't like this +very well, but he couldn't forget it. +When he awakened in the daytime he +would think about it and at night he +thought more. He was really very forlorn, +and because he had nobody else to +think about he thought too much of himself +and began to believe that he was lame and +sick. When he sat on a tussock and remembered +all the houses which his grandparents +had built and eaten, he became +very sad and sighed until his fat sides<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_129" id="Page_129">[Pg 129]</a></span> +shook. He wished that he could sleep +through the winter like the Ground Hog, +or through part of it like the Skunk, but +just as sure as night came his eyes popped +open and there he was—awake.</p> + +<p>When spring came he thought of his +friends who had gone to the swamp and +he knew that last year's children were +marrying and digging burrows of their +own. The poor old Bachelor wanted to +go to them, yet he was so used to doing +what he had said he would, and disliked +so much to let anybody know that he was +mistaken, that he chose to stay where he +was, without water enough for diving and +with hardly enough for swimming. How +it would have ended nobody knows, had +the farmer not come to plough up the old +drained marsh for planting celery.</p> + +<p>Then the Bachelor went. He reached +his new home in the early morning, and +the mothers let their children stay up until +it was quite light so that he might see<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_130" id="Page_130">[Pg 130]</a></span> +them plainly. "Isn't it pleasant here?" +they cried. "Don't you like it better +than the old place?"</p> + +<p>"Oh, it does very well," he answered, +"but you must remember that I only +moved because I had to."</p> + +<p>"Oh, yes, we understand that," said one +of the mothers, "but we hope you will +really like it here."</p> + +<p>Afterward her husband said to her, +"Don't you know he was glad to come? +What's the use of being so polite?"</p> + +<p>"Poor old fellow," she answered. "He +is so queer because he lives alone, and +I'm sorry for him. Just see him eat."</p> + +<p>And truly it was worth while to watch +him, for the roots tasted sweet to him, +and, although he had not meant to be, he +was very happy—far happier than if he +had had his own way.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 173px;"> +<img src="images/tchap09.jpg" width="173" height="64" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_131" id="Page_131">[Pg 131]</a></span></p> +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 396px;"> +<img src="images/hchap01_10.jpg" width="396" height="99" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + +<h2>THE GREEDY RED FOX</h2> + + +<p>The Red Fox had been well brought +up. His mother was a most cautious +person and devoted to her children. +When he did things which were wrong, +he could never excuse himself by saying +that he did not know better. Of course +it is possible that he was like his father +in being so reckless, yet none of his two +brothers and three sisters were like him. +They did not remember their father. In +fact, they had never seen him, and their +mother seldom spoke of him.</p> + +<p>His mother had taken all the care of +her six children, even pulling fur from +her own belly to make a soft nest covering +for them when they were first born. +They were such helpless babies. Their<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_132" id="Page_132">[Pg 132]</a></span> +eyes and ears were closed for some time, +and all they could do was to tumble each +other around and drink the warm milk +that their mother had for them.</p> + +<p>They had three burrows to live in, all +of them in an open field between the +forest and the farmhouse. Sometimes +they lived in the first, sometimes in the +second, and sometimes in the third. One +night when their mother went out to +hunt, she smelled along the ground near +the burrow and then came back. "There +has been a man near here," she said, "and +I shall take you away."</p> + +<p>That excited the little Foxes very +much, and each wanted to be the first to +go, but she hushed them up, and said that +if they talked so loudly as that some man +might catch them before they moved, and +then—. She said nothing more, yet they +knew from the way she moved her tail +that it would be dreadful to have a man +catch them.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_133" id="Page_133">[Pg 133]</a></span></p> + +<p>While she was carrying them to another +burrow one at a time, those who +were left behind talked about men. "I +wish I knew why men are so dreadful," +said the first. "It must be because they +have very big mouths and sharp teeth."</p> + +<p>"I wonder what color their fur is," said +another.</p> + +<p>Now these young Foxes had seen nobody +but their mother. If she had not +told them that different animals wore +different colored furs, they would have +thought that everybody looked just like +her, with long reddish-yellow fur and that +on the hinder part of the back quite grizzled; +throat, belly, and the tip of the tail +white, and the outside of the ears black. +They were very sure, however, that no +other animal had such a wonderful tail as +she, with each of its long, reddish hairs +tipped with black and the beautiful brush +of pure white at the end. In fact, she had +told them so.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_134" id="Page_134">[Pg 134]</a></span></p> + +<p>The next time their mother came back, +the four children who were still there +cried out, "Please tell us, what color is a +man's fur?"</p> + +<p>She was a sensible and prudent Fox, +and knew it was much more important to +keep her children from being caught than +it was to answer all their questions at +once. Besides, she already had one child +in her mouth when they finished their +question, and she would not put him +down for the sake of talking. And that +also was right, you know, for one can +talk at any time, but the time to do work +is just when it needs to be done.</p> + +<p>After they were snugly settled in the +other burrow, she lay down to feed them, +and while they were drinking their milk +she told them about men. "Men," she +said, "are the most dreadful animals there +are. Other animals will not trouble you +unless they are hungry, but a man will +chase you even when his stomach is full.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_135" id="Page_135">[Pg 135]</a></span> +They have four legs, of course,—all animals +have,—but they use only two to walk +upon. Their front legs they use for carrying +things. We carry with our mouths, +yet the only thing I ever saw a man have +in his mouth was a short brown stick that +was afire at one end. I thought it very +silly, for he couldn't help breathing some +of the smoke, and he let the stick burn +up and then threw the fire away. However, +men are exceedingly silly animals."</p> + +<p>One of the little Red Foxes stopped +drinking long enough to say, "You didn't +tell us what color their fur is."</p> + +<p>"The only fur they have," said Mother +Fox, "is on their heads. They usually +have fur on the top and back parts of their +heads, and some of them have a little on +the lower part of their faces. They may +have black, red, brown, gray, or white fur. +It is never spotted."</p> + +<p>The children would have liked to ask +more questions, but Mother Fox had eaten<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_136" id="Page_136">[Pg 136]</a></span> +nothing since the night before, and was in +a hurry to begin her hunt.</p> + +<p>One could never tell all that happened +to the little Red Foxes. They moved +from burrow to burrow many times; they +learned to eat meat which their mother +brought them instead of drinking milk +from her body, they frolicked together +near the doorway of their home, and while +they did this their mother watched from +the edge of the forest, ready to warn them +if she saw men or dogs coming.</p> + +<p>She had chosen to dig her burrows in +the middle of a field, because then there +was no chance for men or Dogs to sneak +up to them unseen, as there would have +been in the forest, yet she feared that her +children would be playing so hard that +they might forget to watch. They slept +most of the day, and at night they were +always awake. When they were old +enough, they began to hunt for themselves. +Mother Fox gave them a great deal of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_137" id="Page_137">[Pg 137]</a></span> +good advice and then paid no more attention +to them. After that, she took her +naps on a sunny hillside, lying in a beautiful +soft reddish-yellow bunch, with her +bushy tail curled around to keep her feet +warm and shade her eyes from the light.</p> + +<p>The six brothers and sisters seldom saw +each other after this. Foxes succeed +better in life if they live alone, and of +course they wanted to succeed. The eldest +brother was the reckless one. His mother +had done her best by him, and still he was +reckless. He knew by heart all the rules +that she had taught him, but he did not +keep them. These were the rules:</p> + +<p>"Always run on hard, dry things when +you can. Soft, wet places take more scent +from your feet, and Dogs can follow your +trail better on them.</p> + +<p>"Never go into any place unless you +are sure you can get out.</p> + +<p>"Keep your tail dry. A Fox with a +wet tail cannot run well.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_138" id="Page_138">[Pg 138]</a></span></p> + +<p>"If Dogs are chasing you, jump on to a +rail fence and run along the top of it or +walk in a brook.</p> + +<p>"Always be willing to work for your +food. That which you find all ready and +waiting for you may be the bait of a trap.</p> + +<p>"Always walk when you are hunting. +The Fox who trots will pass by that which +he should find."</p> + +<p>For a while he said them over to himself +every night when he started out. +Then he began to skip a night once in a +while. Next he got to saying them only +when he had been frightened the day +before. After that he stopped saying +them altogether. "I am a full-grown Fox +now," he said to himself, "and such things +are only good for children. I guess I +know how to take care of myself."</p> + +<p>He often went toward the farmhouse +to hunt, sometimes for grapes, sometimes +for vegetables, and sometimes for heartier +food. Collie had chased him away, but<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_139" id="Page_139">[Pg 139]</a></span> +Collie was growing old and fat and had to +hang his tongue out when he ran, so the +Red Fox thought it only fun. He trotted +along in the moonlight, his light, slender +body seeming to almost float over the +ground, and his beautiful tail held straight +out behind. His short, slender legs were +strong and did not tire easily, and as long +as he could keep his tall dry he outran +Collie easily. Sometimes he would get +far ahead and sit down to wait for him. +Then he would call out saucy things to +the panting Dog, and only start on when +Collie's nose had almost touched him.</p> + +<p>"Fine evening!" he once said. "Hope +your nose works better than your legs +do."</p> + +<p>That was a mean thing to say, you +know, but Collie always keeps his temper +and only answered, "It's sweating finely, +thank you." He answered that way because +it is the sweat on a Dog's nose +which makes it possible for him to smell<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_140" id="Page_140">[Pg 140]</a></span> +and follow scents which dry-nosed people +do not even know about.</p> + +<p>Then the Fox gave a long, light leap, +and was off again, and Collie had to lie +down to breathe. "I think," said he, +"that I can tend Sheep better than I +can chase Foxes—and it is a good deal +easier." Still, Collie didn't like to be +beaten and he lay awake the rest of the +night thinking how he would enjoy catching +that Fox. Every little while he heard +the Red Fox barking off in the fields, +and it made him twitch his tail with +impatience.</p> + +<p>Now the Red Fox was walking carefully +toward the farmhouse and planning +to catch a Turkey. He had watched the +flocks of Turkeys all afternoon from his +sleeping-place on the hillside. Every +time he opened his eyes between naps he +had looked at them as they walked to and +fro in the fields, talking to each other in +their gentle, complaining voices and mov<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_141" id="Page_141">[Pg 141]</a></span>ing +their heads back and forth at every +step. If his stomach had not been so +full he would have tried to catch one +then. He made up his mind to try it that +night, and decided that he would rather +have the plump, light-colored one than +any of her darker sisters. He did not +even think of catching the old Gobbler, +for he was so big and strong and fierce-looking. +He had just begun to walk with +the Turkey mothers and children. During +the summer they had had nothing to +do with each other.</p> + +<p>When the Red Fox reached the farmyard, +he found them roosting on the low +branches of an apple-tree. A long board +had been placed against it to let the +Chickens walk up. Now the Chickens +were in the Hen-house, but the board was +still there. The Red Fox looked all +around. It was a starlight night. The +farmhouse was dark and quiet. Collie +was nowhere to be seen. Once he heard<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_142" id="Page_142">[Pg 142]</a></span> +a Horse stamp in his sleep. Then all +was still again.</p> + +<p>The Red Fox walked softly up the +slanting board. The Gobbler stirred. +The Red Fox stopped with one foot in +the air. When he thought him fast asleep +he went on. The Gobbler stirred again +and so did the others. The Red Fox +sprang for the plump, light-colored one. +She jumped also, and with the others flew +far up to the top of the barn. The Red +Fox ran down the board with five buff +tail-feathers in his mouth. He was much +out of patience with himself. "If I +hadn't stopped to pick for her," he said, +"I could have caught one of the others +easily enough."</p> + +<p>He sneaked around in the shadows to +see if the noise made by the turkeys had +awakened the farmer or Collie. The +farmhouse was still and dark. Collie was +not at home. "I will look at the Hen-house," +said the Red Fox.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_143" id="Page_143">[Pg 143]</a></span></p> + +<p>He walked slowly and carefully to the +Hen-house. The big door was closed and +bolted. He walked all around and into +the poultry yard. There was a small +opening through which the fowls could +pass in and out. The Red Fox managed +to crawl though, but it was not easy. It +squeezed his body and crushed his fur. +He had to push very hard with his hind +feet to get through at all. When he was +inside it took him some time to get his +breath. "That's the tightest place I +ever was in," said he softly, "but I always +could crawl through a very small +hole."</p> + +<p>He found the fowls all roosting too +high for him. Perhaps if the Hen-house +had been larger, he might have leaped +and caught one, but there was not room +for one of his finest springs. He went +to the nests and found many eggs there. +These he broke and ate. They ran down +in yellow streams from the corners of his<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_144" id="Page_144">[Pg 144]</a></span> +mouth and made his long fur very sticky. +You can just imagine how hard it would +be to eat raw eggs from the shell with +only your paws in which to hold them.</p> + +<p>One egg was light and slippery. He +bit hard to break that one, and when it +broke it was hollow. Not a drop of anything +to eat in it, and then it cut his lip a +little, too, so that he could not eat more +without its hurting. He jumped and +said something when he was cut. The +Shanghai Cock, who was awakened by the +noise, said that he exclaimed, "Brambles +and traps!" but it may not have been +anything so bad as that. We will hope +it was not.</p> + +<p>The Shanghai Cock awakened all the +other fowls. "Don't fly off your perch!" +he cried. "Stay where you are! <i>Stay where +where you are!</i> <span class="smcap">Stay where you are!</span>" +The other Cocks kept saying "Eru-u-u-u," +as they do when Hawks are near. The +Hens squawked and squawked and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_145" id="Page_145">[Pg 145]</a></span> +squawked, until they were out of breath. +When they got their breath they squawked +some more.</p> + +<p>The Red Fox knew that it was time for +him to go. The farmer would be sure to +hear the noise. He put his head out of +the hole through which he had come in, and +he pushed as hard as he could with his +hind feet and scrambled with his fore feet. +His fur was crushed worse than ever, and +he was squeezed so tightly that he could +hardly breathe. You see it had been all +he could do to get in through the hole, +and now he had nine eggs in his stomach +(excepting what had run down at the +corners of his mouth), and he was too +large to pass through.</p> + +<p>The fowls saw what was the matter, and +wanted to laugh. They thought it very +funny, and yet the sooner he could get +away the better they would like it. The +Red Fox had his head outside and saw a +light flash in the farmer's room. Then he<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_146" id="Page_146">[Pg 146]</a></span> +heard doors open, and the farmer came +toward the Hen-house with a lantern in +his hand. Collie came trotting around the +corner of the house. The Red Fox made +one last desperate struggle and then lay +still.</p> + +<p>When the farmer picked him up and +tied a rope around his neck, he had to pull +him backward into the Hen-house to do +it. The Red Fox was very quiet and +gentle, as people of his family always are +when caught. Collie pranced around on +two legs and barked as loudly as he could. +The fowls blinked their round yellow eyes +in the lantern light, and the farmer's man +ran out for an empty Chicken-coop into +which to put the Red Fox. Collie was +usually quite polite, but he had not forgotten +how rude the Red Fox had been +to him, and it was a fine chance to get +even.</p> + +<p>"Good evening!" he barked. "Oh, +good evening! I'm glad you came. Don't<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_147" id="Page_147">[Pg 147]</a></span> +think you must be going. Excuse me, +but your mouth worked better than your +legs, didn't it?"</p> + +<p>The Red Fox shut his eyes and pretended +not to hear. The dirt from the +floor of the Hen-house had stuck to his +egg-covered fur, and he looked very badly. +They put him in a Chicken-coop with a +board floor, so that he couldn't burrow +out, and he curled down in a little heap +and hid his face with his tail. Collie hung +around for a while and then went off to +sleep. After he was gone, the Red Fox +cleaned his fur. "I got caught this time," +he said, "but it won't happen again. Now +I must watch for a chance to get away. +It will surely come."</p> + +<p>It did come. But that is another story.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 262px;"> +<img src="images/tchap10.jpg" width="262" height="67" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_148" id="Page_148">[Pg 148]</a></span></p> +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 404px;"> +<img src="images/hchap02_11.jpg" width="404" height="102" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + +<h2>THE UNFORTUNATE FIREFLIES</h2> + + +<p>Several very large families of Fireflies +lived in the marsh and were +much admired by their friends who were +awake at night. Once in a while some +young Firefly who happened to awaken +during the day would go out and hover +over the heads of the daylight people. +He never had any attention paid to him +then, however, for during the day he +seemed like a very commonplace little +beetle and nobody even cared to look at +him a second time. The only remarkable +thing about him was the soft light that +shone from his body, and that could only +be seen at night.</p> + +<p>The older Fireflies told the younger<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_149" id="Page_149">[Pg 149]</a></span> +ones that they should get all the sleep +they could during the daytime if they +were to flutter and frisk all night. Most +of them did this, but two young Fireflies, +who cared more about seeing the world +than they did about minding their elders, +used to run away while the rest were +dreaming. Each thought herself very important, +and was sure that if the others +missed her they wouldn't sleep a wink all +day.</p> + +<p>One night they planned to go by daylight +to the farthest corner of the marsh. +They had heard a couple of young Muskrats +talking about it, and thought it might +be different from anything they had seen. +They went to bed when the rest did and +pretended to fall asleep. When she was +sure that the older Fireflies were dreaming, +one of them reached over with her +right hind leg and touched the other just +below the edge of her left wing-cover. +"Are you ready?" she whispered.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_150" id="Page_150">[Pg 150]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Yes," answered the friend, who happened +to be the smaller of the two.</p> + +<p>"Come on, then," said the larger one, +picking her way along on her six tiptoes. +It was already growing light, and they +could see where they stepped, but, you +know, it is hard to walk over rough places +on two tiptoes, so you can imagine what +it must be on six. There are some pleasant +things about having many legs. There +are also some hard things. It is a great +responsibility.</p> + +<p>When well away from their sleeping +relatives, they lifted their wing-covers, +spread their wings, and flew to the farthest +corner of the marsh. They were not +afraid of being punished if caught, for they +were orphans and had nobody to bring +them up. They were afraid that if the other +Fireflies awakened they would be called +"silly" or "foolish young bugs." They +thought that they were old enough to take +care of themselves, and did not want advice.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_151" id="Page_151">[Pg 151]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Oh, wouldn't they make a fuss if they +knew!" exclaimed the Larger Firefly.</p> + +<p>"They think we need to be told every +single thing," said the Smaller Firefly.</p> + +<p>"Guess we're old enough now to go +off by ourselves," said the Larger Firefly.</p> + +<p>"I guess so," answered the Smaller Firefly. +"I'm not afraid if it is light, and I can +see pretty near as well as I can at night."</p> + +<p>Just then a Flycatcher darted toward +them and they had to hide. He had +come so near that they could look down +his throat as he flew along with his beak +open. The Fireflies were so scared that +their feelers shook.</p> + +<p>"I wish that bird would mind his own +business," grumbled the Larger Firefly.</p> + +<p>"That's just what he was doing," said +a voice beside them, as a Garter Snake +drew himself through the grass. Then +their feelers shook again, for they knew +that snakes do not breakfast on grass and +berries.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_152" id="Page_152">[Pg 152]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Did you ever see such luck?" said the +Smaller Firefly. "If it isn't birds it is +snakes."</p> + +<p>"Perfectly dreadful!" answered the +other. "I never knew the marsh to be +so full of horrid people. Besides, my eyes +are bothering me and I can't see plainly."</p> + +<p>"So are mine," said the Smaller Firefly. +"Are you going to tell the other Fireflies +all about things to-night?"</p> + +<p>"I don't know that I will," said the +Larger Firefly. "I'll make them ask +me first."</p> + +<p>Then they reached the farther corner of +the marsh and crawled around to see what +they could find. Their eyes bothered +them so that they could not see unless +they were close to things, so it was useless +to fly. They peeped into the cool +dark corners under the skunk cabbage +leaves, and lay down to rest on a bed of +soft moss. A few stalks of last year's +teazles stood, stiff and brown, in the cor<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_153" id="Page_153">[Pg 153]</a></span>ner +of the fence. The Smaller Firefly +alighted on one and let go in such a +hurry that she fell to the ground. +"Ouch!" she cried. "It has sharp hooks +all over it."</p> + +<p>While they were lying on the moss +and resting, they noticed a queer plant +growing near. It had a flower of green +and dark red which was unlike any other +blossom they had ever seen. The leaves +were even queerer. Each was stiff and +hollow and grew right out of the ground +instead of coming from a stalk.</p> + +<p>"I'm going to crawl into one of them," +said the Larger Firefly. "There is something +sweet inside. I believe it will be +lots better than the skunk cabbage." She +balanced herself on the top of a fresh +green leaf.</p> + +<p>"I'm going into this one," said the +other Firefly, as she alighted on the edge +of a brown-tipped leaf. "It looks nice +and dark inside. We must tell about this<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_154" id="Page_154">[Pg 154]</a></span> +at the party to-night, even if they don't +ask us."</p> + +<p>Then they repeated together the little +verse that some of the pond people use +when they want to start together:</p> + +<div class="poem"><p> +"Tussock, mud, water, and log,<br /> +Muskrat, Snake, Turtle, and Frog,<br /> +Here we go into the bog!"<br /> +</p></div> + +<p>When they said "bog" each dropped +quickly into her own leaf.</p> + +<p>For a minute nobody made a sound. +Then there was a queer sputtering, choking +voice in the fresh green leaf and +exactly the same in the brown-tipped one. +After that a weak little voice in the green +leaf said, "Abuschougerh! I fell into +water."</p> + +<p>Another weak voice from the brown-tipped +one replied, "Gtschagust! So +did I."</p> + +<p>On the inside of each leaf were many +stiff hairs, all pointing downward. When +the Fireflies dropped in, they had brushed<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_155" id="Page_155">[Pg 155]</a></span> +easily past these hairs and thought it +rather pleasant. Now that they were +sputtering and choking inside, and wanted +to get out, these same hairs stuck into +their eyes and pushed against their legs +and made them exceedingly uncomfortable. +The water, too, had stood for some +time in the leaves and did not smell +good.</p> + +<p>Perhaps it would be just as well not to +tell all the things which those two Fireflies +said, for they were tired and out of +patience. After a while they gave up +trying to get out until they should be +rested. It was after sunset when they +tried the last time, and the light that +shone from their bellies brightened the +little green rooms where they were. +They rested and went at it carefully, instead +of in the angry, jerky way which +they had tried before. Slowly, one foot +at a time, they managed to climb out of +the doorway at the top. As they came<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_156" id="Page_156">[Pg 156]</a></span> +out, they heard the squeaky voice of a +young Mouse say, "Oh, where did those +bright things come from?"</p> + +<p>They also heard his mother answer, +"Those are only a couple of foolish Fireflies +who have been in the leaves of the +pitcher-plant all day."</p> + +<p>After they had eaten something they +flew toward home. They knew that it +would be late for the party, and they expected +to surprise and delight everybody +when they reached there. On the way +they spoke of this. "I'm dreadfully +tired," said one, "but I suppose we shall +have to dance in the air with the rest or +they will make a fuss."</p> + +<p>"Yes," said the other. "It spoils +everything if we are not there. And +we'll have to tell where we've been and +what we've done and whom we have +seen, when we would rather go to sleep +and make up what we lost during the +daytime."</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_157" id="Page_157">[Pg 157]</a></span></p> +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 487px;"> +<img src="images/chap11.jpg" width="487" height="780" alt="TWINKLING WITH HUNDREDS OF TINY LIGHTS." title="" /> +<span class="caption">TWINKLING WITH HUNDREDS OF TINY LIGHTS.</span> +<p style='text-align:right'><i>Page 157</i></p> +</div> + +<p>As they came near the middle of the +marsh they were surprised to see the +mild summer air twinkling with hundreds +of tiny lights as their friends and relatives +flew to and fro in the dusk. +"Well," said the Larger Firefly, "I +think they might have waited for us."</p> + +<p>"Humph!" said the Smaller Firefly. +"If they can't be more polite than that, +I won't play."</p> + +<p>"After we've had such a dreadfully +hard time, too," said the Larger Firefly. +"Got most eaten by a Flycatcher and +scared by a Garter Snake and shut up all +day in the pitcher-plant. I won't move +a wing to help on their old party."</p> + +<p>So two very tired and cross young +Fireflies sat on a last year's cat-tail and +sulked. People didn't notice them because +they were sitting and their bright +bellies didn't show. After a long time +an elderly Firefly came to rest on the cat-tail +and found them. "Good evening,"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_158" id="Page_158">[Pg 158]</a></span> +said he. "Have you danced until you +are tired?"</p> + +<p>They looked at each other, but before +either could speak one of their young +friends alighted beside them and said +the same thing. Then the Smaller Firefly +answered. "We have been away," +said she, "and we are not dancing to-night."</p> + +<p>"Going away, did you say?" asked +the elderly Firefly, who was rather deaf. +"I hope you will have a delightful time." +Then he bowed and flew off.</p> + +<p>"Don't stay long," added their young +friend. "We shall be so lonely without +you."</p> + +<p>After he also was gone, the two runaways +looked into each other's eyes. +"We were not even missed!" they cried. +"We had a bad time and nobody makes +any fuss. They were dancing without +us." Poor little Fireflies!</p> + +<p>They were much wiser after that, for<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_159" id="Page_159">[Pg 159]</a></span> +they had learned that two young Fireflies +were not so wonderfully important +after all. And that if they chose to do +things which it was never meant young +Fireflies should do, they would be likely +to have a very disagreeable time, but +that other Fireflies would go on eating +and dancing and living their own lives. +To be happy, they must keep the Firefly +laws.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 197px;"> +<img src="images/tchap11.jpg" width="197" height="126" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_160" id="Page_160">[Pg 160]</a></span></p> +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 398px;"> +<img src="images/hchap03_12.jpg" width="398" height="96" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + +<h2>THE KITTENS COME TO THE +FOREST</h2> + + +<p>One day the three big Kittens who +lived with their mother in the farmer's +barn had a dreadful quarrel. If their +mother had been with them, she would +probably have cuffed each with her fore +paw and scolded them soundly. She was +not with them because she had four little +new Kittens lying beside her in the hay-loft +over the stalls.</p> + +<p>You would think that the older Kittens +must have been very proud of their baby +brothers and sisters, yet they were not. +They might have done kind little things for +their mother, but they didn't. They just +hunted food for themselves and never +took a mouthful of it to her. And this<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_161" id="Page_161">[Pg 161]</a></span> +does not prove that they were bad Kittens. +It just shows that they were young +and thoughtless.</p> + +<p>The Brown Kitten, the one whose fur +was black and yellow mixed so finely as +to look brown, had climbed the barn stairs +to see them. When he reached their corner +he sat down and growled at them. +His mother said nothing at first, but when +he went so far as to switch his tail in a +threatening way, she left her new babies +and sprang at him and told him not to +show his whiskers upstairs again until he +could behave properly.</p> + +<p>His sisters, the Yellow Kitten and the +White Kitten, stayed downstairs. They +didn't dislike babies so much as their +brother. They just didn't care anything +about them. Cats never care much about +Kittens, you know, unless they are their +own, and big brothers always say that +they can't bear them.</p> + +<p>Now these three older Kittens were<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_162" id="Page_162">[Pg 162]</a></span> +perfectly able to care for themselves. It +was a long time since their mother +stopped feeding them, and they were +already excellent hunters. They had +practised crouching, crawling, and springing +before they left the hay-loft. Sometimes +they hunted wisps of hay that +moved when the wind blew in through +the open door. Sometimes they pounced +on each other, and sometimes they hunted +the Grasshoppers who got brought in +with the hay. It was when they were +doing this once that they were so badly +scared, but that is a story which has already +been told.</p> + +<p>There was no reason why they should +feel neglected or worry about getting +enough to eat. If one of them had poor +luck in hunting, all he had to do was +to hang around the barn when the Cows +were brought up, and go into the house +with the man when he carried the great +pails full of foamy milk. Then if the Kit<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_163" id="Page_163">[Pg 163]</a></span>tens +acted hungry, mewed very loudly, +and rubbed up lovingly against the farmer's +wife they were sure to get a good, +dishful of warm milk.</p> + +<p>You can see how unreasonable they +were. They had plenty to eat, and their +mother loved them just as much as ever, +but they felt hurt and sulked around in +corners, and answered each other quite +rudely, and would not run after a string +which the farmer's little girl dangled before +them. They were not cross all the +time, because they had been up the whole +night and had to sleep. They stopped +being cross when they fell asleep and began +again as soon as they awakened. The +Hens who were feeding around became +so used to it that as soon as they saw a +Kitten twist and squirm, and act like +awakening, they put their heads down +and ran away as fast as they could.</p> + +<p>They did not even keep themselves +clean. Oh, they licked themselves over<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_164" id="Page_164">[Pg 164]</a></span> +two or three times during the day, but +not thoroughly. The Yellow Kitten did +not once try to catch her tail and scrub +it, and actually wore an unwashed tail all +day. It didn't show very plainly because +it was yellow, but that made it no cleaner. +The White Kitten went around with her +fore paws looking really disgraceful. The +Brown Kitten scrubbed his ears in a sort +of half-hearted way, and paid no attention +to the place under his chin. When he +did his ears, he gave his paw one lick and +his ear one rub, and repeated this only +six times. Everybody knows that a truly +tidy Cat wets his paw with two licks, +cleans his ear with two rubs, and does +this over and over from twenty to forty +times before he begins on the other ear.</p> + +<p>Toward night they quarrelled over a +dishful of milk which the farmer's wife +gave them. There was plenty of room +for them all to put their heads into the +dish at once and lap until each had his<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_165" id="Page_165">[Pg 165]</a></span> +share. If it had not been for their whiskers, +there would have been no trouble. +These hit, and each told the others to +step back and wait. Nobody did, and +there was such a fuss that the farmer's +wife took the dish away and none of +them had any more. They began to +blame each other and talk so loudly that +the man drove them all away as fast as +they could scamper.</p> + +<p>Now that they were separated, each began +to grow more and more discontented. +The Brown Kitten had crawled under the +carriage house, and as soon as it was +really dark he stole off to the forest.</p> + +<p>"My mother has more Kittens," he +said, "and my sisters get my whiskers all +out of shape, and I'll go away and never +come back. I won't say good-by to them +either. I guess they'll feel badly then +and wish they'd been nicer to me! If +they ever find me and want me to come +back, I won't go. Not if they beg and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_166" id="Page_166">[Pg 166]</a></span> +beg! I'll just turn my tail toward them +and walk away."</p> + +<p>The Brown Kitten knew that Cats +sometimes went to live in the woods and +got along very well. He was not acquainted +with one who had done this; +his mother had told him and his sisters +stories of Cats who chose to live so. She +said that was one thing which showed +how much more clever they were than +Dogs. Dogs, you know, cannot live happily +away from men, although there may +be the best of hunting around them.</p> + +<p>"I will find a good hollow tree," said +he, "for my home, and I will sleep there +all day and hunt at night. I will eat so +much that I shall grow large and strong. +Then, when I go out to hunt, the forest +people will say, 'Sh! Here comes the +Brown Cat.'"</p> + +<p>As he thought this he was running +softly along the country road toward the +forest. Once in a while he stopped to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_167" id="Page_167">[Pg 167]</a></span> +listen, and stood with his head raised and +turned and one fore foot in the air. He +kept his ears pointed forward all the +time so as to hear better.</p> + +<p>When he passed the marsh he saw the +Fireflies dancing in the air. Sometimes +they flew so low that a Kitten might +catch them. He thought he would try, +so he crawled through the fence and toward +the place where they were dancing. +He passed two tired ones sitting on a leaf +and never saw them. That was because +their wings covered their sides so well +that no light shone past, and their bright +bellies were close to the leaf. He had +almost reached the dancers when he found +his paws getting wet and muddy. That +made him turn back at once, for mud was +something he couldn't stand. "I wish I +had something to eat," he said, as he took +a bite of catnip. "This is very good for +a relish, but not for a whole meal."</p> + +<p>He trotted on toward the forest,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_168" id="Page_168">[Pg 168]</a></span> +thinking about milk and Fireflies and several +other things, when he was stopped by +some great winged person flying down +toward him and then sweeping upward +and alighting on a branch. The Brown +Kitten drew back stiffly and said, +"Ha-a-ah!"</p> + +<p>"Who? Who? To who?" asked the +person on the branch.</p> + +<p>The Brown Kitten answered, "It is I." +But the question came again: "Who? +Who? To who?"</p> + +<p>That made the Brown Kitten remember +that, since his voice was not known +in the forest, nobody could tell anything +by his answer. This time he replied: "I +am the Brown Kitten, if you please, and +I have come to live in the forest."</p> + +<p>"Who? Who? To who?" was the +next question, and the Brown Kitten +thought he was asked to whose home he +was going.</p> + +<p>"I am not going to anybody," he said.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_169" id="Page_169">[Pg 169]</a></span> +"I just wanted to come, and left my old +home suddenly. I shall live alone and +have a good time. I didn't even tell my +mother."</p> + +<p>"Who? Who? To who?" said the +Great Horned Owl, for it was he.</p> + +<p>"My m-mother," said the Brown Kitten, +and then he ran away as fast as he +could. He had seen the Owl more +clearly as he spoke, and the Owl's face +reminded him a little of his mother and +made him want to see her. He ran so +fast that he almost bumped into the +Skunk, who was taking a dignified stroll +through the forest and sniffing at nearly +everything he saw. It was very lucky, +you know, that he did not quite run into +the Skunk, for Skunks do not like to +be run into, and, if he had done so, other +people would soon have been sniffing at +him.</p> + +<p>The Brown Kitten thought that the +Skunk might be related to him. They<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_170" id="Page_170">[Pg 170]</a></span> +were about the same size, and the Brown +Kitten had been told that his relatives +were not only different colors, but different +shapes. His mother had told of seeing +some Manx Kittens who had no tails +at all, and he thought that the Skunk's +elegant long-haired one needn't prevent +his being a Cat.</p> + +<p>"Good evening," said the Brown Kitten. +"Would you mind telling me if you +are a Cat."</p> + +<p>"Cat? No!" growled the Skunk. +"They sometimes call me a Wood-Kitty, +but they have no right to. I am a Skunk, +<i>Skunk</i>, <span class="smcap">Skunk</span>, and I am related to the +Weasles. Step out of my path."</p> + +<p>A family of young Raccoons in a tree +called down teasingly to him to come up, +but after he had started they told him to +go down, and then laughed at him because +he had to go tail first. He did +not know that forest climbers turn the +toes of their hind feet backward and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_171" id="Page_171">[Pg 171]</a></span> +scamper down head first. Still, it would +have made no difference if he had known, +for his toes wouldn't turn.</p> + +<p>He found something to eat now and +then, and he looked for a hollow tree. +He found only one, and that was a Bee +tree, so he couldn't use it. All around +him the most beautiful mushrooms were +pushing up from the ground. White, +yellow, orange, red, and brown they were, +and looked so plump and fair that he +wanted to bite them. He knew, however, +that some of them were very poisonous, +so he didn't even lick them with his +eager, rough little pink tongue. He was +just losing his Kitten teeth, and his +new Cat teeth were growing, and they +made him want to bite almost everything +he saw. One kind of mushroom, which +he thought the prettiest of all, grew only +on the trunks of fallen beech trees. It +was white, and had a great many little +branches, all very close together.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_172" id="Page_172">[Pg 172]</a></span></p> + +<p>Most of the plants which he saw were +sound asleep. Every plant has to sleep, +you know, and most of them take a long +nap at night. Some of them, like the +water-lilies, also sleep on cloudy days. +He was very fond of the clovers, but +they had their leaflets folded tight, and +only the mushrooms, the evening primroses, +and a few others were wide awake. +Everybody whom he met was a stranger, +and he began to feel very lonely. Cats +do not usually mind being alone. Indeed, +they rather like it; still, you can +see how hard it would be for a Kitten +who had always been loved and cared for +to find himself alone in a dark forest, +where great birds ask the same questions +over and over, and other people make +fun of him. You wouldn't like it yourself, +if you were a Kitten.</p> + +<p>At last, when he was prowling along +an old forest road and hoping to meet a +tender young Wood-Mouse, he saw a<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_173" id="Page_173">[Pg 173]</a></span> +couple of light-colored animals ahead of +him. They looked to him very much +like Kittens, but he remembered how the +Skunk had snubbed him when taken for +a Cat, and he kept still. He ran to overtake +them and see more clearly, and just +as he reached them they all came to a +turn in the road.</p> + +<p>Before he could speak or they could +notice that he was there, the wind roared +through the branches above, and just +ahead two terrible great eyes glared at +them out of an old log. They all stopped +with their back-fur bristling and their +tails arched stiffly. Not a sound did one +of them make. They lifted first one foot +and then another and backed slowly +and silently away. When they had gone +far enough, they turned quickly and ran +down the old road as fast as their +twelve feet could carry them. They +never stopped until they were in the +road for home and could look back in the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_174" id="Page_174">[Pg 174]</a></span> +starlight and be sure that nobody was +following them. Then they stared at +each other—the Yellow Kitten, the White +Kitten, and the Brown Kitten.</p> + +<p>"Did you run away to live in the forest?" +asked the sisters.</p> + +<p>"Did you?" asked the Brown Kitten.</p> + +<p>"You'll never tell?" said they.</p> + +<p>"Never!" said he.</p> + +<p>"Well then, we did run away, and met +each other just before you came. We +meant to live in the forest."</p> + +<p>"So did I," said he. "And I couldn't +find any hollow tree."</p> + +<p>"Did you meet that dreadful bird?" +said they,—"the one who never hears +your answers and keeps asking you over +and over?"</p> + +<p>"Yes," said he. "Don't you ever tell!"</p> + +<p>"Ha-ha!" screamed a laughing little +Screech-Owl, who had seen what had +happened in the old forest road and +flapped along noiselessly behind them.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_175" id="Page_175">[Pg 175]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Three big Kittens afraid of fox-fire! +O-ho! O-ho!"</p> + +<p>Now all of them had heard about fox-fire +and knew it was the light which +shines from some kinds of rotten wood in +the dark, but they held up their heads and +answered, "We're not afraid of fox-fire."</p> + +<p>"Ha-ha!" screamed the Screech-Owl +again. "Thought you saw big eyes glaring +at you. Only fox-fire. Dare you to +come back if you are not afraid."</p> + +<p>"We don't want to go back," answered +the Brown Kitten. "We haven't time."</p> + +<p>"Ha-ha!" screamed the Screech-Owl. +"Haven't time! Where are you going?"</p> + +<p>"Going home, of course," answered +the Brown Kitten. And then he whispered +to his sisters, "Let's!"</p> + +<p>"All right," said they, and they raced +down the road as fast as they could go. +To this day their mother does not know +that they ever ran away from home.</p> + +<p>But it was only fox-fire.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_176" id="Page_176">[Pg 176]</a></span></p> +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 412px;"> +<img src="images/hchap04_13.jpg" width="412" height="105" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + +<h2>THE INQUISITIVE WEASELS</h2> + + +<p>The Weasels were very unpopular with +most of the forest people, the pond +and meadow people did not like them, +and those who lived in the farmyard +couldn't bear them. Something went +wrong there every time that a Weasel +came to call. Once, you know, the Dorking +Hen was so frightened that she +broke her wonderful shiny egg, and there +were other times when even worse things +had happened. Usually there was a +Chicken or two missing after the Weasel +had gone.</p> + +<p>The Weasels were very fond of their +own family, however, and would tell their +best secrets to each other. That meant +almost as much with them as to share food,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_177" id="Page_177">[Pg 177]</a></span> +for they were very inquisitive and always +wanted to know all about everything. +They minded their own business, but they +minded everybody's else as well. If you +told a thing to one Weasel you might be +sure that before the night was over every +Weasel in the neighborhood would know +all about it. They told other people, too, +when they had a chance. They were +dreadful gossips. If they saw a person +do something the least unusual, they +thought about it and talked about it and +wondered what it meant, and decided that +it meant something very remarkable and +became very much excited. At such times, +they made many excuses to go calling, and +always managed to tell about what they +had seen, what they had heard, and what +they were perfectly certain it meant.</p> + +<p>They went everywhere, and could go +quietly and without being noticed. They +were small people, about as long as Rats, +but much more slender, and with such<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_178" id="Page_178">[Pg 178]</a></span> +short legs that their bodies seemed to +almost lie on the ground. All their fur +was brown, except that on their bellies and +the inside of their legs, which was pure +white. Sometimes the fur on their feet +matched their backs and sometimes it +matched their bellies. That was as might +happen. You can easily see how they +could steal along over the brown earth or +the dead leaves and grass without showing +plainly. In winter they turned white, and +then they did not show on the snow. The +very tip of their short tails stayed a pale +brown, but it was so tiny as hardly to be +noticed. Any Hawk in the air, who saw +just that bit of brown on the snow beneath +him, would be likely to think it a leaf or a +piece of bark and pay no more attention +to it.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<img src="images/chap13.jpg" width="400" height="640" alt="IN WINTER THEY TURNED WHITE." title="" /> +<span class="caption">IN WINTER THEY TURNED WHITE.</span> +<p style='text-align:right'><i>Page 178</i></p> +</div> + + +<p>The Weasel mothers were very careful +of their children and very brave. It made +no difference how great the danger might +be, they would stay by their babies and +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_179" id="Page_179">[Pg 179]</a></span> +fight for them. And such workers as they +were! It made no difference to them +whether it was day or night, they would +burrow or hunt just the same. When they +were tired they slept, and when they +awakened they began at once to do +something.</p> + +<p>Several families lived in the high bank +by the edge of the forest, just where the +ground slopes down to the marsh. They +had lived there year after year, and had +kept on adding to their burrows. There +was only one doorway to each burrow and +that was usually hidden by some leaves or +a stone. They were hardly as large as +Chipmunk's holes and easily hidden. "It +is a good thing to have a fine, large home," +said the Weasels, "but we build for comfort, +not for show."</p> + +<p>All the Weasel burrows began alike, +with a straight, narrow hall. Then more +halls branched off from this, and every little +way there would be a room in which to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_180" id="Page_180">[Pg 180]</a></span> +turn around or rest. In some of these +they stored food; in others they had nothing +but bones and things which were left +from their meals. Each burrow had one +fine, large room, bigger than an Ovenbird's +nest, with a soft bed of leaves and fur. +Some of the rooms were so near the top +of the ground that a Weasel could dig his +way up in a few minutes if he needed +another door. They were the loveliest +sort of places for playing hide-and-seek, +and that is a favorite Weasel game, only +every Weasel wants to seek instead of +hiding. There was never a bit of loose +earth around these homes, and that is the +one secret which Weasels will not tell out +of the family—they never tell what they +do with the earth they dig out. It just +disappears.</p> + +<p>Weasels like to hunt in parties. They +say there is no fun in doing anything unless +you have somebody with whom to +talk it over. One night four of them<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_181" id="Page_181">[Pg 181]</a></span> +went out together as soon as it was +dark. They were young fellows and had +planned to go to the farmer's Hen-house +for the first time. They started to go +there, but of course they wanted to see +everything by the way. They would run +straight ahead for a little while, then +turn off to one side, as Ants do, poking +into a Chipmunk's hole or climbing a tree +to find a bird's nest, eating whatever +food they found, and talking softly about +everything.</p> + +<p>"It is disgraceful the way that Chipmunk +keeps house," said one of them, as +he came back from going through a burrow +under a tree. "Half-eaten food +dropped right on the floor of the burrow +in the most careless way. It was only a +nut. If it had been anything I cared for, +I would have eaten it myself."</p> + +<p>Then they gossiped about Chipmunks, +and said that, although they always looked +trim and neat, there was no telling what<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_182" id="Page_182">[Pg 182]</a></span> +sort of housekeepers they were; and that +it really seemed as though they would do +better to stay at home more and run +about the forest less. The Chipmunk +heard all this from the tree where he had +hidden himself, and would have liked to +speak right out and tell them what he +thought of callers who entered one's +home without knocking and sneaked +around to see how things were kept. He +knew better than to do so, however. He +knew that when four hungry Weasels +were out hunting their supper, it was an +excellent time to keep still. He was +right. And there are many times when +it is better for angry people to keep still, +even if they are not afraid of being +eaten.</p> + +<p>After they had gone he came down. +"It was lucky for me," he said, "that I +awakened hungry and ate a lunch. If I +hadn't been awake to run away there's +no telling where I would be now. There<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_183" id="Page_183">[Pg 183]</a></span> +are some things worse than having people +think you a poor housekeeper."</p> + +<p>Just as the Chipmunk was finishing his +lunch, one of the Weasels whispered to +the others to stop. "There is somebody +coming," said he. "Let's wait and see +what he is doing."</p> + +<p>It was the Black-tailed Skunk, who +came along slowly, sniffing here and there, +and once in a while stopping to eat a few +mouthfuls.</p> + +<p>"Doesn't it seem to you that he acts +very queerly?" said one of the Weasels +to the rest.</p> + +<p>"Very," replied another. "And he +doesn't look quite as usual. I don't +know that I ever saw him carry his tail in +just that way."</p> + +<p>"I'd like to know where he is going," +said another. "I guess he doesn't think +anybody will see him."</p> + +<p>"Let's follow him," said the fourth +Weasel, who had not spoken before.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_184" id="Page_184">[Pg 184]</a></span></p> + +<p>While he was near them they hid behind +a hemlock log out of which many +tiny hemlocks were growing. Once in a +while they peeped between the soft +fringy leaves of these to see what he was +doing. They were much excited. "He +is putting his nose down to the ground," +one would say. "It must be that he has +found something."</p> + +<p>Then another would poke his little +head up through the hemlocks and look +at the Skunk. "He couldn't have found +anything after all," he would say. "I +can't hear him eating."</p> + +<p>"It is very strange," the rest would +murmur.</p> + +<p>Now it just happened that the Black-tailed +Skunk had scented the Weasels +and knew that they were near. He had +also heard the rustling behind the hemlock +log. He knew what gossips Weasels +are, and he guessed that they were +watching him, so he decided to give them<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_185" id="Page_185">[Pg 185]</a></span> +something to think about. He knew that +they would often fight people larger than +themselves, but he was not afraid of anybody. +He did not care to fight them +either, for if he got near enough to really +enjoy it they would be likely to bite him +badly, and when a Weasel has set his +teeth into anybody it is not easy to make +him let go. "I rather think," said he to +himself, "that there will be four very tired +young Weasels sleeping in their burrows +to-morrow."</p> + +<p>"He's walking away," whispered one +of the Weasels. "Where do you suppose +he is going?"</p> + +<p>"We'll have to find out," said the +others, as they crept quietly out of their +hiding-places.</p> + +<p>The Skunk went exactly where he +wanted to. Whenever he found food he +ate it. The Weasels who followed after +found nothing left for them. They became +very hungry, but if one of them<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_186" id="Page_186">[Pg 186]</a></span> +began to think of going off for a lunch, the +Skunk was certain to do something queer. +Sometimes he would lie down and laugh. +Then the Weasels would peep at him from +a hiding-place and whisper together.</p> + +<p>"What do you suppose makes him +laugh?" they would ask. "It must be +that he is thinking of something wonderful +which he is going to do. We must +not lose sight of him."</p> + +<p>Once he met the Spotted Skunk, his +brother, and they whispered together for +a few minutes. Then the Spotted Skunk +laughed, and as he passed on, the Black-tailed +Skunk called back to him: "Be +sure not to tell any one. I do not want it +known what I am doing."</p> + +<p>Then the four young Weasels nudged +each other and said, "There! We knew +it all the time!"</p> + +<p>After that, nobody spoke about being +hungry. All they cared for was the following +of the Black-tailed Skunk. Once,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_187" id="Page_187">[Pg 187]</a></span> +when they were in the marsh, they were +so afraid of being seen that they slipped +into the ditch and swam for a way. They +were good swimmers and didn't much +mind, but it just shows how they followed +the Skunk. Once he led them over to +the farm and they remembered their plan +of going to the Hen-house. They were +very, very hungry, and each looked at +the others to see what they thought about +letting the Skunk go and stopping for +a hearty supper. Still, nobody spoke of +doing so. One Weasel whispered: "Now +we shall surely see what he is about. He +ought to know that he cannot do wrong +or mischievous things without being found +out. And since we discover it ourselves, +we shall certainly feel free to speak of +it."</p> + +<p>Collie, the watch-dog, was sleeping +lightly, and came rushing around the +corner of the house to see what strangers +were there, but when he saw who they<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_188" id="Page_188">[Pg 188]</a></span> +were, he dropped his tail and walked +away. He was old enough to know many +things, and he knew too much to fight +either a Skunk or a Weasel. Every one +lets Skunks alone, and it is well to let +Weasels alone also, for although they are +so small they bite badly.</p> + +<p>Now the Black-tailed Skunk turned to +the forest and walked toward his hole. +The Screech-Owl passed them flying +homeward, and several times Bats darted +over their heads. When they went by +the Bats' cave they could tell by the +sound that ten or twelve were inside +hanging themselves up for the day. A +dim light showed in the eastern sky, and +the day birds were stirring and beginning +to preen their feathers.</p> + +<p>"What do you think it means?" whispered +the Weasels. "He seems to be +going home. Do you suppose he has +changed his mind?"</p> + +<p>When he reached his hole the Black-<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_189" id="Page_189">[Pg 189]</a></span>tailed +Skunk stopped and looked around. +The Weasels hid themselves under some +fallen leaves. "I bid you good-morning," +said the Skunk, looking toward the place +where they were. "I hope you are not +<i>too</i> tired. This walk has been very easy +for me, but I fear it was rather long for +Weasels. Besides, I have found plenty +to eat and have chosen smooth paths for +myself. Good-morning! I have enjoyed +your company!"</p> + +<p>When even the tip of his tail was hidden +in the hole, the Weasels crawled from +under the leaves and looked at each other.</p> + +<p>"We believe he knew all the time that +we were following him," they said. "He +acted queerly just to fool us. The +wretch!"</p> + +<p>Yet after all, you see, he had done only +what he did every night, and it was because +they were watching and talking +about him that they thought him going +on some strange errand.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_190" id="Page_190">[Pg 190]</a></span></p> +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<img src="images/hchap05_14_15.jpg" width="400" height="102" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + +<h2>THE THRIFTY DEER MOUSE</h2> + + +<p>When the days grew short and chilly, +and bleak winds blew out of the +great blue-gray cloud banks in the west, +many of the forest people went to sleep +for the winter. And not only they, but +over in the meadow the Tree Frog and +the Garter Snake had already crawled +out of sight and were dreaming sweetly. +The song birds had long before this +started south, and the banks of the pond +and its bottom of comfortable soft mud +held many sleepers. Under the water +the Frogs had snuggled down in groups +out of sight. Some of the Turtles were +there also, and some were in the bank.</p> + +<p>The Ground Hogs had grown stupid +and dozy before the last leaves fluttered<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_191" id="Page_191">[Pg 191]</a></span> +to the ground, and had been the first of +the fur-bearers to go to bed for the +winter. There were so many interesting +things to see and do in the late fall days +that they tried exceedingly hard to keep +awake.</p> + +<p>A Weasel was telling a Ground Hog +something one day—and it was a very +interesting piece of gossip, only it was +rather unkind, and so might better not +be told here—when he saw the Ground +Hog winking very slow and sleepy winks +and letting his head droop lower and +lower. Once he asked him if he understood. +The Ground Hog jumped and +opened his eyes very wide indeed, and +said: "Oh, yes, yes! Perfectly! Oh-ah-ah-ah-ah-ah." +His yawn didn't look so +big as it sounds, because his mouth was +so small.</p> + +<p>He tried to act politely interested, but +just as the Weasel reached the most +exciting part of his story, the Ground<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_192" id="Page_192">[Pg 192]</a></span> +Hog rolled over sound asleep. The next +day he said "good-by" to his friends, +wished them a happy winter, and said he +might see some of them before spring, +as he should come out once to make the +weather. "I only hope I shall awaken +in time," he said, "but I am fat enough +to sleep until the violets are up."</p> + +<p>He had to be fat, you know, to last +him through the cold weather without +eating. He was so stout that he could +hardly waddle, his big, loose-skinned +body dragged when he walked, and +was even shakier than ever. He really +couldn't hurry by jumping and he was +so short of breath that he could barely +whistle when he went into his hole.</p> + +<p>The Raccoons went after the Ground +Hog and the Skunks were later still. +They never slept so very long, and said +they didn't really need to at all, and +wouldn't except that they had nothing +to do and it made housekeeping easier.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_193" id="Page_193">[Pg 193]</a></span> +It saved so much not to have to go out +to their meals in the coldest weather.</p> + +<p>When the large people were safely out +of the way, the smaller ones had their +best times. The Muskrats were awake, +but they had their big houses to eat and +were not likely to trouble Mice and +Squirrels. There was not much to fear +except Owls and Weasels. The Ground +Hogs had once tried to get the Great +Horned Owl to go south when the +Cranes did, and he had laughed in their +faces. "To-whoo!" said he. "Not I! +I'm not afraid of cold weather. You +don't know how warm feathers are. I +never wear anything else. Furs are all +right, but they are not feathers."</p> + +<p>He and his relatives sat all day in their +holes, and seldom flew out except at +night. Sometimes, when the day was +not too bright, they made short trips out +for luncheon. It was very unfortunate +for any Mouse to be near at those times.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_194" id="Page_194">[Pg 194]</a></span></p> + +<p>Now the snow had fallen and the beautiful +still cold days had come. The +Weasels' fur had changed from brown to +white, as it does in cold countries in +winter. The Chipmunks had taken their +last scamper until early spring, and were +living, each alone, in their comfortable +burrows. They were most independent +and thrifty. No one ever heard of a +Chipmunk lacking food unless some robber +had carried off his nuts and corn. +The Mice think that it must be very +dull for a Chipmunk to stay by himself +all winter, since he does not sleep steadily. +The Chipmunks do not find it so. One +of them said: "Dull? I never find it dull. +When I am awake, I eat or clean my fur +or think. If I had any one staying with +me he might rouse me when I want to +sleep, or pick the nut that I want for +myself, or talk when I am thinking. No, +thank you, I will go calling when I want +company."</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_195" id="Page_195">[Pg 195]</a></span></p> +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 432px;"> +<img src="images/chap14.jpg" width="432" height="640" alt="THE MICE MAKE WINTER THEIR PLAYTIME." title="" /> +<span class="caption">THE MICE MAKE WINTER THEIR PLAYTIME.</span> +<p style='text-align:right'><i>Page 195</i></p> +</div> + + +<p>The Mice make winter their playtime. +Then the last summer's babies are all +grown up and able to look out for themselves, +and the fathers and mother's have +a chance to rest. The Meadow Mice +come together in big parties and build +groups of snug winter homes under the +snow of the meadow, with many tiny +covered walks leading from one to another. +Their food is all around them—grass +roots and brown seeds—and there +is so much of it that they never quarrel +to see who shall have this root and who +shall have that. They sleep during the +daytime and awaken to eat and visit and +have a good time at night.</p> + +<p>Sometimes they are awakened in the +daytime, as they were when the Grouse +broke through the snow near them. That +was an accident, and the Grouse felt very +sorry about it. They had snuggled down +in a cozy family party near by, and were +just starting out for a stroll one morning<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_196" id="Page_196">[Pg 196]</a></span> +when the eldest son stumbled and fell +and crushed through the snow into the +little settlement of Meadow Mice.</p> + +<p>The young Grouse was much ashamed +of his awkwardness. "I am so sorry," +he said. "I'm not used to my snow-shoes +yet. This is the first winter I have +worn them."</p> + +<p>"That is all right," said the Oldest +Mouse politely. "It must be hard to +manage them at first. We hope you will +have better luck after this." Then they +bowed to each other and the Grouse +walked off to join his brothers and sisters, +lifting his feet with their newly grown +feather snow-shoes very high at every +step. The Meadow Mice went to work +to make their homes neat again, yet they +never looked really right until that snow +had melted and more had fallen. One +might think that the Meadow Mice and +the Grouse would care less for each +other after that, but it was not so. It<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_197" id="Page_197">[Pg 197]</a></span> +never is so if people who make trouble +are quick to say that they are sorry, and +those who were hurt will keep patient +and forgiving.</p> + +<p>It was only the night after this happened +that one of the Deer Mice had a +great fright. His home was in a Bee +tree in the forest. The Bees and he had +always been the best of friends, and now +that they were keeping close to their +honeycomb all winter, the Deer Mouse +had taken a small room in the same tree. +It helped to keep him warm when he +slept close to the Bees, for there was +always some heat coming from their +bodies. Once in a while, too, he took +a nibble of honey, and they did not mind.</p> + +<p>The Deer Mouse did not keep much +of his own winter food where he lived. +He had a few beechnuts near by, and +when the weather was very stormy indeed +he ate some of these. There was +room for many more in the storeroom<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_198" id="Page_198">[Pg 198]</a></span> +(another hole in the Bee tree), but he +liked to keep food in many places. "It +is wiser," said he. "Supposing I had +them all here and this tree should be +blown down, and it should fall in such +a way that I couldn't reach the hole. +What would I do then?"</p> + +<p>He was talking to a Rabbit when he +said this. The Rabbit never stored up +food himself, yet he sometimes told other +people how he thought it should be done. +He was sure it would be better to have +all the nuts in one place as the Chipmunks +did. And now that the Deer +Mouse had given his reasons, he was just +as sure as ever. "The Bee tree is not +very likely to blow down in that way," +said he. "There is not much danger."</p> + +<p>"Not much, but some," answered the +Deer Mouse. "Hollow trees fall more +quickly than solid ones. You may store +your food where you please and I'll take +care of mine."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_199" id="Page_199">[Pg 199]</a></span></p> + +<p>The Deer Mouse spoke very decidedly, +although he was perfectly polite. His +beautiful brown eyes looked squarely at +the Rabbit, and you could tell by the position +of his slender long tail that he was +much in earnest. The Rabbit went home.</p> + +<p>The Deer Mouse put away hundreds +and hundreds of beechnuts. These he +took carefully out of their shells and laid +in nicely lined holes in tree-trunks. He +used leaves for lining these places. Besides +keeping food in the trees, he hid +little piles of nuts under stones and logs, +and tucked seeds into chinks of fences +or tiny pockets in the ground. He had +worked in the wheatfield after the grain +was cut, picking up and carrying away the +stray kernels which had fallen from the +sheaves. He never counted the places +where food was stored, but he was happy +in thinking about them. When he lay +down to sleep in the morning he always +knew where the next night's meals were<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_200" id="Page_200">[Pg 200]</a></span> +coming from. There was not a thriftier, +happier person in the forest. He was gentle, +good-natured, and exceedingly businesslike. +He was also very handsome, +with large ears and white belly and feet.</p> + +<p>The night after his cousins, the Meadow +Mice, had been so frightened by the +Grouse, this Deer Mouse started out for +a good time. He called on the Meadow +Mice, ate a chestnut which he dug up in +the edge of the forest, scampered up a +fence-post and tasted of his hidden wheat +to be sure that it was keeping well, and +then went to the tree where most of his +beechnuts were stored. He was not +quite certain that he wanted to eat one, +but he wished to be sure that they were +all right before he went on. He had +been invited to a party by some other +Deer Mice, and so, you see, it wouldn't +do for him to spoil his appetite. They +would be sure to have refreshments at +the party.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_201" id="Page_201">[Pg 201]</a></span></p> + +<p>"I suppose they are all right," said he, +as he started to run up the tree; "still it +is just as well to be sure."</p> + +<p>"My whiskers!" he exclaimed, when +he reached the hole. "If that isn't just +like a Red Squirrel!"</p> + +<p>The opening into the tree had been +barely large enough for him to squeeze +through, and now he could pass in without +crushing his fur. Around the edge of it +were many marks of sharp teeth. Somebody +had wanted to get in and had not +found the doorway large enough. The +Deer Mouse went inside and sat on his +beechnuts. Then he thought and thought +and thought. He knew very well that it +was a Red Squirrel, for the Red Squirrels +are not so thrifty as most of the nut-eaters. +They make a great fuss about +gathering food in the fall, and frisk and +chatter and scold if anybody else comes +where they are busy. For all that, the +Chipmunks and the Deer Mice work<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_202" id="Page_202">[Pg 202]</a></span> +much harder than they. It is not always +the person who makes the greatest fuss, +you know, who does the most.</p> + +<p>A Red Squirrel is usually out of food +long before spring comes, and after that +he takes whatever he can lay his paws on. +Sometimes the Chipmunks tell them that +they should be ashamed of themselves and +work harder. Then the Red Squirrels sigh +and answer, "Oh, that is all very well for +you to say, still you must remember that +we have not such cheek pouches as you."</p> + +<p>The Deer Mouse thought of these +things. "Cheek pouches!" cried he. "I +have no cheek pouches, but I lay up my +own food. It is only an excuse when +they say that. I don't think much of +people who make excuses."</p> + +<p>He passed through the doorway several +times to see just how big it was. He +found it was not yet large enough for a +Red Squirrel. Then he scampered over +the snow to a friend's home. "I'm not<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_203" id="Page_203">[Pg 203]</a></span> +going to the party," said he. "I have +some work to do."</p> + +<p>"Work?" said the friend. "Work? +In winter?" But before he had finished +speaking his caller had gone.</p> + +<p>All night long the Deer Mouse carried +beechnuts from the old hiding-place to a +new one. He wore quite a path in the +snow between one tree and the other. +His feet were tiny, but there were four +of them, and his long tail dragged after +him. It was not far that he had to go. +The new place was one which he had +looked at before. It was in a maple tree, +and had a long and very narrow opening +leading to the storeroom. It was having +to go so far into the tree that had kept +the Deer Mouse from using it before. Now +he liked it all the better for having this.</p> + +<p>"If that Red Squirrel ever gnaws his +way in here," he said, "he won't have any +teeth left for eating."</p> + +<p>When the sun rose, the Deer Mouse<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_204" id="Page_204">[Pg 204]</a></span> +went to sleep in the maple tree. The Red +Squirrel came and gnawed at the opening +into his old storeroom. If he had gnawed +all day he would surely have gotten in. +As it was, he had to spend much time +hunting for food. He found some frozen +apples still hanging in the orchard, and +bit away at them until he reached the +seeds inside. He found one large acorn, +but it was old and tasted musty. He +also squabbled with another Red Squirrel +and chased him nearly to the farmyard. +Then Collie heard them and chased him +most of the way back.</p> + +<p>When night came and he ran off to +sleep in his hollow tree, he had made the +hole almost, but not quite, large enough. +He could smell the beechnuts inside, and +it made him hungry to think how good +they would taste. "I will get up early +to-morrow morning and come here," he +said. "I can gnaw my way in before +breakfast, and then!"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_205" id="Page_205">[Pg 205]</a></span></p> + +<p>He went off in fine leaps to his home +and was soon sound asleep. In summer +he often frolicked around half of the +night, but now it was cold, and when the +sun went down he liked to get home +quickly and wrap up warmly in his tail. +The Red Squirrel was hardly out of sight +when the Deer Mouse came along his +path in the snow and up to his old storeroom. +His dainty white feet shook a little +as he climbed, and he hardly dared +look in for fear of finding the hole empty. +You can guess how happy he was to find +everything safe.</p> + +<p>All night long he worked, and when +morning came it was a very tired little +Deer Mouse who carried his last beechnut +over the trodden path to its safe new +resting place. He was tired but he was +happy.</p> + +<p>There was just one other thing that he +wanted to do. He wanted to see that Red +Squirrel when he found the beechnuts<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_206" id="Page_206">[Pg 206]</a></span> +gone. He waited near by for him to +come. It was a beautiful, still winter +morning when the hoar-frost clung to all +the branches, and the shadows which fell +upon the snow looked fairly blue, it was +so cold. The Deer Mouse crouched +down upon his dainty feet to keep them +warm, and wrapped his tail carefully +around to help.</p> + +<p>Along came the Red Squirrel, dashing +finely and not noticing the Deer Mouse +at all. A few leaps brought him to the +tree, a quick run took him to the hole, +and then he began to gnaw. The Deer +Mouse was growing sleepy and decided +not to wait longer. He ran along +near the Red Squirrel. "Oh, good-morning!" +said he. "Beautiful day! I see +you are getting that hole ready to use. +Hope you will like it. I liked it very +well for a while, but I began to fear it +wasn't safe."</p> + +<p>"Wh-what do you mean?" asked the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_207" id="Page_207">[Pg 207]</a></span> +Red Squirrel sternly. He had seen the +Deer Mouse's eyes twinkle and he was +afraid of a joke.</p> + +<p>"Oh," answered the Deer Mouse with a +careless whisk of his tail, "I had some +beechnuts there until I moved them."</p> + +<p>"You had!" exclaimed the Red Squirrel. +He did not gnaw any after that. +He suddenly became very friendly. "You +couldn't tell me where to find food, I suppose," +said he. "I'd eat almost anything."</p> + +<p>The Deer Mouse thought for a minute. +"I believe," said he, "that you will +find plenty in the farmer's barn, but you +must look out for the Dog."</p> + +<p>"Thank you," said the Red Squirrel. +"I will go."</p> + +<p>"There!" said the Deer Mouse after +he had whisked out of sight. "He has +gone to steal from the farmer. Still, +men have so very much that they ought +to share with Squirrels."</p> + +<p>And that, you know, is true.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_208" id="Page_208">[Pg 208]</a></span></p> +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<img src="images/hchap05_14_15.jpg" width="400" height="102" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + +<h2>THE HUMMING-BIRD AND THE +HAWK-MOTH</h2> + + +<p>The Hawk-Moths are acquainted with +nearly everybody and are great society +people. They are invited to companies +given by the daylight set, and also +to parties given at night by those who +sleep during the day. This is not because +the Hawk-Moths are always awake. +Oh dear, no! There is nobody in pond, +forest, meadow, marsh, or even in houses, +who can be well and strong and happy +without plenty of sleep.</p> + +<p>The Hawk-Moths were awake more or +less during the day, but it was not until +the sun was low in the western sky that +they were busiest. When every tree had +a shadow two or three times as long as<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_209" id="Page_209">[Pg 209]</a></span> +the tree itself, then one heard the whir-r-r +of wings and the Hawk-Moths darted +past. They staid up long after the daylight +people went to bed. The Catbird, +who sang from the tip of the topmost +maple tree branch long after most of +his bird friends were asleep, said that +when he tucked his head under his wing +the Hawk-Moths were still flying. In +that way, of course, they became acquainted +with the people of the night-time.</p> + +<p>There was one fine large Hawk-Moth +who used to be a Tomato Worm when +he was young, although he really fed as +much upon potato vines as upon tomato +plants. He was handsome from the tip +of his long, slender sucking-tongue to the +tip of his trim, gray body. His wings +were pointed and light gray in color, with +four blackish lines across the hind ones. +His body was also gray, and over it and +his wings were many dainty markings of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_210" id="Page_210">[Pg 210]</a></span> +black or very dark gray. On the back +part of it he had ten square yellow spots +edged with black. There were also twenty +tiny white spots there, but he did not +care so much for them. He always felt +badly to think that his yellow spots +showed so little. That couldn't be helped, +of course, and he should have been thankful +to have them at all.</p> + +<p>Another thing which troubled him was +the fact that he couldn't see his own yellow +spots. He would have given a great deal +to do so. He could see the yellow spots +of other Hawk-Moths who had been Tomato +Worms when he was, but that was +not like seeing his own. He had tried +and tried, and it always ended in the +same way—his eyes were tired and his +back ached. His body was so much +stouter and stiffer than that of his butterfly +cousins that he could not bend it +easily.</p> + +<p>When he got to thinking about his<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_211" id="Page_211">[Pg 211]</a></span> +yellow spots he often flew away to the +farmer's potato-fields, where the young +Tomato Worms were feeding. He +would fly around them and cry out: +"Look at my yellow spots. Are they +not fine?" Then he would dart away +to the vegetable-garden and balance himself +in the air over the tomato plants. +The humming of his wings would make +the Tomato Worms there look up, and +he would say: "If you are good little +Worms and eat a great deal, you may +some day become fine Moths like me and +have ten yellow spots apiece."</p> + +<p>Sometimes he even went down to the +corner where the farmer had tobacco +plants growing, and showed his yellow +spots to the Tomato Worms there. He +never went anywhere else, for these +worms do not care for other things to +eat. Everywhere that he went the Tomato +Worms exclaimed: "Oh! Oh! +What beautiful yellow spots! What<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_212" id="Page_212">[Pg 212]</a></span> +wonderful yellow spots!" When he flew +away they would not eat for a while, but +rested on their fat pro-legs, raised the +front part of their bodies in the air, folded +their six little real legs under their chins, +and thought and thought and thought. +They always sat in that position when they +were thinking, and they had a great many +cousins who did the same thing. It was +a habit which ran in the family.</p> + +<p>When other people saw them sitting in +this way, with their real legs crossed under +their chins, they always cried: "Look +at the Sphinxes!" although not one of +them knew what a Sphinx really was. +And that was just one of their habits. +This was why the Hawk-Moths were +sometimes called Sphinx-Moths.</p> + +<p>It was not kind in the Hawk-Moth to +come and make the Tomato Worms discontented. +If he had stayed away, they +would have thought it the loveliest thing +in the world to be fat green Tomato<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_213" id="Page_213">[Pg 213]</a></span> +Worms with two sorts of legs and each +with a horn standing up on the hind end +of his body. That is not the usual place +for horns, still it does very well, and these +horns are worn only for looks. They are +never used for poking or stinging.</p> + +<p>Before the Hawk-Moth came to visit +them, the Tomato Worms had thought +it would be quiet, and restful, and pleasant +to lie all winter in their shining brown +pupa-cases in the ground, waiting for the +spring to finish turning them into Moths. +Now they were so impatient to get their +yellow spots that they could hardly bear +the idea of waiting. They did not even care +about the long, slender tongue-case which +every Tomato-Worm has on his pupa-case, +and which looks like a handle to it.</p> + +<p>One day the Tomato Worms told the +Ruby-throated Humming-Bird about all +this. The Humming-Bird was a very +sensible fellow, and would no doubt have +been a hard-working husband and father<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_214" id="Page_214">[Pg 214]</a></span> +if his wife had not been so independent. +He had been a most devoted lover, and +helped build a charming nest of fern-wool +and plant-down, and cover it with beautiful +gray-green lichens. When done it +was about as large as half of a hen's egg, +and a morning-glory blossom would have +more than covered it. The lichens were +just the color of the branch on which it +rested, and one could hardly see where it +was. That is the nicest thing to be said +about a nest. If a bird ever asks you +what you think of his nest, and you wish +to say something particularly agreeable, +you must stare at the tree and ask: +"Where is it?" Then, when he has +shown it to you, you may speak of the +soft lining, or the fine weaving, or the +stout way in which it is fastened to +the branches.</p> + +<p>After this nest was finished and the +two tiny white eggs laid in it, Mrs. Humming-Bird +cared for nothing else. She<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_215" id="Page_215">[Pg 215]</a></span> +would not go honey-hunting with her +husband, or play in the air with him +as she used to do. He tried to coax her +by darting down toward her as she sat +covering her eggs, and by squeaking the +sweetest things he could think of into +her ear, but she acted as though she +cared more for the eggs than for him, +and did not even squeak sweet things +back. So, of course, he went away, and +let her hatch and bring up her children +as she chose. It was certainly her fault +that he left her. She might not have +been able to leave the eggs, but she could +have squeaked.</p> + +<p>Now that the Ruby-throated Humming-Bird +had no home cares, he made many +calls on his friends. They were very +short calls, for he would seldom sit down, +yet he heard and told much news while +he balanced himself in the air with his +tiny feet curled up and his wings moving +so fast that one could not see them.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_216" id="Page_216">[Pg 216]</a></span></p> + +<p>When the Tomato Worms told him +how they felt about the Hawk-Moth's +yellow spots, he became very indignant. +"Those poor young worms!" he said +to himself. "It is a shame, and something +must be done about it."</p> + +<p>The more he thought, the angrier he +became, and his feathers fairly stood on +end. He hardly knew what he was +doing, and ran his long, slender bill into +the same flowers several times, although +he had taken all the honey from them at +first.</p> + +<p>That night, when the sun had set and +the silvery moon was peeping above a +violet-colored cloud in the eastern sky, +the Ruby-throated Humming-Bird sat on +the tip of a spruce-tree branch and waited +for the Hawk-Moth.</p> + +<p>"I hope nobody else will hear me talking," +said he. "It would sound so silly +if I were overheard." He sat very still, +his tiny feet clutching the branch tightly.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_217" id="Page_217">[Pg 217]</a></span> +It was late twilight now and really time +that he should go to sleep, but he had +decided that if he could possibly keep +awake he would teach the Hawk-Moth +a lesson.</p> + +<p>"I wish he would hurry," said he. "I +can hardly keep my eyes open." He did +not yawn because he had not the right +kind of mouth for it. You know a yawn +ought to be nearly round. His beak +would have made one a great, great many +times higher than it was wide, and that +would have been exceedingly unbecoming +to him.</p> + +<p>Yellow evening primroses grew near +the spruce-tree, and the tall stalks were +opening their flowers for the night. +Above the seed-pods and below the buds +on each stalk two, three, or four blossoms +were slowly unfolding. The Ruby-throated +Humming-Bird did not often +stay up long enough to see this, and he +watched the four smooth yellow petals<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_218" id="Page_218">[Pg 218]</a></span> +of one untwist themselves until they +were free to spring wide open. He had +watched five blossoms when he heard the +Hawk-Moth coming. Then he darted +toward the primroses and balanced himself +daintily before one while he sucked +honey from it.</p> + +<p>Whir-r-r-r! The Hawk-Moth was +there. "Good evening," said he. "Rather +late for you, isn't it?"</p> + +<p>"It is a little," answered the Humming-Bird. +"Growing a bit chilly, too, +isn't it? I should think you'd be cold +without feathers. Mine are such a comfort. +Feel as good as they look, and that +is saying a great deal."</p> + +<p>The Hawk-Moth balanced himself before +another primrose and seemed to care +more about sucking honey up his long +tongue-tube than he did about talking.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<img src="images/chap15.jpg" width="400" height="640" alt="THE HUMMING-BIRD AND THE HAWK-MOTH." title="" /> +<span class="caption">THE HUMMING-BIRD AND THE HAWK-MOTH.</span> +<p style='text-align:right'><i>Page 218</i></p> +</div> + +<p>"I think it is a great thing to have a +touch of bright color, too," said the Humming-Bird. +"The beautiful red spot on +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_219" id="Page_219">[Pg 219]</a></span> +my throat looks particularly warm and +becoming when the weather is cool. You +ought to have something of the sort."</p> + +<p>"I have yellow spots—ten of them," +answered the Hawk-Moth sulkily.</p> + +<p>"You have?" exclaimed the Humming-Bird +in the most surprised way. +"Oh yes! I think I do remember something +about them. It is a pity they don't +show more. Mrs. Humming-Bird never +wears bright colors. She says it would +not do. People would see her on her +nest if she did. Excepting the red spot, +she is dressed like me—white breast, +green back and head, and black wings +and tail. Green is another good color. +You should wear some green."</p> + +<p>The Hawk-Moth murmured that he +didn't see any particular use in wearing +green.</p> + +<p>"Oh," said the Humming-Bird, "it +is just the thing to wear—neat, never +looks dusty" (here the Hawk-Moth drew<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_220" id="Page_220">[Pg 220]</a></span> +back, for his own wings, you know, were +almost dust color), "and matches the +leaves perfectly."</p> + +<p>The Hawk-Moth said something about +having to go and thinking that the primrose +honey was not so good as usual.</p> + +<p>"I thought it excellent," said the +Humming-Bird. "Perhaps you do not +get it so easily as I. Ah yes, you use a +tongue-tube. What different ways different +people do have. Now I like honey, +but I could not live many days on that +alone. What I care most for is the tiny +insects that I find eating it. And you +cannot eat meat. What a pity! I must +say that you seem to make the best of it, +though, and do fairly well. Oh, must +you go? Well, good night."</p> + +<p>The Hawk-Moth flew away feeling +very much disgusted. He had always +thought himself the most beautiful person +in the neighborhood. He rather +thought so still. Yet it troubled him to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_221" id="Page_221">[Pg 221]</a></span> +know that others did not think so, and +he began to remember how many times +he had heard people admire the Ruby-throated +Humming-Bird. He never liked +him after that. But neither did he brag.</p> + +<p>The young Tomato Worms soon forgot +what the Hawk-Moth had said to +them, and became happy and contented +once more. The Ruby-throated Humming-Bird +never cared to talk about it, +yet he was once heard to say that he +would rather offend the Hawk-Moth and +even make him a little unhappy than to +have him bothering the poor little Tomato +Worms all the time.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 203px;"> +<img src="images/tchap02_04_15.jpg" width="203" height="104" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of Project Gutenberg's Among the Night People, by Clara Dillingham Pierson + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK AMONG THE NIGHT PEOPLE *** + +***** This file should be named 35014-h.htm or 35014-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/3/5/0/1/35014/ + +Produced by Heather Clark and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was +produced from images generously made available by The +Internet Archive) + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + +</pre> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/35014-h/images/chap01.jpg b/35014-h/images/chap01.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..64b1e27 --- /dev/null +++ b/35014-h/images/chap01.jpg diff --git a/35014-h/images/chap03.jpg b/35014-h/images/chap03.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..28dea3c --- /dev/null +++ b/35014-h/images/chap03.jpg diff --git a/35014-h/images/chap06.jpg b/35014-h/images/chap06.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b9516c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/35014-h/images/chap06.jpg diff --git a/35014-h/images/chap08.jpg b/35014-h/images/chap08.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e4cb02a --- /dev/null +++ b/35014-h/images/chap08.jpg diff --git a/35014-h/images/chap09.jpg b/35014-h/images/chap09.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5bf7636 --- /dev/null +++ b/35014-h/images/chap09.jpg diff --git a/35014-h/images/chap11.jpg b/35014-h/images/chap11.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..626db10 --- /dev/null +++ b/35014-h/images/chap11.jpg diff --git a/35014-h/images/chap13.jpg b/35014-h/images/chap13.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..252b803 --- /dev/null +++ b/35014-h/images/chap13.jpg diff --git a/35014-h/images/chap14.jpg b/35014-h/images/chap14.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3aaad12 --- /dev/null +++ b/35014-h/images/chap14.jpg diff --git a/35014-h/images/chap15.jpg b/35014-h/images/chap15.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..fad5ad6 --- /dev/null +++ b/35014-h/images/chap15.jpg diff --git a/35014-h/images/frontispiece.jpg b/35014-h/images/frontispiece.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b180f53 --- /dev/null +++ b/35014-h/images/frontispiece.jpg diff --git a/35014-h/images/hchap01_10.jpg b/35014-h/images/hchap01_10.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3d0f82c --- /dev/null +++ b/35014-h/images/hchap01_10.jpg diff --git a/35014-h/images/hchap02_11.jpg b/35014-h/images/hchap02_11.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e225ecb --- /dev/null +++ b/35014-h/images/hchap02_11.jpg diff --git a/35014-h/images/hchap03_12.jpg b/35014-h/images/hchap03_12.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2aa8d9a --- /dev/null +++ b/35014-h/images/hchap03_12.jpg diff --git a/35014-h/images/hchap04_13.jpg b/35014-h/images/hchap04_13.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b95c35e --- /dev/null +++ b/35014-h/images/hchap04_13.jpg diff --git a/35014-h/images/hchap05_14_15.jpg b/35014-h/images/hchap05_14_15.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3dd450a --- /dev/null +++ b/35014-h/images/hchap05_14_15.jpg diff --git a/35014-h/images/hchap06.jpg b/35014-h/images/hchap06.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a254c74 --- /dev/null +++ b/35014-h/images/hchap06.jpg diff --git a/35014-h/images/hchap07.jpg b/35014-h/images/hchap07.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d0a575e --- /dev/null +++ b/35014-h/images/hchap07.jpg diff --git a/35014-h/images/hchap08.jpg b/35014-h/images/hchap08.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5a39b8e --- /dev/null +++ b/35014-h/images/hchap08.jpg diff --git a/35014-h/images/hchap09.jpg b/35014-h/images/hchap09.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..477b515 --- /dev/null +++ b/35014-h/images/hchap09.jpg diff --git a/35014-h/images/hillustrations.jpg b/35014-h/images/hillustrations.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..dbcae54 --- /dev/null +++ b/35014-h/images/hillustrations.jpg diff --git a/35014-h/images/logo.jpg b/35014-h/images/logo.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..bf54c68 --- /dev/null +++ b/35014-h/images/logo.jpg diff --git a/35014-h/images/tchap01.jpg b/35014-h/images/tchap01.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..816f8c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/35014-h/images/tchap01.jpg diff --git a/35014-h/images/tchap02_04_15.jpg b/35014-h/images/tchap02_04_15.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9cb29c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/35014-h/images/tchap02_04_15.jpg diff --git a/35014-h/images/tchap05.jpg b/35014-h/images/tchap05.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..254e1a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/35014-h/images/tchap05.jpg diff --git a/35014-h/images/tchap07.jpg b/35014-h/images/tchap07.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..acb4833 --- /dev/null +++ b/35014-h/images/tchap07.jpg diff --git a/35014-h/images/tchap08.jpg b/35014-h/images/tchap08.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5ff9c3a --- /dev/null +++ b/35014-h/images/tchap08.jpg diff --git a/35014-h/images/tchap09.jpg b/35014-h/images/tchap09.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..75db7bc --- /dev/null +++ b/35014-h/images/tchap09.jpg diff --git a/35014-h/images/tchap10.jpg b/35014-h/images/tchap10.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6737219 --- /dev/null +++ b/35014-h/images/tchap10.jpg diff --git a/35014-h/images/tchap11.jpg b/35014-h/images/tchap11.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c294347 --- /dev/null +++ b/35014-h/images/tchap11.jpg diff --git a/35014.txt b/35014.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7e19d7d --- /dev/null +++ b/35014.txt @@ -0,0 +1,4105 @@ +Project Gutenberg's Among the Night People, by Clara Dillingham Pierson + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Among the Night People + +Author: Clara Dillingham Pierson + +Illustrator: F. C. Gordon + +Release Date: January 20, 2011 [EBook #35014] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK AMONG THE NIGHT PEOPLE *** + + + + +Produced by Heather Clark and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was +produced from images generously made available by The +Internet Archive) + + + + + + + + + + [Illustration: _Frontispiece_ COLLIE CHASED HIM AWAY _Page 138_] + + + + + AMONG THE NIGHT PEOPLE + + BY + CLARA DILLINGHAM PIERSON + Author of "Among the Meadow People," "Pond People," etc. + + Illustrated by F. C. GORDON + + [Illustration] + + NEW YORK + E. P. DUTTON AND COMPANY + 31 WEST TWENTY-THIRD STREET + + + + COPYRIGHT, 1902 + by + E. P. DUTTON & CO. + + + The Knickerbocker Press, New York + + + + +TO + +RACHEL W. PIERSON + +THIS BOOK IS AFFECTIONATELY DEDICATED + + + + +[Illustration] + +CONTENTS + + + PAGE + THE BLACK SPANISH CHICKENS 1 + THE WIGGLERS BECOME MOSQUITOES 15 + THE NAUGHTY RACCOON CHILDREN 30 + THE TIMID LITTLE GROUND HOG 43 + THE YOUNG RACCOONS GO TO A PARTY 55 + THE SKUNKS AND THE OVEN-BIRD'S NEST 68 + THE LAZY CUT-WORMS 82 + THE NIGHT-MOTH'S PARTY 94 + THE LONELY OLD BACHELOR MUSKRAT 110 + THE GREEDY RED FOX 131 + THE UNFORTUNATE FIREFLIES 148 + THE KITTENS COME TO THE FOREST 160 + THE INQUISITIVE WEASELS 176 + THE THRIFTY DEER-MOUSE 190 + THE HUMMING-BIRD AND THE HAWK-MOTH 208 + + + + +[Illustration] + +ILLUSTRATIONS + + + PAGE + THEY WERE FREE TO GO WHERE THEY CHOSE 6 + KNOCKED HIS BROTHER DOWN 40 + HE STARTED OFF FOR A NIGHT'S RAMBLE 72 + THEY LIVED IN THE FOREST AFTER THAT 109 + THE MARSH SEEMED SO EMPTY AND LONELY 127 + COLLIE CHASED HIM AWAY _Frontispiece_ 138 + TWINKLING WITH HUNDREDS OF TINY LIGHTS 157 + IN WINTER THEY TURNED WHITE 178 + THE MICE MAKE WINTER THEIR PLAYTIME 195 + THE HUMMING-BIRD AND THE HAWK-MOTH 218 + + + + +[Illustration] + + +MY DEAR LITTLE FRIENDS:--You can never guess how much I have enjoyed +writing these stories of the night-time, and I must tell you how I first +came to think of doing so. I once knew a girl--and she was not a very +little girl, either,--who was afraid of the dark. And I have known three +boys who were as brave as could be by daylight, but who would not run on +an errand alone after the lamps were lighted. They never seemed to think +what a beautiful, restful, growing time the night is for plants and +animals, and even for themselves. I thought that if they knew more of +what happens between sunset and sunrise they would love the night as +well as I. + +It may be that you will never see Bats flying freely, or find the Owls +flapping silently among the trees without touching even a twig. Perhaps +while these things are happening you must be snugly tucked in bed. But +that is no reason why you should not be told what they do while you are +dreaming. Before this, you know, I have told you more of what is done by +daylight in meadow, forest, farmyard, and pond. It would be a very queer +world if we could not know about things without seeing them for +ourselves, and you may like to think, when you are going to sleep, that +hundreds and thousands of tiny out-of-door people are turning, and +stretching, and going to find their food. In the morning, when you are +dressing in your sunshiny rooms, they are cuddling down for a good day's +rest. + +I think I ought to tell you that I have not been alone when writing +these stories. I have often been in the meadow and the forest at night, +and have seen and heard many interesting things, but my good Cat, +Silvertip, has known far more than I of the night-doings of the +out-of-door people. He has been beside me at my desk, and although at +times he has shut his eyes and taken Cat-naps while I wrote, there have +been many other times when he has taken the pen right out of my hand. He +has even tried running the typewriter with his dainty white paws, and he +has gone over every story I have written. I do not say that he has +written any himself, but you can see that he has been very careful what +I wrote, and I have learned a great deal from him that I never knew +before. He is a very good and clever Cat, and if you like these stories +I am sure it must be partly because he had a paw in the writing of them. + + Your friend, + CLARA D. PIERSON. + + STANTON, MICHIGAN, + April 15th, 1901. + + + + +[Illustration] + +THE BLACK SPANISH CHICKENS + + +When the Speckled Hen wanted to sit there was no use in trying to talk +her out of the idea, for she was a very set Hen. So, after the farmer's +wife had worked and worked, and barred her out of first one +nesting-place and then another, she gave up to the Speckled Hen and +fixed her a fine nest and put thirteen eggs into it. They were Black +Spanish eggs, but the Speckled Hen did not know that. The Hens that had +laid them could not bear to sit, so, unless some other Hen did the work +which they left undone, there would have been no Black Spanish Chickens. +This is always their way, and people have grown used to it. Now nobody +thinks of asking a Black Spanish Hen to sit, although it does not seem +right that a Hen should be unwilling to bring up chickens. Supposing +nobody had been willing to bring her up? + +Still, the Black Spanish Hens talk very reasonably about it. "We will +lay plenty of eggs," they say, "but some of the common Hens must hatch +them." They do their share of the farmyard work, only they insist on +choosing what that share shall be. + +When the Speckled Hen came off the nest with eleven Black Chickens (two +of the eggs did not hatch), she was not altogether happy. "I wanted them +to be speckled," said she, "and not one of the whole brood is." That was +why she grew so restless and discontented in her coop, although it was +roomy and clean and she had plenty given her to eat and drink. She was +quite happy only when they were safely under her wings at night. And +such a time as they always had getting settled! + +When the sunbeams came more and more slantingly through the trees, the +Chickens felt less and less like running around. Their tiny legs were +tired and they liked to cuddle down on the grass in the shadow of the +coop. Then the Speckled Hen often clucked to them to come in and rest, +but they liked it better in the open air. The Speckled Hen would also +have liked to be out of the coop, yet the farmer kept her in. He knew +what was best for Hens with little Chickens, and also what was best for +the tender young lettuce and radishes in his garden. + +When the sun was nearly down, the Speckled Hen clucked her come-to-bed +cluck, which was quite different from her food cluck or her Hawk cluck, +and the little Black Chickens ran between the bars and crawled under her +feathers. Then the Speckled Hen began to look fatter and fatter and +fatter for each Chicken who nestled beneath her. Sometimes one little +fellow would scramble up on to her back and stand there, while she +turned her head from side to side, looking at him with first one and +then the other of her round yellow eyes, and scolding him all the time. +It never did any good to scold, but she said she had to do something, +and with ten other children under her wings it would never do for her to +stand up and tumble him off. + +All the time that they were getting settled for the night the Chickens +were talking in sleepy little cheeps, and now and then one of them would +poke his head out between the feathers and tell the Speckled Hen that +somebody was pushing him. Then she would be more puzzled than ever and +cluck louder still. Sometimes, too, the Chickens would run out for +another mouthful of cornmeal mush or a few more drops of water. There +was one little fellow who always wanted something to drink just when he +should have been going to sleep. The Speckled Hen used to say that it +took longer for a mouthful of water to run down his throat than it would +for her to drink the whole panful. Of course it did take quite a while, +because he couldn't hurry it by swallowing. He had to drink, as all +birds do, by filling his beak with water and then holding it up until +the last drop had trickled down into his stomach. + +When the whole eleven were at last safely tucked away for the night, the +Speckled Hen was tired but happy. "They are good children," she often +said to herself, "if they are Black Spanish. They might be just as +mischievous if they were speckled; still, I do wish that those +stylish-looking, white-eared Black Spanish Hens would raise their own +broods. I don't like to be hatch-mother to other Hens' chickens." Then +she would slide her eyelids over her eyes, and doze off, and dream that +they were all speckled like herself. + +There came a day when the coop was raised and they were free to go where +they chose. There was a fence around the vegetable garden now and +netting around the flower-beds, but there were other lovely places for +scratching up food, for nipping off tender young green things, for +picking up the fine gravel which every Chicken needs, and for wallowing +in the dust. Then the Black Spanish Chickens became acquainted with the +other fowls whom they had never met before. They were rather afraid of +the Shanghai Cock because he had such a gruff way of speaking, and they +liked the Dorkings, yet the ones they watched and admired and talked +most about were the Black Spanish Cock and Hen. There were many fowls on +the farm who did not have family names, and the Speckled Hen was one of +these. They had been there longer than the rest and did not really like +having new people come to live in the poultry-yard. It was trying, too, +when the older Hens had to hatch the eggs laid by the newcomers. + + [Illustration: THEY WERE FREE TO GO WHERE THEY CHOSE. _Page 6_] + +It is said that this was what made the Speckled Hen leave the eleven +little Black Spanish Chickens after she had been out of the coop for a +while. They had been very mischievous and disobedient one day, and she +walked off and left them to care for themselves while she started to +raise a family of her own in a stolen nest under the straw-stack. + +When night came, eleven little Black Spanish Chickens did not know what +to do. They went to look for their old coop, but that had been given to +another Hen and her family. They walked around looking very small and +lonely, and wished they had minded the Speckled Hen and made her love +them more. At last they found an old potato-crate which reminded them of +a coop and so seemed rather homelike. It stood, top down, upon the +ground and they were too big to crawl through its barred sides, so they +did the best they could and huddled together on top of it. If there had +not been a stone-heap near, they could not have done that, for their +wing-feathers were not yet large enough to help them flutter. The +bravest Chicken went first, picking his way from stone to stone until he +reached the highest one, balancing himself awhile on that, stretching +his neck toward the potato-crate, looking at it as though he were about +to jump, and then seeming to change his mind and decide not do so after +all. + +The Chickens on the ground said he was afraid, and he said he wasn't any +more afraid than they were. Then, after a while, he did jump, a queer, +floppy, squawky kind of jump, but it landed him where he wanted to be. +After that it was his turn to laugh at the others while they stood +teetering uncertainly on the top stone. They were very lonely without +the Speckled Hen, and each Chicken wanted to be in the middle of the +group so that he could have others to keep him warm on all sides. + +Somebody laughed at the most mischievous Chicken and told him he could +stand on the potato-crate's back without being scolded, and he pouted +his bill and said: "Much fun that would be! All I cared about standing +on the Speckled Hen's back was to make her scold." It is very shocking +that he should say such things, but he did say exactly that. + +They slept safely that night, and only awakened when the Cocks crowed a +little while after midnight. After that they slept until sunrise, and +when the Shanghais and Dorkings came down from the apple-tree where +they had been roosting, the Black Spanish Chickens stirred and cheeped, +and looked at their feathers to see how much they had grown during the +night. Then they pushed and squabbled for their breakfast. + +Every night they came back to sleep on the potato-crate. At last they +were able to spring up into their places without standing on the +stone-pile, and that was a great day. They talked about it long after +they should have been asleep, and were still chattering when the +Shanghai Cock spoke: "If you Black Spanish Chickens don't keep still and +let us sleep," said he, "some Owl or Weasel will come for you, and I +shall be glad to have him!" + +That scared the Chickens and they were very quiet. It made the Black +Spanish Hen uneasy though, and she whispered to the Black Spanish Cock +and wouldn't let him sleep until he had promised to fight anybody who +might try to carry one of the Chickens away from the potato-crate. + +The next night first one Chicken and then another kept tumbling off the +potato-crate. They lost their patience and said such things as these to +each other: + +"You pushed me! You know you did!" + +"Well, he pushed me!" + +"Didn't either!" + +"Did too!" + +"Well, I couldn't help it if I did!" + +The Shanghai Cock became exceedingly cross because they made so much +noise, and even the Black Spanish Cock lost his patience. "You may be my +children," said he, "but you do not take your manners from me. Is there +no other place on this farm where you can sleep excepting that old +crate?" + +"We want to sleep here," answered the Chicken on the ground. "There is +plenty of room if those fellows wouldn't push." Then he flew up and +clung and pushed until some other Chicken tumbled off. + +"Well!" said the Black Spanish Cock. And he would have said much more if +the Black Spanish Hen had not fluttered down from the apple-tree to see +what was the matter. When he saw the expression of her eyes he decided +to go back to his perch. + +"There is not room for you all," said the Black Spanish Hen. "One must +sleep somewhere else." + +"There _is_ room," said the Chickens, contradicting her. "We have always +roosted on here." + +"There is _not_ room," said the Black Spanish Hen once more. "How do +your feathers grow?" + +"Finely," said they. + +"And your feet?" + +"They are getting very big," was the answer. + +"Do you think the Speckled Hen could cover you all with her wings if she +were to try it now?" + +The Chickens looked at each other and laughed. They thought it would +take three Speckled Hens to cover them. + +"But she used to," said the Black Spanish Hen. She did not say anything +more. She just looked at the potato-crate and at them and at the +potato-crate again. Then she walked off. + +After a while one of the Chickens said: "I guess perhaps there isn't +room for us all there." + +The mischievous one said: "If you little Chickens want to roost there +you may. I am too large for that sort of thing." Then he walked up the +slanting board to the apple-tree branch and perched there beside the +young Shanghais. You should have seen how beautifully he did it. His +toes hooked themselves around the branch as though he had always perched +there, and he tucked his head under his wing with quite an air. Before +long his brothers and sisters came also, and heard him saying to one of +his new neighbors, "Oh, yes, I much prefer apple-trees, but when I was a +Chicken I used to sleep on a potato-crate." + +"Just listen to him!" whispered the Black Spanish Cock. "And he hasn't a +tail-feather worth mentioning!" + +"Never mind," answered the Black Spanish Hen. "Let them play that they +are grown up if they want to. They will be soon enough." She sighed as +she put her head under her wing and settled down for the night. It made +her feel old to see her children roosting in a tree. + +[Illustration] + + + + +[Illustration] + +THE WIGGLERS BECOME MOSQUITOES + + +It was a bright moonlight night when the oldest Wigglers in the +rain-barrel made up their mind to leave the water. They had always been +restless and discontented children, but it was not altogether their +fault. How could one expect any insect with such a name to float +quietly? When the Mosquito Mothers laid their long and slender eggs in +the rain-barrel, they had fastened them together in boat-shaped masses, +and there they had floated until the Wigglers were strong enough to +break through the lower ends of the eggs into the water. It had been +only a few days before they were ready to do this. + +Then there had been a few more days and nights when the tiny Wigglers +hung head downward in the water, and all one could see by looking across +the barrel was the tips of their breathing tubes. Sometimes, if they +were frightened, a young Wiggler would forget and get head uppermost for +a minute, but he was always ashamed to have this happen, and made all +sorts of excuses for himself when it did. Well-bred little Wigglers +tried to always have their heads down, and Mosquitoes who stopped to +visit with them and give good advice told them such things as these: +"The Wiggler who keeps his head up may never have wings," and, "Up with +your tails and down with your eyes, if you would be mannerly, healthy, +and wise." + +When they were very young they kept their heads way down and breathed +through a tube that ran out near the tail-end of their bodies. This tube +had a cluster of tiny wing-like things on the very tip, which kept it +floating on the top of the water. They had no work to do, so they just +ate food which they found in the water, and wiggled, and played tag, and +whenever they were at all frightened they dived to the bottom and stayed +there until they were out of breath. That was never very long. + +There were many things to frighten them. Sometimes a stray Horse stopped +by the barrel to drink, sometimes a Robin perched on the edge for a few +mouthfuls of water, and once in a while a Dragon-Fly came over to visit +from the neighboring pond. It was not always the biggest visitor who +scared them the worst. The Horses tried not to touch the Wigglers, while +a Robin was only too glad if he happened to get one into his bill with +the water. The Dragon-Flies were the worst, for they were the hungriest, +and they were so much smaller that sometimes the Wigglers didn't see +them coming. Sometimes, too, when they thought that a Dragon-Fly was +going the other way, some of them stayed near the top of the water, only +to find when it was too late that a Dragon-Fly can go backward or +sidewise without turning around. + +When they were a few days old the Wigglers began to change their skins. +This they did by wiggling out of their old ones and wearing the new ones +which had been growing underneath. This made them feel exceedingly +important, and some of them became disgracefully vain. One Wiggler would +not dive until he was sure a certain Robin had seen his new suit. It was +because of that vanity he never lived to be a Mosquito. + +After they had changed their skins a few times, they had two +breathing-tubes apiece instead of one, and these two grew out near their +heads. And their heads were much larger. At the tail-end of his body +each Wiggler now had two leaf-like things with which he swam through +the water. Because they used different breathing-tubes, those Wigglers +who had moulted or cast their skins several times now floated in the +water with their heads just below the surface and their tails down. When +a Wiggler is old enough for this, he is called a Pupa, or half-grown +one. + +There are often young Mosquito children of all ages in the same +barrel--eggs, Wigglers, and Pupae all together. There is plenty of room +and plenty of food, but because they have no work to do there is much +time for quarrelling and talking about each other. + +This year the Oldest Brother had put on so many airs that nobody liked +it at all, and several of the Wigglers had been heard to say that they +couldn't bear the sight of him. He had such a way of saying, "When I was +a young Wiggler and had to keep my head down," or repeating, "Up with +your tails and down with your eyes, if you would be mannerly, healthy, +and wise." One little Wiggler crossed his feelers at him, and they say +that it is just as bad to do that as to make faces. Besides, it is so +much easier--if you have the feelers to cross. + +Now the Oldest Brother and those of his brothers and sisters who had +hatched from the same egg-mass were talking of leaving the rain-barrel +forever. It was a bright moonlight night and they longed to get their +wings uncovered and dried, for then they would be full-grown Mosquitoes, +resting most of the day and having glorious times at night. + +The Oldest Brother was jerking himself through the water as fast as he +could, giving his jointed body sudden bends, first this way and then +that, and when he met anyone nearly his own age he said, "Come with me +and cast your skin. It is a fine evening for moulting." + +Sometimes they answered, "All right," and jerked or wiggled or swam +along with him, and sometimes a Pupa would answer, "I'm afraid I'm not +old enough to slip out of my skin easily." + +Then the Oldest Brother would reply, "Don't stop for that. You'll be +older by the time we begin." That was true, of course, and all members +of Mosquito families grow old very fast. So it happened that when the +moon peeped over the farmhouse, showing her bright face between the two +chimneys, twenty-three Pupae were floating close to each other and making +ready to change their skins for the last time. + +It was very exciting. All the young Wigglers hung around to see what was +going on, and pushed each other aside to get the best places. The Oldest +Brother was much afraid that somebody else would begin to moult before +he was ready, and all the brothers were telling their sisters to be +careful to split their skins in the right place down the back, and the +sisters were telling them that they knew just as much about moulting as +their brothers did. Every little while the Oldest Brother would say, +"Now wait! Don't one of you fellows split his old skin until I say so." + +Then two or three of his brothers would become impatient, because their +outer skins were growing tighter every minute, and would say, "Why not?" +and would grumble because they had to wait. The truth was that the +Oldest Brother could not get his skin to crack, although he jerked and +wiggled and took very deep breaths. And he didn't want any one else to +get ahead of him. At last it did begin to open, and he had just told the +others to commence moulting, when a Mosquito Mother stopped to lay a few +eggs in the barrel. + +"Dear me!" said she. "You are not going to moult to-night, are you?" + +"Yes, we are," answered the Oldest Brother, giving a wiggle that split +his skin a little farther. "We'll be biting people before morning." + +"You?" said the Mosquito Mother, with a queer little smile. "I wouldn't +count on doing that. But you young people may get into trouble if you +moult now, for it looks like rain." + +She waved her feelers upward as she spoke, and they noticed that heavy +black clouds were piling up in the sky. Even as they looked the moon was +hidden and the wind began to stir the branches of the trees. "It will +rain," she said, "and then the water will run off the roof into this +barrel, and if you have just moulted and cannot fly, you will be +drowned." + +"Pooh!" answered the Oldest Brother. "Guess we can take care of +ourselves. I'm not afraid of a little water." Then he tried to crawl out +of his old skin. + +The Mosquito Mother stayed until she had laid all the eggs she wanted +to, and then flew away. Not one of the Pupae had been willing to listen +to her, although some of the sisters might have done so if their +brothers had not made fun of them. + +At last, twenty-three soft and tired young Mosquitoes stood on their +cast-off pupa-skins, waiting for their wings to harden. It is never easy +work to crawl out of one's skin, and the last moulting is the hardest of +all. It was then, when they could do nothing but wait, that these young +Mosquitoes began to feel afraid. The night was now dark and windy, and +sometimes a sudden gust blew their floating pupa skins toward one side +of the barrel. They had to cling tightly to them, for they suddenly +remembered that if they fell into the water they might drown. The oldest +one found himself wishing to be a Wiggler again. "Wigglers are never +drowned," thought he. + +"Who are you going to bite first?" asked one of his brothers. + +He answered very crossly: "I don't know and I don't care. I'm not +hungry. Can't you think of anything but eating?" + +"Why, what else is there to think about?" cried all the floating +Mosquitoes. + +"Well, there is flying," said he. + +"Humph! I don't see what use flying would be except to carry us to our +food," said one Mosquito Sister. She afterward found out that it was +good for other reasons. + +After that they didn't try to talk with their Oldest Brother. They +talked with each other and tried their legs, and wished it were light +enough for them to see their wings. Mosquitoes have such interesting +wings, you know, thin and gauzy, and with delicate fringes around the +edges and along the line of each vein. The sisters, too, were proud of +the pockets under their wings, and were in a hurry to have their wings +harden, so that they could flutter them and hear the beautiful singing +sound made by the air striking these pockets. They knew that their +brothers could never sing, and they were glad to think that they were +ahead of them for once. It was not really their fault that they felt so, +for the brothers had often put on airs and laughed at them. + +Then came a wonderful flash of lightning and a long roll of thunder, and +the trees tossed their beautiful branches to and fro, while big +rain-drops pattered down on to the roof overhead and spattered and +bounded and rolled toward the edge under which the rain-barrel stood. + +"Fly!" cried the Oldest Brother, raising his wings as well as he could. + +"We can't. Where to?" cried the rest. + +"Fly any way, anywhere!" screamed the Oldest Brother, and in some +wonderful way the whole twenty-three managed to flutter and crawl and +sprawl up the side of the building, where the rain-drops fell past but +did not touch them. There they found older Mosquitoes waiting for the +shower to stop. Even the Oldest Brother was so scared that he shook, and +when he saw that same Mosquito Mother who had told him to put off +changing his skin, he got behind two other young Mosquitoes and kept +very still. Perhaps she saw him, for it was lighter then than it had +been. She did not seem to see him, but he heard her talking to her +friends. "I told him," she said, "that he might better put off moulting, +but he answered that he could take care of himself, and that he would be +out biting people before morning." + +"Did he say that?" cried the other old Mosquitoes. + +"He did," she replied. + +Then they all laughed and laughed and laughed again, and the young +Mosquito found out why. It was because Mosquito brothers have to eat +honey, and only the sisters may bite people and suck their blood. He had +thought so often how he would sing around somebody until he found the +nicest, juiciest spot, and then settle lightly down and bite and suck +until his slender little body was fat and round and red with its +stomachful of blood. And that could never be! He could never sing, and +he would have to sit around with his stomach full of honey and see his +eleven sisters gorged with blood and hear them singing sweetly as they +flew. If Mosquito Fathers had ever come to the barrel he might have +found this out, but they never did. He sneaked off by himself until he +met an early bird and then--well, you know birds must eat something, and +the Mosquito was right there. Of course, after that, his brothers and +sisters had a chance to do as they wanted to, and the eleven sisters +bit thirteen people the very next night and had the loveliest kind of +Mosquito time. + +[Illustration] + + + + +[Illustration] + +THE NAUGHTY RACCOON CHILDREN + + +There was hardly a night of his life when the Little Brother of the +Raccoon family was not reproved by his mother for teasing. Mrs. Raccoon +said she didn't know what she had done to deserve such a child. When she +spoke like this to her neighbors they sighed and said, "It must be +trying, but he may outgrow it." + +The Oldest Wolverene, though, told the Skunk that his cousin, Mrs. +Raccoon's husband, had been just as bad as that when he was young. "I do +not want you to say that I said so," he whispered, "because he might +hear of it and be angry, but it is true." The Oldest Wolverene didn't +say whether Mr. Raccoon outgrew this bad habit, yet it would seem that +his wife had never noticed it. + +You must not think that Mr. Raccoon was dead. Oh, no, indeed! Every +night he was prowling through the forest on tiptoe looking for food. But +Mrs. Raccoon was a very devoted mother and gave so much time and +attention to her children that she was not good company for her husband. +He did not care much for home life, and the children annoyed him +exceedingly, so he went away and found a hole in another tree which he +fitted up for himself. There he slept through the day and until the +setting of the sun told him that it was time for his breakfast. Raccoons +like company, and he often had friends in to sleep with him. Sometimes +these friends were Raccoons like himself with wives and children, and +then they would talk about their families and tell how they thought +their wives were spoiling the children. + +The four little Raccoons, who lived with their mother in the dead branch +of the big oak-tree, had been born in April, when the forest was sweet +with the scent of wild violets and every one was happy. Beautiful pink +and white trilliums raised their three-cornered flowers above their +threefold leaves and nodded with every passing breeze. Yellow +adder's-tongue was there, with cranesbill geraniums, squirrel-corn, and +spring beauties, besides hepaticas and windflowers and the dainty +bishop's-cap. The young Raccoons did not see these things, for their +eyes would not work well by daylight, and when, after dark, their mother +let them put their heads out of the hole and look around, they were too +far from the ground to see the flowers sleeping in the dusk below. They +could only sniff, sniff, sniff with their sharp little turned-up noses, +and wonder what flowers look like, any way. + +When their mother was with them for a time, and that was while they were +drinking the warm milk that she always carried for them, she told them +stories of the flowers and trees. She had begun by telling them animal +stories, but she found that it made them cowardly. "Just supposing," one +young Raccoon had said, "a great big, dreadful Snail should come up this +tree and eat us all!" + +The mother told them that Snails were small and slow and weak, and never +climbed trees or ate people, but it did no good, and her children were +always afraid of Snails until they had seen one for themselves. After +that she told them stories of the flowers, and when they asked if the +flowers would ever come to see them, she said, "No, indeed! You will +never see them until you can climb down the tree and walk among them, +for they grow with their feet in the ground and never go anywhere." +There were many stories which they wanted over and over again, but the +one they liked best of all was that about the wicked, wicked Poison Ivy +and the gentle Spotted Touch-me-not who grew near him and undid all the +trouble that the Ivy made. + +When the night came for the young Raccoons to climb down from their tree +and learn to hunt, all the early spring blossoms were gone, and only the +ripening seed-vessels showed where nodding flowers had been. You would +have expected the Raccoon children to be disappointed, yet there were so +many other things to see and learn about that it was not until three +nights later that they thought much of the flowers. They might not have +done so then if Little Sister had not lost her hold upon the oak-tree +bark and fallen with her forepaws on a scarlet jack-in-the-pulpit berry. + +They had to learn to climb quickly and strongly up all sorts of trees. +Perhaps Mrs. Raccoon had chosen an oak for her nest because that was +rough and easily climbed. There were many good places for Raccoons to +grip with their twenty strong claws apiece. After they had learned oaks +they took maples, ironwoods, and beeches--each a harder lesson than the +one before. + +"When you climb a tree," said their mother, "always look over the trunk +and the largest branches for hiding-places, whether you want to use one +then or not." + +"Why?" asked three of the four children. Big Brother, who was rather +vain, was looking at the five beautiful black rings and the beautiful +black tip of his wonderful bushy tail. Between the black rings were +whitish ones, and he thought such things much more interesting than +holes in trees. + +"Because," said the Mother Raccoon, "you may be far from home some +night and want a safe place to sleep in all day. Or if a man and his +Dogs are chasing you, you must climb into the first hiding-place you +can. We Raccoons are too fat and slow to run away from them, and the +rings on our tails and the black patches on our broad faces might show +from the ground. If the hole is a small one, make it cover your head and +your tail anyway, and as much of your brown body fur as you can." + +Mother Raccoon looked sternly at Big Brother because he had not been +listening, and he gave a slight jump and asked, "W-what did you say?" + +"What did I say?" she replied. "You should have paid better attention." + +"Yes 'm," said Big Brother, who was now very meek. + +"I shall not repeat it," said his mother, "but I will tell you not to +grow vain of your fur. It is very handsome, and so is that of your +sisters and your brother. So is mine, and so was your father's the last +time I saw him. Yet nearly all the trouble that Raccoons have is on +account of their fur. Never try to show it off." + +The time came for the young Raccoons to stop drinking milk from their +mother's body, and when they tried to do so she only walked away from +them. + +"I cannot work so hard to care for you," said she. "I am so tired and +thin, now, that my skin is loose, and you must find your own food. You +are getting forty fine teeth apiece, and I never saw a better lot of +claws on any Raccoon family, if I do say it." + +They used to go hunting together, for it is the custom for Raccoons to +go in parties of from five to eight, hunt all night, and then hide +somewhere until the next night. They did not always come home at +sunrise, and it made a pleasant change to sleep in different trees. One +day they all cuddled down in the hollow of an old maple, just below +where the branches come out. Mother Raccoon had climbed the tree first +and was curled away in the very bottom of the hole. The four children +were not tired and hadn't wanted to go to bed at all. Little Sister had +made a dreadful face when her mother called her up the tree, and if it +had not already been growing light, Mrs. Raccoon would probably have +seen it and punished her. + +Big Sister curled down beside her mother and Little Sister was rather +above them and beside mischievous Little Brother. Last of all came Big +Brother, who had stopped to scratch his ear with his hind foot. He was +very proud of his little round ears, and often scratched them in this +way to make sure that the fur lay straight on them. He was so slow in +reaching the hole that before he got into it a Robin had begun his +morning song of "Cheerily, cheerily, cheerup!" and a Chipmunk perched +on a stump to make his morning toilet. + +He got all settled, and Little Brother was half asleep beside him, when +he remembered his tail and sat up to have one more look at it. Little +Brother growled sleepily and told him to "let his old tail alone and +come to bed, as long as they couldn't hunt any more." But Big Brother +thought he saw a sand-burr on his tail, and wanted to pull it out before +it hurt the fur. Then he began to look at the bare, tough pads on his +feet, and to notice how finely he could spread his toes. Those of his +front feet he could spread especially wide. He balanced himself on the +edge of the hole and held them spread out before him. It was still dark +enough for him to see well. "Come here, Little Brother," he cried. "Wake +up, and see how big my feet are getting." + +Mother Raccoon growled at them to be good children and go to sleep, but +her voice sounded dreamy and far away because she had to talk through +part of her own fur and most of her daughters'. + +Little Brother lost his patience, unrolled himself with a spring, jumped +to the opening, and knocked his brother down. It was dreadful. Of course +Big Brother was not much hurt, for he was very fat and his fur was both +long and thick, but he turned over and over on his way to the ground +before he alighted on his feet. He turned so fast and Little Brother's +eyes hurt him so that it looked as though Big Brother had about three +heads, three tails, and twelve feet. He called out as he fell, and that +awakened the sisters, who began to cry, and Mother Raccoon, who was so +scared that she began to scold. + + [Illustration: KNOCKED HIS BROTHER DOWN. _Page 40_] + +Such a time! Mother Raccoon found out what had happened, and then she +said to Little Brother, "Did you mean to push him down?" + +"No, ma'am," answered Little Brother, hanging his head. "Anyhow I didn't +mean to after I saw him going. Perhaps I did mean to before that." You +see he was a truthful Raccoon even when he was most naughty, and there +is always hope for a Raccoon who will tell the truth, no matter how hard +it is to do so. + +Big Brother climbed slowly up the trunk of the oak-tree, while more and +more of the daytime people came to look at him. He could not see well +now, and so was very awkward. When he reached the hole he was hot and +cross, and complained to his mother. "Make him quit teasing me," he +said, pointing one forepaw at Little Brother. + +"I will," answered Mother Raccoon; "but you were just as much to blame +as he, for if you had cuddled down quietly when I told you to, you would +have been dreaming long ago. Now you must sleep where I was, at the +lower end of the hole. Little Brother must go next, and I do not want to +hear one word from either of you. Sisters next, and I will sleep by the +opening. You children must remember that it is no time for talking to +each other, or looking at claws, or getting sand-burrs out of your tails +after you have been sent to bed. Go to sleep, and don't awaken until the +sun has gone down and you are ready to be my good little Raccoons +again." + +Her children were asleep long before she was, and she talked softly to +herself after they were dreaming. "They do not mean to be naughty," she +said. "Yet it makes my fur stand on end to think what might have +happened.... I ought not to have curled up for the day until they had +done so.... Mothers should always be at the top of the heap." Then she +fixed herself for a long, restful day's sleep. + + + + +[Illustration] + +THE TIMID LITTLE GROUND HOG + + +It was not often that the little Ground Hogs were left alone in the +daytime. Before they were born their mother had been heard to say that +she had her opinion of any Ground Hog who would be seen out after +sunrise. Mr. Ground Hog felt in the same way, and said if he ever got to +running around by daylight, like some of his relatives, people might +call him a Woodchuck. He thought that any one who ate twigs, beets, +turnips, young tree-bark, and other green things from sunset to sunrise +ought to be able to get along until the next sunset without a lunch. He +said that any Ground Hog who wanted more was a Pig. + +After the baby Ground Hogs were born, matters were different. They could +not go out at night to feed for themselves, and their stomachs were so +tiny and held so little at a time that they had to be filled very often. +Mr. Ground Hog was never at home now, and the care all fell upon his +hard-working wife. + +"You know, my dear," he had said, "that I should only be in the way if I +were to stay at home, for I am not clever and patient with children as +you are. No, I think I will go away and see to some matters which I have +rather neglected of late. When the children are grown up and you have +more time to give me, I will come back to you." + +Then Mr. Ground Hog trotted away to join a party of his friends who had +just told their wives something of the same sort, and they all went +together to the farmer's turnip patch and had a delightful time until +morning. Mrs. Ground Hog looked after him as he trotted away and wished +that she could go too. He looked so handsome with the moonlight shining +down on his long, thick, reddish fur, and showing the black streak on +his back where the fur was tipped with gray. He was fat and shaky, with +a baggy skin, and when he stopped to sit up on his haunches and wave his +paws at her and comb his face-fur, she thought him just as handsome as +he had been in the early spring when they first met. That had been in a +parsnip patch where there was good feeding until the farmer found that +the Ground Hogs were there, and dug the rest of his vegetables and +stored them in his cellar. Such midnight meals as they had eaten there +together! Mrs. Ground Hog said she never saw a parsnip afterward without +thinking of their courtship. + +She had been as handsome as he, and there were many other Ground Hogs +who admired her. But now she was thin and did not have many chances to +comb her fur with her fore paws. She could not go with him to the turnip +patch because she did not wish to go so far from her babies. Thinking of +that reminded her to go into her sidehill burrow and see what they were +doing. Then she lay down and let them draw the warm milk from her body. +While they were feeding she felt of them, and thought how fast they were +growing. It would be only a short time before they could trot around the +fields by themselves and whistle shrilly as they dodged down into their +own burrows. "Ah!" said she, "this is better than turnip patches or even +parsnips." + +When they had finished, their mother left them and went out to feed. She +had always been a hearty eater, but now she had to eat enough more to +make the milk for her babies. She often thought that if Ground Hog +babies could eat anything else their father might have learned to help +feed them. She thought of this especially when she saw the Great Horned +Owl carrying food home to his son and daughter. "It is what comes of +being four-legged," said she, "and I wouldn't be an Owl for anything, so +I won't grumble." After this she was more cheerful. + +When she left the burrow she always said: "I am going out to feed, and I +shall not be gone very long. Don't be afraid, for you have a good +burrow, and it is nice and dark outside." + +The children would cry: "And you will surely come home before sunrise?" + +"Surely," she always answered as she trotted away. Then the children +would rest happily in their burrow-nest. + +But now Mrs. Ground Hog was hungry, and it was broad daylight. She knew +that it was because her children grew bigger every day and had to have +more and more milk. This meant that she must eat more, or else when they +wanted milk there would not be enough ready. She knew that she must +begin to feed by day as well as by night, and she was glad that she +could see fairly well if the sun were not shining into her eyes. + +"Children," said she to them, just as they finished their morning lunch, +"I am very hungry and I am going out to feed. You will be quite safe +here and I want you to be good while I am gone." + +The young Ground Hogs began to cry and clutch at her fur with their weak +little paws. "Oh, don't go," they said. "Please don't go. We don't want +to stay alone in the daytime. We're afraid." + +"I must," said she, "or I shall have no milk for you. And then, you +wouldn't have me lie here all day too hungry to sleep, would you?" + +"N-no," said they; "but you'll come back soon, won't you?" + +"Yes," said she, and she shook off their clinging paws and poked back +the daughter who caught on again, and trotted away as fast as she +could. It was the first time that she had been out by daylight, and +everything looked queer. The colors looked too bright, and there seemed +to be more noise than usual, and she met several people whom she had +never seen before. She stopped for a minute to look at an Ovenbird's +nest. The mother-bird was inside, sitting there very still and brave, +although she was much frightened. + +"Good-morning," said Mrs. Ground Hog. "I was just admiring your nest. I +have never seen it by daylight." + +"Good-morning," answered the Ovenbird. "I'm glad you fancy my nest, but +I hope you don't like to eat meat." + +"Meat?" answered Mrs. Ground Hog. "I never touch it." And she smiled and +showed all her teeth. + +"Oh," exclaimed the Ovenbird, "I see you don't, for you have +gnawing-teeth, rather like those of the Rabbits." Then she hopped out +of the nest and let Mrs. Ground Hog peep in to see how the inside was +finished and also to see the four speckled eggs which lay there. + +"It is a lovely nest," said Mrs. Ground Hog, "and those eggs are +beauties. But I promised the children that I would hurry. Good-by." She +trotted happily away, while Mrs. Ovenbird settled herself upon her eggs +again and thought what a pleasant call she had had and what an excellent +and intelligent person Mrs. Ground Hog was! + +All this time the children at home were talking together about +themselves and what their mother had told them. Once there was a long +pause which lasted until the brother said: "I'm not afraid, are you?" + +"Of course not," said they. + +"Because there isn't anything to be afraid of," said he. + +"Not anything," said they. + +"And I wouldn't be afraid anyway," said he. + +"Neither would we," answered the sisters. + +There was another long pause. + +"She said we'd be just as safe as if it were dark," said the big sister. + +"Of course," said the brother. + +"And she said she'd come back as soon as she could," said the second +sister. + +"I wish she'd come now," said the smallest sister. + +There was another long pause. + +"You don't suppose anybody would come here just to scare us, do you?" +asked the second sister. + +"See here," said the brother, "I wish you'd quit saying things to make a +fellow afraid." + +"You don't mean that you are frightened!" exclaimed the three sisters +together. And the smallest one added: "Why, you are, too! I can feel +you tremble." + +"Well, I don't care," said the brother. "I'm not afraid of people, +anyhow. If it were only dark I wouldn't mind." + +"Oh, are you afraid of the daylight too?" cried each of the sisters. "So +am I!" Then they all trembled together. + +"I tell you what let's do," said the smallest sister. "Let's all stop +looking toward the light end of the burrow, and cuddle up together and +cover our eyes and make believe it's night." They did this and felt +better. They even played that they heard the few noises of the +night-time. A Crow cawed outside, and the brother said, "Did you hear +that Owl? That was the Great Horned Owl, the one who had to hatch the +eggs, you know." + +When another Crow cawed, the smallest sister said, "Was that his cousin, +the Screech Owl?" + +"Yes," answered the big sister. "He is the one who used to bring things +for the Great Horned Owl to eat." + +So they amused themselves and each other, and really got along very well +except when, once in a while, they opened their eyes a little crack to +see if it were not getting really dark. Then they had to begin all over +again. At last their mother came, and what a comfort it was! How glad +she was to be back, and how much she had to tell them! All about the +Ovenbird's nest and the four eggs in it, and how the Ovenbirds spent +their nights in sleeping and their days in work and play. + +"I wonder if the little Ovenbirds will be scared when they have to stay +alone in the daytime?" said the smallest sister. + +"They would be more scared if they had to stay alone at night," said +their mother. + +"At night!" exclaimed all the young Ground Hogs. "Why, it is dark +then!" + +"They might be afraid of the darkness," said their mother. Then the +children laughed and thought she was making fun of them. They drank some +milk and went to sleep like good little Ground Hogs, but even after he +was half asleep the big brother laughed out loud at the thought of the +Ovenbird babies being scared at night. He could understand any one's +being afraid of daylight, but darkness----! + +[Illustration] + + + + +[Illustration] + +THE YOUNG RACCOONS GO TO A PARTY + + +It was not very many nights after Big Brother had tumbled from the +maple-tree, when he and the other children were invited to a Raccoon +party down by the pond. The water was low, and in the small pools by the +shore there were many fresh-water clams and small fishes, such as +Raccoons like best of all. A family of six young Raccoons who lived very +near the pond had found them just before sunrise, when they had to climb +off to bed. They knew there was much more food there than they could eat +alone, so their mother had let them invite their four friends who lived +in the hollow of the oak-tree. The party was to begin the next evening +at moonrise, and the four children who lived in the oak-tree got their +invitation just as they were going to sleep for the day. They were very +much excited over it, for they had never been to a party. + +"I wish we could go now," said Big Brother. + +"Yes, lots of fun it would be now!" answered Little Brother. "The sun is +almost up, and there are no clouds in the sky. We couldn't see a thing +unless we shaded our eyes with our fore paws, and if we had to use our +fore paws in that way we couldn't eat." + +"You do eat at parties, don't you?" asked Little Sister, who had not +quite understood what was said. + +"Of course," shouted her brothers. "That is what parties are for." + +"I thought maybe you talked some," said Big Sister. + +"I suppose you do have to, some," said Big Brother, "but I know you +eat. I've heard people tell about parties lots of times, and they always +began by telling what they ate. That's what makes it a party." + +"Oh, I wish it were night and time to go," sighed Little Brother. + +"I don't," said Little Sister. "I wouldn't have any fun if I were to go +now. I'd rather wait until my stomach is empty." + +"There!" said their mother. "You children have talked long enough. Now +curl down and go to sleep. The birds are already singing their morning +songs, and the Owls and Bats were dreaming long ago. It will make +night-time come much sooner if you do not stay awake." + +"We're not a bit sleepy," cried all the young Raccoons together. + +"That makes no difference at all," said their mother, and she spoke +quite sternly. "Cuddle down for the day now, cover your eyes, and stop +talking. I do not say you must sleep, but you must stop talking." + +They knew that when she spoke in that way and said "must," there was +nothing to do but to mind. So they cuddled down, and every one of them +was asleep before you could drop an acorn. Mother Raccoon had known it +would be so. + +When they awakened, early the next night, each young Raccoon had to make +himself look as neat as possible. There were long fur to be combed, +faces and paws to be washed, and twenty-three burrs to be taken out of +Little Brother's tail. He began to take them out himself, but his mother +found that whenever he got one loose he stuck it onto one of the other +children, so she scolded him and made him sit on a branch by himself +while she worked at the burrs. Sometimes she couldn't help pulling the +fur, and then he tried to wriggle away. + +"You've got enough out," he cried. "Let the rest go." + +"You should have thought sooner how it would hurt," she said. "You have +been told again and again to keep away from the burrs, and you are just +as careless as you were the first night you left the tree." Then she +took out another burr and dropped it to the ground. + +"Ouch!" said he. "Let me go!" + +"Not until I am done," she answered. "No child of mine shall ever go to +a party looking as you do." + +After that Little Brother tried to hold still, and he had time to think +how glad he was that he hadn't stuck any more burrs on the other +children. If he had gotten more onto them, he would have had to wait +while they were pulled off again, and then they might have been late for +the party. If he had been very good, he would have been glad they didn't +have to be hurt as he was. But he was not very good, and he never +thought of that. + +When he was ready at last, Mother Raccoon made her four children sit in +a row while she talked to them. "Remember to walk on your toes," said +she, "although you may stand flat-footed if you wish. Don't act greedy +if you can help it. Go into the water as much as you choose, but don't +try to dive, even if they dare you to. Raccoons can never learn to dive, +no matter how well they swim. And be sure to wash your food before you +eat it." + +All the young Raccoons said "Yes'm," and thought they would remember +every word. The first moonbeam shone on the top of the oak-tree, and +Mrs. Raccoon said: "Now you may go. Be good children and remember what I +told you. Don't stay too long. Start home when you see the first light +in the east." + +"Yes'm," said the young Raccoons, as they walked off very properly +toward the pond. After they were well away from the oak-tree, they heard +their mother calling to them: "Remember to walk on your toes!" + +Raccoons cannot go very fast, and the moon was shining brightly when +they reached the pond and met their six friends. Such frolics as they +had in the shallow water, swimming, twisting, turning, scooping up food +with their busy fore paws, going up and down the beach, and rolling on +the sand! They never once remembered what their mother had told them, +and they acted exactly as they had been in the habit of doing every day. +Big Brother looked admiringly at his own tail every chance he got, +although he had been told particularly not to act as if he thought +himself fine-looking. Little Brother rolled into a lot of sand-burrs and +got his fur so matted that he looked worse than ever. Big Sister +snatched food from other Raccoons, and not one of them remembered about +walking on tiptoe. Little Sister ate half the time without washing her +food. Of course that didn't matter when the food was taken from the +pond, but when they found some on the beach and ate it without +washing--that was dreadful. No Raccoon who is anybody at all will do +that. + +The mother of the family of six looked on from a tree near by. The +children did not know that she was there. "What manners!" said she. "I +shall never have them invited here again." Just then she saw one of her +own sons eat without washing his food, and she groaned out loud. "My +children are forgetting too," she said. "I have told him hundreds of +times that if he did that way every day he would do so at a party, but +he has always said he would remember." + +The mother of the four young Raccoons was out hunting and found herself +near the pond. "How noisy those children are!" she said to herself. +"Night people should be quiet." She tiptoed along to a pile of rocks and +peeped between them to see what was going on. She saw her children's +footprints on the sand. "Aha!" said she. "So they did walk flat-footed +after all." + +She heard somebody scrambling down a tree near by. "Good-evening," said +a pleasant Raccoon voice near her. It was the mother of the six. "Are +you watching the children's party?" asked the newcomer. "I hope you did +not notice how badly my son is behaving. I have tried to teach my +children good manners, but they will be careless when I am not looking, +and then, of course, they forget in company." + +That made the mother of the four feel more comfortable. "I know just how +that is," said she. "Mine mean to be good, but they are so careless. It +is very discouraging." + +The two mothers talked for a long time in whispers and then each went to +her hole. + +When the four young Raccoons came home, it was beginning to grow light, +and they kept close together because they were somewhat afraid. Their +mother was waiting to see them settled for the day. She asked if they +had a good time, and said she was glad they got home promptly. They had +been afraid she would ask if they had washed their food and walked on +their toes. She even seemed not to notice Little Brother's matted coat. + +When they awakened the next night, the mother hurried them off with her +to the same pond where they had been to the party. "I am going to visit +with the mother of your friends," said she, "and you may play around and +amuse yourselves." + +The young Raccoons had another fine time, although Little Brother found +it very uncomfortable to wear so many burrs. They played tag in the +trees, and ate, and swam, and lay on the beach. While they were lying +there, the four from the oak-tree noticed that their mother was walking +flat-footed. There was bright moonlight and anybody might see her. They +felt dreadfully about it. Then they saw her begin to eat food which she +had not washed. They were so ashamed that they didn't want to look their +friends in the eye. They didn't know that their friends were feeling in +the same way because they had seen their mother doing ill-mannered +things. + +After they reached home, Big Brother said, very timidly, to his mother: +"Did you know you ate some food without washing it?" + +"Oh, yes," she answered; "it is such a bother to dip it all in water." + +"And you walked flat-footed," said Little Brother. + +"Well, why shouldn't I, if I want to?" said she. + +The children began to cry: "P-people will think you don't know any +b-better," said they. "We were d-dreadfully ashamed." + +"Oh!" said their mother. "Oh! Oh! So you think that my manners are not +so good as yours! Is that it?" + +The young Raccoons looked at each other in a very uncomfortable way. "We +suppose we don't always do things right ourselves," they answered, "but +you are grown up." + +"Yes," replied their mother. "And you will be." + +For a long time nobody spoke, and Little Sister sobbed out loud. Then +Mrs. Raccoon spoke more gently: "The sun is rising," said she. "We will +go to sleep now, and when we awaken to-morrow night we will try to have +better manners, so that we need not be ashamed of each other at parties +or at home." + +Long after the rest were dreaming, Big Sister nudged Big Brother and +awakened him. "I understand it now," she said. "She did it on purpose." + +"Who did what?" asked he. + +"Why, our mother. She was rude on purpose to let us see how it looked." + +Big Brother thought for a minute. "Of course," said he. "Of course she +did! Well she won't ever have to do it again for me." + +"Nor for me," said Big Sister. Then they went to sleep. + +[Illustration] + + + + +[Illustration] + +THE SKUNKS AND THE OVEN-BIRD'S NEST + + +The Skunks did not go into society at all. They were very unpopular, and +so many people feared or disliked them that nobody would invite them to +a party. Indeed, if they had been invited to a party and had gone, the +other guests would have left at once. The small people of the forest +feared them because they were meat-eaters, and the larger ones disliked +them because of their disagreeable habits. The Skunks were handsome and +quiet, but they were quick-tempered, and as soon as one of them became +angry he threw a horrible smelling liquid on the people who displeased +him. It was not only horrible smelling, but it made those who had to +smell it steadily quite sick, and would, indeed, have killed them if +they had not kept in the fresh air. If a drop of this liquid got on to a +person, even his wife and children had to keep away from him for a long +time. + +And the Skunks were so unreasonable. They would not stop to see what was +the real trouble, but if anybody ran into them by mistake in the +darkness, they would just as likely as not throw the liquid at once. +Among themselves they seemed to be quite happy. There were from six to +ten children born at a time in each family. These children lived in the +burrow with their father and mother until the next spring, sleeping +steadily through the coldest weather of winter, and only awakening when +it was warm enough for them to enjoy life. When spring came, the +children found themselves grown-up and went off to live their own lives +in new holes, while their mothers took care of the six or seven or +eight or nine or ten new babies. + +There was one very interesting Skunk family in the forest, with the +father, mother, and eight children living in one hole. No two of them +were marked in exactly the same way, although all were stoutly built, +had small heads, little round ears, and beautiful long tails covered +with soft, drooping hair. Their fur was rather long and handsome and +they were dark brown or black nearly all over. Most of them had a streak +of white on the forehead, a spot of it on the neck, some on the tail, +and a couple of stripes of it on their backs. One could see them quite +easily by starlight on account of the white fur. + +The Skunks were really very proud of their white stripes and spots. "It +is not so much having the white fur," Mrs. Skunk had been heard to say, +"as it is having it where all can see it. Most animals wear the dark fur +on their backs and the light on their bellies, and that is to make them +safer from enemies. But we dare to wear ours in plain sight. _We_ are +never afraid." + +And what she said was true, although it hardly seemed modest for her to +talk about it in that way. It would have been more polite to let other +people tell how brave her family were. Perhaps, however, if somebody +else had been telling it, he would have said that part of their courage +was rudeness. + +Father Skunk always talked to his children as his father had talked to +him, and probably as his grandfather had also talked when he was raising +a family. "Never turn out of your way for anybody," said he. "Let the +other fellow step aside. Remember that, no matter whom you meet and no +matter how large the other people may be. If they see you, they will get +out of your path, and if they can't it is not your fault. Don't speak +to them and don't hurry. Always take your time." + +Father Skunk was slow and stately. It was a sight worth seeing when he +started off for a night's ramble, walking with a slow and measured gait +and carrying his fine tail high over his back. He always went by +himself. "One is company, two is a crowd," he would say as he walked +away. When they were old enough, the young Skunks began to walk off +alone as soon as it was dark. Mother Skunk also went alone, and perhaps +she had the best time of all, for it was a great rest not to have eight +babies tumbling over her back and getting under her feet and hanging on +to her with their thirty-two paws, and sometimes even scratching her +with their one hundred and sixty claws. They still slept through the +days in the old hole, so they were together much of the time, but they +did not hunt in parties, as Raccoons and Weasels do. + + [Illustration: HE STARTED OFF FOR A NIGHT'S RAMBLE. _Page 72_] + +One of the brothers had no white whatever on his tail, so they called +him the Black-tailed Skunk. He had heard in some way that there was an +Ovenbird's nest on the ground by the fern bank, and he made up his mind +to find it the very next night and eat the eggs which were inside. + +Another brother was called the Spotted Skunk, because the spot on his +neck was so large. He had found the Ovenbird's nest himself, while on +his way home in the early morning. He would have liked to rob it then, +but he had eaten so much that night that he thought it better to wait. + +So it happened that when the family awakened the next night two of the +children had important plans of their own. Neither of them would have +told for anything, but they couldn't quite keep from hinting about it as +they made themselves ready to go out. + +"Aha!" said the Black-tailed Skunk. "I know something you don't know." + +"Oh, tell us!" cried four or five of the other children, while the +Spotted Skunk twisted his head and said, "You don't either!" + +"I do too!" replied the Black-tailed Skunk. + +"Children! Children!" exclaimed Mrs. Skunk, while their father said that +he couldn't see where his children got their quarrelsome disposition, +for none of his people had ever contradicted or disputed. His wife told +him that she really thought them very good, and that she was sure they +behaved much better than most Skunks of their age. Then their father +walked off in his most stately manner, putting his feet down almost +flat, and carrying his tail a little higher than usual. + +"I do know something that you don't," repeated the Black-tailed Skunk, +"and it's something nice, too." + +"Aw!" said the Spotted Skunk. "I don't believe it, and I don't care +anyhow." + +"I know you don't know, and I know you'd want to know if you knew what I +know," said the Black-tailed Skunk, who was now getting so excited that +he could hardly talk straight. + +"Children!" exclaimed their mother. "Not another word about that. I do +wish you would wake up good-natured." + +"He started it," said the Spotted Skunk, "and we're not quarrelling +anyhow. But I guess he'd give a good deal to know where I'm going." + +"Children!" repeated their mother. "Go at once. I will not have you +talking in this way before your brothers and sisters. Do not stop to +talk, but go!" + +So the two brothers started out for the night and each thought he would +go a roundabout way to fool the other. The Black-tailed Skunk went to +the right, and the Spotted Skunk went to the left, but each of them, +you know, really started to rob the Ovenbird's nest. It was a very dark +night. Even the stars were all hidden behind thick clouds, and one could +hardly see one's forepaws while walking. But, of course, the +night-prowlers of the forest are used to this, and four-footed people +are not so likely to stumble and fall as two-footed ones. Besides, young +Skunks have to remember where logs and stumps of trees are, just as +other people have to remember their lessons. + +So it happened that, while Mrs. Ovenbird was sleeping happily with her +four eggs safe and warm under her breast, two people were coming from +different ways to rob her. Such a snug nest as it was! She had chosen a +tiny hollow in the fern bank and had cunningly woven dry grasses and +leaves into a ball-shaped nest, which fitted neatly into the hollow and +had a doorway on one side. + +The Black-tailed Skunk sneaked up to the nest from one side. The Spotted +Skunk sneaked up from the other side. Once the Black-tailed Skunk +thought he heard some other creature moving toward him. At the same +minute the Spotted Skunk thought he heard somebody, so he stopped to +listen. Neither heard anything. Mrs. Ovenbird was sure that she heard a +leaf rustle outside, and it made her anxious until she remembered that a +dead twig might have dropped from the beech-tree overhead and hit the +dry leaves below. + +Slowly the two brothers crept toward the nest and each other. They moved +very quietly, because each wanted to catch the mother-bird if he could. +Close to the nest hollow they crouched and sprang with jaws open and +sharp teeth ready to bite. There was a sudden crashing of leaves and +ferns. The two brothers had sprung squarely at each other, each was +bitten, growled, and ran away. And how they did run! It is not often, +you know, that Skunks go faster than a walk, but when they are really +scared they move very, very swiftly. + +Mrs. Ovenbird felt her nest roof crush down upon her for a minute as two +people rolled and growled outside. Then she heard them running away in +different directions and knew that she was safe, for a time at least. In +the morning she repaired her nest and told her bird friends about it. +They advised her to take her children away as soon as possible after +they were hatched. "If the Skunks have found your nest," they said, "you +may have another call from them." + +When the Black-tailed Skunk came stealing home in the first faint light +just before sunrise, he found the Spotted Skunk telling the rest of the +family how some horrible great fierce beast had pounced upon him in the +darkness and bitten him on the shoulder. "It was so dark," said he, +"that I couldn't see him at all, but I am sure it must have been a +Bear." + +They turned to tell the Black-tailed Skunk about his brother's +misfortune, and saw that he limped badly. "Did the Bear catch you, too?" +they cried. + +"Yes," answered he. "It must have been a Bear. It was so big and strong +and fierce. But I bit him, too. I wouldn't have run away from him, only +he was so much bigger than I." + +"That was just the way with me," said the Spotted Skunk. "I wouldn't +have run if he hadn't been so big." + +"You should have thrown liquid on him," said their father. "Then he +would have been the one to run." + +The brothers hung their heads. "We never thought," they cried. "We think +it must have been because we were so surprised and didn't see him +coming." + +"Well," said their father sternly, "I suppose one must be patient with +children, but such unskunklike behavior makes me very much ashamed of +you both." Then the two bitten brothers went to bed in disgrace, +although their mother was sorry for them and loved them, as mothers will +do, even when their children are naughty or cowardly. + +One night, some time later, these two brothers happened to meet down by +the fern bank. It was bright moonlight and they stopped to visit, for +both were feeling very good-natured. The Black-tailed Skunk said: "Come +with me and I'll show you where there is an Ovenbird's nest." + +"All right," answered the Spotted Skunk, "and then I'll show you one." + +"I've just been waiting for a bright night," said the Black-tailed +Skunk, "because I came here once in the dark and had bad luck." + +"It was near here," said the Spotted Skunk, "that I was bitten by the +Bear." + +They stopped beside a tiny hollow. "There is the nest," said the +Black-tailed Skunk, pointing with one of his long forefeet. + +"Why, that is the one I meant," exclaimed the Spotted Skunk. + +"I found it first," said the Black-tailed Skunk, "and I'd have eaten the +eggs before if that Bear hadn't bitten me." + +Just at that minute the two Skunks had a new idea. "We do believe," +cried they, "that we bit each other!" + +"We certainly did," said the Spotted Skunk. + +"But we'll never tell," said the Black-tailed Skunk. + +"Now," they added together, "let's eat everything." + +But they didn't. In fact, they didn't eat anything, for the eggs were +hatched, and the young birds had left the nest only the day before. + + + + +[Illustration] + +THE LAZY CUT-WORMS + + +Now that spring had come and all the green things were growing, the +Cut-Worms crawled out of their winter sleeping-places in the ground, and +began to eat the tenderest and best things that they could find. They +felt rested and hungry after their quiet winter, for they had slept +without awakening ever since the first really cold days of fall. + +There were many different kinds of Cut-Worms, brothers and sisters, +cousins and second cousins, so, of course, they did not all look alike. +They had hatched the summer before from eggs laid by the Owlet Moths, +their mothers, and had spent the time from then until cold weather in +eating and sleeping and eating some more. Of course they grew a great +deal, but then, you know, one can grow without taking time especially +for it. It is well that this is so. If people had to say, "I can do +nothing else now. I must sit down and grow awhile," there would not be +so many large people in the world as there are. They would become so +interested in doing other things that they would not take the time to +grow as they should. + +Now the Cut-Worms were fine and fat and just as heedless as Cut-Worms +have been since the world began. They had never seen their parents, and +had hatched without any one to look after them. They did not look like +their parents, for they were only worms as yet, but they had the same +habit of sleeping all day and going out at night, and never thought of +eating breakfast until the sun had gone down. They were quite popular in +underground society, and were much liked by the Earthworms and May +Beetle larvae, who enjoyed hearing stories of what the Cut-Worms saw +above ground. The May Beetle larvae did not go out at all, because they +were too young, and the Earthworms never knew what was going on outside +unless somebody told them. They often put their heads up into the air, +but they had no eyes and could not see for themselves. + +The Cut-Worms were bold, saucy, selfish, and wasteful. They were not +good children, although when they tried they could be very entertaining, +and one always hoped that they would improve before they became Moths. +Sometimes they even told the Earthworms and May Beetle larvae stories +that were not so, and that shows what sort of children they were. It was +dreadful to tell such things to people who could never find out the +difference. One Spotted Cut-Worm heard a couple of Earthworms talking +about Ground Moles, and told them that Ground Moles were large birds +with four wings apiece and legs like a Caterpillar's. They did not take +pains to be entertaining because they wanted to make the underground +people happy, but because they enjoyed hearing them say: "What bright +fellows those Cut-Worms are! Really exceedingly clever!" And doing it +for that reason took all the goodness out of it. + +One bright moonlight night the Cut-Worms awakened and crawled out on top +of the ground to feed. They lived in the farmer's vegetable garden, so +there were many things to choose from: young beets just showing their +red-veined leaves above their shining red stems; turnips; clean-looking +onions holding their slender leaves very stiff and straight; radishes +with just a bit of their rosy roots peeping out of the earth; and crisp, +pale green lettuce, crinkled and shaking in every passing breeze. It +was a lovely growing time, and all the vegetables were making the most +of the fine nights, for, you know, that is the time when everything +grows best. Sunshiny days are the best for coloring leaves and blossoms, +but the time for sinking roots deeper and sending shoots higher and +unfolding new leaves is at night in the beautiful stillness. + +Some Cut-Worms chose beets and some chose radishes. Two or three liked +lettuce best, and a couple crawled off to nibble at the sweet peas which +the farmer's wife had planted. They never ate all of a plant. Ah, no! +And that was one way in which they were wasteful. They nibbled through +the stalk where it came out of the ground, and then the plant tumbled +down and withered, while the Cut-Worm went on to treat another in the +same way. + +"Well!" exclaimed one Spotted Cut-Worm, as he crawled out from his +hole. "I must have overslept! Guess I stayed up too late this morning." + +"You'd better look out," said one of his friends, "or the Ground Mole +will get you. He likes to find nice fat little Cut-Worms who sleep too +late in the evening." + +"Needn't tell me," answered the Spotted Cut-Worm. "It's the early Mole +that catches the Cut-Worm. I don't know when I have overslept myself so. +Have you fellows been up ever since sunset?" + +"Yes," they answered; and one saucy fellow added: "I got up too early. I +awakened and felt hungry, and thought I'd just come out for a lunch. I +supposed the birds had finished their supper, but the first thing I saw +was a Robin out hunting. She was not more than the length of a bean-pole +from me, and when I saw her cock her head on one side and look toward +me, I was sure she saw me. But she didn't, after all. Lucky for me that +I am green and came up beside the lettuce. I kept still and she took me +for a leaf." + +"St!" said somebody else. "There comes the Ground Mole." They all kept +still while the Mole scampered to and fro on the dewy grass near them, +going faster than one would think he could with such very, very short +legs. His pink digging hands flashed in the moonlight, and his pink +snout showed also, but the dark, soft fur of the rest of his body could +hardly be seen against the brown earth of the garden. It may have been +because he was not hungry, or it may have been because his fur covered +over his eyes so, but he went back to his underground run-way without +having caught a single Cut-Worm. + +Then the Cut-Worms felt very much set up. They crawled toward the hole +into his run-way and made faces at it, as though he were standing in +the doorway. They called mean things after him and pretended to say them +very loudly, yet really spoke quite softly. + +Then they began to boast that they were not afraid of anybody, and while +they were boasting they ate and ate and ate and ate. Here and there the +young plants drooped and fell over, and as soon as one did that, the +Cut-Worm who had eaten on it crawled off to another. + +"Guess the farmer will know that we've been here," said they. "We don't +care. He doesn't need all these vegetables. What if he did plant them? +Let him plant some more if he wants to. What business has he to have so +many, anyhow, if he won't share with other people?" You would have +thought, to hear them, that they were exceedingly kind to leave any +vegetables for the farmer. + +In among the sweet peas were many little tufts of purslane, and +purslane is very good to eat, as anybody knows who has tried it. But do +you think the Cut-Worms ate that? Not a bit of it. "We can have purslane +any day," they said, "and now we will eat sweet peas." + +One little fellow added: "You won't catch me eating purslane. It's a +weed." Now, Cut-Worms do eat weeds, but they always seem to like best +those things which have been carefully planted and tended. If the +purslane had been set in straight rows, and the sweet peas had just come +up of themselves everywhere, it is quite likely that this young Cut-Worm +would have said: "You won't catch me eating sweet peas. They are weeds." + +As the moon rose higher and higher in the sky, the Cut-Worms boasted +more and more. They said there were no Robins clever enough to find +them, and that the Ground Mole dared not touch them when they were +together, and that it was only when he found one alone underground that +he was brave enough to do so. They talked very loudly now and bragged +dreadfully, until they noticed that the moon was setting and a faint +yellow light showed over the tree-tops in the east. + +"Time to go to bed for the day," called the Spotted Cut-Worm. "Where are +you going to crawl in?" They had no regular homes, you know, but crawled +into the earth wherever they wanted to and slept until the next night. + +"Here are some fine holes already made," said a Green Cut-Worm, "and big +enough for a Garter Snake. They are smooth and deep, and a lot of us can +cuddle down into each. I'm going into one of them." + +"Who made those holes?" asked the Spotted Cut-Worm; "and why are they +here?" + +"Oh, who cares who made them?" answered the Green Cut-Worm. "Guess +they're ours if we want to use them." + +"Perhaps the farmer made them," said the Spotted Cut-Worm, "and if he +did I don't want to go into them." + +"Oh, who's afraid of him?" cried the other Cut-Worms. "Come along!" + +"No," answered the Spotted Cut-Worm. "I won't. I don't want to and I +won't do it. The hole I make to sleep in will not be so large, nor will +it have such smooth sides, but I'll know all about it and feel safe. +Good-morning." Then he crawled into the earth and went to sleep. The +others went into the smooth, deep holes made by the farmer with his hoe +handle. + +The next night there was only one Cut-Worm in the garden, and that was +the Spotted Cut-Worm. Nobody has ever seen the lazy ones who chose to +use the smooth, deep holes which were ready made. The Spotted Cut-Worm +lived quite alone until he was full-grown, then he made a little oval +room for himself in the ground and slept in it while he changed into a +Black Owlet Moth. + +After that he flew away to find a wife and live among her people. It is +said that whenever he saw a Cut-Worm working at night, he would flutter +down beside him and whisper,--"The Cut-Worm who is too lazy to bore his +own sleeping-place will never live to become an Owlet Moth." + +[Illustration] + + + + +[Illustration] + +THE NIGHT MOTH'S PARTY + + +From the time when she was a tiny golden-green Caterpillar, Miss +Polyphemus had wanted to go into society. She began life on a maple leaf +with a few brothers and sisters, who hatched at the same time from a +cluster of flattened eggs which their mother had laid there ten days +before. The first thing she remembered was the light and color and sound +when she broke the shell open that May morning. The first thing she did +was to eat the shell out of which she had just crawled. Then she got +acquainted with her brothers and sisters, many of whom had also eaten +their egg-shells, although two had begun at once on maple leaves. It was +well that she took time for this now, for the family were soon +scattered and several of her sisters she never saw again. + +She found it a very lovely world to live in. There was so much to eat. +Yes, and there were so many kinds of leaves that she liked,--oak, +hickory, apple, maple, elm, and several others. Sometimes she wished +that she had three mouths instead of one. In those days she had few +visitors. It is true that other Caterpillars happened along once in a +while, but they were almost as hungry as she, and they couldn't speak +without stopping eating. They could, of course, if they talked with +their mouths full, but she had too good manners for that, and, besides, +she said that if she did, she couldn't enjoy her food so much. + +You must not think that it was wrong in her to care so much about +eating. She was only doing what is expected of a Polyphemus Caterpillar, +and you would have to do the same if you were a Polyphemus Caterpillar. +When she was ten days old she had to weigh ten times as much as she did +the morning that she was hatched. When she was twenty days old she had +to weigh sixty times as much; when she was a month old she had to weigh +six hundred and twenty times as much; and when she was fifty days old +she had to weigh four thousand times as much as she did at hatching. +Every bit of this flesh was made of the food she ate. That is why eating +was so important, you know, and if she had chosen to eat the wrong kind +of leaves just because they tasted good, she would never have become +such a fine great Caterpillar as she did. She might better not eat +anything than to eat the wrong sort, and she knew it. + +Still, she often wished that she had more time for visiting, and thought +that she would be very gay next year, when she got her wings. "I'll +make up for it then," she said to herself, "when my growing is done and +I have time for play." Then she ate some more good, plain food, for she +knew that there would be no happy Moth-times for Caterpillars who did +not eat as they should. + +She had five vacations of about a day each when she ate nothing at all. +These were the times when she changed her skin, crawling out of the +tight old one and appearing as fresh and clean as possible in the new +one which was ready underneath. After her last change she was ready to +plan her cocoon, and she was a most beautiful Caterpillar. She was about +as long as a small cherry leaf, and as plump as a Caterpillar can be. +She was light green, with seven slanting yellow lines on each side of +her body, and a purplish-brown V-shaped mark on the back part of each +side. There were many little orange-colored bunches on her body, which +showed beautiful gleaming lights when she moved. Growing out of these +bunches were tiny tufts of bristles. + +She had three pairs of real legs and several pairs of make-believe ones. +Her real legs were on the front part of her body and were slender. These +she expected to keep always. The make-believe ones were called pro-legs. +They grew farther back and were fat, awkward, jointless things which she +would not need after her cocoon was spun. But for them, she would have +had to drag the back part of her body around like a Snake. With them, +the back part of her body could walk as well as the front, although not +quite so fast. She always took a few steps with her real legs and then +waited for her pro-legs to catch up. + +As the weather grew colder the Polyphemus Caterpillar hunted around on +the ground for a good place for her cocoon. She found an excellent twig +lying among the dead leaves, and decided to fasten to that. Then began +her hardest work, spinning a fluffy mass of gray-white silk which clung +to the twig and to one of the dry leaves and was almost exactly the +color of the leaf. Other Caterpillars came along and stopped to visit, +for they did not have to eat at cocoon-spinning time. + +"Better fasten your cocoon to a tree," said a pale bluish-green +Promethea Caterpillar. "Put it inside a curled leaf, like mine, and wind +silk around the stem to strengthen it. Then you can swing every time the +wind blows, and the silk will keep the leaf from wearing out." + +"But I don't want to swing," answered the Polyphemus Caterpillar. "I'd +rather lie still and think about things." + +"Fasten to the twig of a tree," advised a pale green Cecropia +Caterpillar with red, yellow, and blue bunches. "Then the wind just +moves you a little. Fasten it to a twig and taper it off nicely at each +end, and then----" + +"Yes," said the Polyphemus Caterpillar, "and then the Blue-Jays and +Chickadees will poke wheat or corn or beechnuts into the upper end of +it. I don't care to turn my sleeping room into a corn-crib." + +Just here some other Polyphemus Caterpillars came along and agreed with +their relative. "Go ahead with your tree homes," said they. "We know +what we want, and we'll see next summer who knew best." + +The Polyphemus cocoons were spun on the ground where the dead leaves had +blown in between some stones, and no wandering Cows or Sheep would be +likely to step on them. First a mass of coarse silk which it took half a +day to make, then an inside coating of a kind of varnish, then as much +silk as a Caterpillar could spin in four or five days, next another +inside varnishing, and the cocoons were done. As the Polyphemus +Caterpillars snuggled down for the long winter's sleep, each said to +himself something like this: "Those poor Caterpillars in the trees! How +cold they will be! I hope they may come out all right in the spring, but +I doubt it very much." + +And when the Cecropia and Promethea Caterpillars dozed off for the +winter, they said: "What a pity that those Polyphemus Caterpillars would +lie around on the ground. Well, we advised them what to do, so it isn't +our fault." + +They all had a lovely winter, and swung or swayed or lay still, just as +they had chosen to do. Early in the spring, the farmer's wife and little +girl came out to find wild flowers, and scraped the leaves away from +among the stones. Out rolled the cocoon that the first Polyphemus +Caterpillar had spun and the farmer's wife picked it up and carried it +off. She might have found more cocoons if the little girl had not +called her away. + +This was how it happened that one May morning a little girl stood by the +sitting-room window in the white farmhouse and watched Miss Polyphemus +crawl slowly out of her cocoon. A few days before a sour, milky-looking +stuff had begun to trickle into the lower end of the cocoon, softening +the hard varnish and the soft silken threads until a tiny doorway was +opened. Now all was ready and Miss Polyphemus pushed out. She was very +wet and weak and forlorn. "Oh," said she to herself, "it is more fun to +be a new Caterpillar than it is to be a new Moth. I've only six legs +left, and it will be very hard worrying along on these. I shall have to +give up walking." + +It was discouraging. You can see how it would be. She had been used to +having so many legs, and had looked forward all the summer before to the +time when she should float lightly through the air and sip honey from +flowers. She had dreamed of it all winter. And now here she was--wet and +weak, with only six legs left, and four very small and crumpled wings. +Her body was so big and fat that she could not hold it up from the +window-sill. She wanted to cry--it was all so sad and disappointing. She +would have done so, had she not remembered how very unbecoming it is to +cry. When she remembered that, she decided to take a nap instead, and +that was a most sensible thing to do, for crying always makes matters +worse, while sleeping makes them better. + +When she awakened she felt much stronger and more cheerful. She was +drier and her body felt lighter. This was because the fluids from it +were being pumped into her wings. That was making them grow, and the +beautiful colors began to show more brightly on them. "I wonder," she +said to herself, "if Moths always feel so badly when they first come +out?" + +If she had but known it, there were at that very time hundreds of Moths +as helpless as she, clinging to branches, leaves, and stones all through +the forest. There were many Polyphemus Moths just out, for in their +family it is the custom for all to leave their cocoons at just about +such a time in the morning. Perhaps she would have felt more patient if +she had known this, for it does seem to make hard times easier to bear +when one knows that everybody else has hard times also. Of course other +people always are having trouble, but she was young and really believed +for a time that she was the only uncomfortable Moth in the world. + +All day long her wings were stretching and growing smooth. When it grew +dark she was nearly ready to fly. Then the farmer's wife lifted her +gently by the wings and put her on the inside of the wire window-screen. +When the lights in the house were all put out, the moonbeams shone in on +Miss Polyphemus and showed her beautiful sand-colored body and wings +with the dark border on the front pair and the lighter border on the +back pair. + +On the back ones were dark eye-spots with clear places in the middle, +through which one could see quite clearly. + +"I would like to fly," sighed Miss Polyphemus, "and I believe I could if +it were not for this horrid screen." She did not know that the farmer's +wife had put her there to keep her safe from night birds until she was +quite strong. + +The wind blew in, sweet with the scent of wild cherry and shad-tree +blossoms, and poor Miss Polyphemus looked over toward the forest where +she had lived when she was a Caterpillar, and wished herself safely +there. "Much good it does me to have wings when I cannot use them," said +she. "I want something to eat. There is no honey to be sucked out of +wire netting. I wish I were a happy Caterpillar again, eating leaves on +the trees." She was not the first Moth who has wished herself a +Caterpillar, but she soon changed her mind. + +There fluttered toward her another Polyphemus Moth, a handsome fellow, +marked exactly as she was, only with darker coloring. His body was more +slender, and his feelers were very beautiful and feathery. She was fat +and had slender feelers. + +"Ah!" said he. "I thought I should find you soon." + +"Indeed?" she replied. "I wonder what made you think that?" + +"My feelers, of course," said he. "They always tell me where to find my +friends. You know how that is yourself." + +"I?" said she, as she changed her position a little. "I am just from my +cocoon. This was my coming-out day." + +"And so you have not met any one yet?" he asked. "Ah, this is a strange +world--a very strange world. I would advise you to be very careful with +whom you make friends. There are so many bad Moths, you know." + +"Good-evening," said a third voice near them, and another Polyphemus +Moth with feathery feelers alighted on the screen. He smiled sweetly at +Miss Polyphemus and scowled fiercely at the other Moth. It would have +ended in a quarrel right then and there, if a fourth Moth had not come +at that minute. One after another came, until there were nine handsome +fellows on the outside and Miss Polyphemus on the inside of the screen +trying to entertain them all and keep them from quarrelling. It made her +very proud to think so many were at her coming-out party. Still, she +would have enjoyed it better, she thought, if some whom she had known as +Caterpillars could be there to see how much attention she was having +paid to her. There was one Caterpillar whom she had never liked. She +only wished that she could see her now. + +Still, society tires one very much, and it was hard to keep her guests +from quarrelling. When she got to talking with one about maple-trees, +another was sure to come up and say that he had always preferred beech +when he was a Caterpillar. And the two outside would glare at each other +while she hastily thought of something else to say. + +At last those outside got to fighting. There was only one, the +handsomest of all, who said he thought too much of his feelers to fight +anybody. "Supposing I should fight and break them off," said he. "I +couldn't smell a thing for the rest of my life." He was very sensible, +and really the eight other fellows were fighting on account of Miss +Polyphemus, for whenever they thought she liked one best they began to +bump up against him. + + [Illustration: THEY LIVED IN THE FOREST AFTER THAT. _Page 109_] + +Toward morning the farmer's wife awakened and looked at Miss Polyphemus. +When she saw that she was strong enough to fly, she opened the screen +and let her go. By that time three of those with feathery feelers were +dead, three were broken-winged and clinging helplessly to the screen, +and two were so busy fighting that they didn't see Miss Polyphemus go. +The handsome great fellow who did not believe in fighting went with her, +and they lived in the forest after that. But she never cared for society +again. + +[Illustration] + + + + +[Illustration] + +THE LONELY OLD BACHELOR MUSKRAT + + +Beyond the forest and beside the river lay the marsh where the Muskrats +lived. This was the same marsh to which the young Frog had taken some of +the meadow people's children when they were tired of staying at home and +wanted to travel. When they went with him, you remember, they were gay +and happy, the sun was shining, and the way did not seem long. When they +came back they were cold and wet and tired, and thought it very far +indeed. One could never get them to say much about it. + +Some people like what others do not, and one's opinion of a marsh must +always depend on whether he is a Grasshopper or a Frog. But whether +people cared to live there or not, the marsh had always been a pleasant +place to see. In the spring the tall tamaracks along the edge put on +their new dresses of soft, needle-shaped green leaves, the +marsh-marigolds held their bright faces up to the sun, and hundreds of +happy little people darted in and out of the tussocks of coarse grass. +There was a warm, wet, earthy smell in the air, and near the +pussy-willows there was also a faint bitterness. + +Then the Marsh Hens made their nests, and the Sand-pipers ran mincingly +along by the quiet pools. + +In summer time the beautiful moccasin flowers grew in family groups, and +over in the higher, dryer part were masses of white boneset, tall spikes +of creamy foxglove, and slender, purple vervain. In the fall the +cat-tails stood stiffly among their yellow leaves, and the Red-winged +Blackbirds and the Bobolinks perched upon them to plan their journey to +the south. + +Even when the birds were gone and the cat-tails were ragged and +worn--even then, the marsh was an interesting place. Soft snow clung to +the brown seed clusters of boneset and filled the open silvery-gray pods +of the milkweed. In among the brown tussocks of grass ran the dainty +footprints of Mice and Minks, and here and there rose the cone-shaped +winter homes of the Muskrats. + +The Muskrats were the largest people there, and lived in the finest +homes. It is true that if a Mink and a Muskrat fought, the Mink was +likely to get the better of the Muskrat, but people never spoke of this, +although everybody knew that it was so. The Muskrats were too proud to +do so, the Minks were too wise to, and the smaller people who lived +near did not want to offend the Muskrats by mentioning it. It is said +that an impudent young Mouse did say something about it once when the +Muskrats could overhear him and that not one of them ever spoke to him +again. The next time he said "Good-evening" to a Muskrat, the Muskrat +just looked at him as though he didn't see him or as though he had been +a stick or a stone or something else uneatable and uninteresting. + +The Muskrats were very popular, for they were kind neighbors and never +stole their food from others. That was why nobody was jealous of them, +although they were so fat and happy. Their children usually turned out +very well, even if they were not at all strictly brought up. You know +when a father and mother have to feed and care for fifteen or so +children each summer, there is not much time for teaching them to say +"please" and "thank you" and "pardon me." Sometimes these young +Muskrats did snatch and quarrel, as on that night when fifteen of them +went to visit their old home and all wanted to go in first. You may +recall how, on that dreadful night, their father had to spank them with +his scaly tail and their mother sent them to bed. They always remembered +it, and you may be very sure their parents did. It makes parents feel +dreadfully when their children quarrel, and it is very wearing to have +to spank fifteen at once, particularly when one has to use his tail with +which to do it. + +There was one old Bachelor Muskrat who had always lived for himself, and +had his own way more than was good for him. If he had married, it would +not have been so, and he would have grown used to giving up to somebody +else. He was a fine-looking fellow with soft, short, reddish-brown fur, +which shaded almost to black on his back, and to a light gray +underneath. There were very few hairs on his long, flat, scaly tail, +and most of these were in two fringes, one down the middle of the upper +side, and the other down the middle of the lower side. His tiny ears +hardly showed above the fur on his head, and he was so fat that he +really seemed to have no neck at all. To look at his feet you would +hardly think he could swim, for the webs between his toes were very, +very small and his feet were not large. + +He was like all other Muskrats in using a great deal of perfume, and it +was not a pleasant kind, being so strong and musky. He thought it quite +right, and it was better so, for he couldn't help wearing it, and you +can just imagine how distressing it would be to see a Muskrat going +around with his nose turned up and all the time finding fault with his +own perfume. + +Nobody could remember the time when there had been no Muskrats in the +marsh. The Ground Hog who lived near the edge of the forest said that +his grandfather had often spoken of seeing them at play in the +moonlight; and there was an old Rattlesnake who had been married several +times and wore fourteen joints in his rattle, who said that he +remembered seeing Muskrats there before he cast his first skin. And it +was not strange that, after their people had lived there so long, the +Muskrats should be fond of the marsh. + +One day in midsummer the farmer and his men came to the marsh with +spades and grub-hoes and measuring lines. All of them had on high rubber +boots, and they tramped around and measured and talked, and rooted up a +few huckleberry bushes, and drove a good many stakes into the soft and +spongy ground. Then the dinner-bell at the farmhouse rang and, they went +away. It was a dull, cloudy day and a few of the Muskrats were out. If +it had been sunshiny they would have stayed in their burrows. They +paddled over to where the stakes were, and smelled of them and gnawed at +them, and wondered why the men had put them there. + +"I know," said one young Muskrat, who had married and set up a home of +his own that spring. "I know why they put these stakes in." + +"Oh, do listen!" cried the young Muskrat's wife. "He knows and will tell +us all about it." + +"Nobody ever told me this," said the young husband. "I thought it out +myself. The Ground Hog once said that they put small pieces of potato +into the ground to grow into whole big ones, and they have done the same +sort of thing here. You see, the farmer wanted a fence, and so he stuck +down these stakes, and before winter he will have a fence well grown." + +"Humph!" said the Bachelor Muskrat. It seemed as though he had meant to +say more, but the young wife looked at him with such a frown on her +furry forehead that he shut his mouth as tightly as he could (he never +could quite close it) and said nothing else. + +"Do you mean to tell me," said one who had just sent five children out +of her burrow to make room for another lot of babies, "that they will +grow a fence here where it is so wet? Fences grow on high land." + +"That is what I said," answered the young husband, slapping his tail on +the water to make himself seem more important. + +"Well," said the anxious mother, "if they go to growing fences and such +things around here I shall move. Every one of my children will want to +play around it, and as like as not will eat its roots and get sick." + +Then the men came back and all the Muskrats ran toward their burrows, +dived into the water to reach the doors of them, and then crawled up the +long hallways that they had dug out of the bank until they got to the +large rooms where they spent most of their days and kept their babies. + +That night the young husband was the first Muskrat to come out, and he +went at once to the line of stakes. He had been lying awake and thinking +while his wife was asleep, and he was afraid he had talked too much. He +found that the stakes had not grown any, and that the men had begun to +dig a deep ditch beside them. He was afraid that his neighbors would +point their paws at him and ask how the fence was growing, and he was +not brave enough to meet them and say that he had been mistaken. He went +down the river bank and fed alone all night, while his wife and +neighbors were grubbing and splashing around in the marsh or swimming +in the river near their homes. The young Muskrats were rolling and +tumbling in the moonlight and looking like furry brown balls. After it +began to grow light, he sneaked back to his burrow. + +Every day the men came in their high rubber boots to work, and every day +there were more ditches and the marsh was drier. By the time that the +flowers had all ripened their seeds and the forest trees were bare, the +marsh was changed to dry ground, and the Muskrats could find no water +there to splash in. One night, and it was a very, very dark one, they +came together to talk about winter. + +"It is time to begin our cold-weather houses," said one old Muskrat, "I +have never started so soon, but we are to have an early winter." + +"Yes, and a long one, too," added his wife, who said that Mr. Muskrat +never told things quite strongly enough. + +"It will be cold," said another Muskrat, "and we shall need to build +thick walls." + +"Why?" asked a little Muskrat. + +"Sh!" said his mother. + +"The question is," said the old Muskrat who had first spoken, "where we +shall build." + +"Why?" asked the little Muskrat, pulling at his mother's tail. + +"Sh-h!" said his mother. + +"There is no water here except in the ditches," said the oldest Muskrat, +"and of course we would not build beside them." + +"Why not?" asked the little Muskrat. And this time he actually poked his +mother in the side. + +"Sh-h-h!" said she. "How many times must I speak to you? Don't you know +that young Muskrats should be seen and not heard?" + +"But I can't be seen," he whimpered. "It is so dark that I can't be +seen, and you've just got to hear me." + +Of course, after he had spoken in that way to his mother and interrupted +all the others by his naughtiness, he had to be punished, so his mother +sent him to bed. That is very hard for young Muskrats, for the night, +you know, is the time when they have the most fun. + +The older ones talked and talked about what they should do. They knew, +as they always do know, just what sort of winter they were to have, and +that they must begin to build at once. Some years they had waited until +a whole month later, but that was because they expected a late and mild +winter. At last the oldest Muskrat decided for them. "We will move +to-morrow night," said he. "We will go to the swamp on the other side of +the forest and build our winter homes there." + +All the Muskrats felt sad about going, and for a minute it was so still +that you might almost have heard a milkweed seed break loose from the +pod and float away. Then a gruff voice broke the silence. "I will not +go," it said. "I was born here and I will live here. I never have left +this marsh and I never will leave it." + +They could not see who was speaking, but they knew it was the Bachelor. +The oldest Muskrat said afterward that he was so surprised you could +have knocked him over with a blade of grass. Of course, you couldn't +have done it, because he was so fat and heavy, but that is what he said, +and it shows just how he felt. + +The other Muskrats talked and talked and talked with him, but it made no +difference. His brothers told him it was perfectly absurd for him to +stay, that people would think it queer, and that he ought to go with the +rest of his relatives. Yet it made no difference. "You should stay," he +would reply. "Our family have always lived here." + +When the Muskrat mothers told him how lonely he would be, and how he +would miss seeing the dear little ones frolic in the moonlight, he +blinked and said: "Well, I shall just have to stand it." Then he sighed, +and they went away saying to each other what a tender heart he had and +what a pity it was that he had never married. One of them spoke as +though he had been in love with her some years before, but the others +had known nothing about it. + +The Muskrat fathers told him that he would have no one to help him if a +Mink should pick a quarrel with him. "I can take care of myself then," +said he, and showed his strong gnawing teeth in a very fierce way. + +It was only when the dainty young Muskrat daughters talked to him that +he began to wonder if he really ought to stay. He lay awake most of one +day thinking about it and remembering the sad look in their little eyes +when they said that they should miss him. He was so disturbed that he +ate only three small roots during the next night. The poor old Bachelor +had a hard time then, but he was so used to having his own way and doing +what he had started to do, and not giving up to anybody, that he stayed +after all. + +The others went away and he began to build his winter house beside the +biggest ditch. He placed it among some bushes, so that if the water in +the ditch should ever overflow they would help hold his house in place. +He built it with his mouth, bringing great mouthfuls of grass roots and +rushes and dropping them on the middle of the heap. Sometimes they +stayed there and sometimes they rolled down. If they rolled down he +never brought them back, for he knew that they would be useful where +they were. When it was done, the house was shaped like a pine cone with +the stem end down, for after he had made it as high as a tall milkweed +he finished off the long slope up which he had been running and made it +look like the other sides. + +After that he began to burrow up into it from below. The right way to +do, he knew, was to have his doorway under water and dive down to it. +Other winters he had done this and had given the water a loud slap with +his tail as he dived. Now there was not enough water to dive into, and +when he tried slapping on it his tail went through to the ditch bottom +and got muddy. He had to fix the doorway as best he could, and then he +ate out enough of the inside of his house to make a good room and poked +a small hole through the roof to let in fresh air. + + [Illustration: THE MARSH SEEMED SO EMPTY AND LONELY. _Page 127_] + +After the house was done, he slept there during the days and prowled +around outside at night. He slept there, but ate none of the roots of +which it was made until the water in the ditch was frozen hard. He knew +that there would be a long, long time when he could not dig fresh roots +and must live on those. + +At night the marsh seemed so empty and lonely that he hardly knew what +to do. He didn't enjoy his meals, and often complained to the Mice that +the roots did not taste so good to him as those they used to have when +he was young. He tried eating other things and found them no better. +When there was bright moonlight, he sat upon the highest tussock he +could find and thought about his grandfathers and grandmothers. "If they +had not eaten their houses," he once said to a Mouse, "this marsh would +be full of them." + +"No it wouldn't," answered the Mouse, who didn't really mean to +contradict him, but thought him much mistaken. "If the houses hadn't +been eaten, they would have been blown down by the wind and beaten down +by rains and washed away by floods. It is better so. Who wants things to +stay the way they are forever and ever? I'd rather see the trees drop +their leaves once in a while and grow new ones than to wear the same old +ones after they are ragged and faded." + +The Bachelor Muskrat didn't like this very well, but he couldn't forget +it. When he awakened in the daytime he would think about it and at night +he thought more. He was really very forlorn, and because he had nobody +else to think about he thought too much of himself and began to believe +that he was lame and sick. When he sat on a tussock and remembered all +the houses which his grandparents had built and eaten, he became very +sad and sighed until his fat sides shook. He wished that he could sleep +through the winter like the Ground Hog, or through part of it like the +Skunk, but just as sure as night came his eyes popped open and there he +was--awake. + +When spring came he thought of his friends who had gone to the swamp and +he knew that last year's children were marrying and digging burrows of +their own. The poor old Bachelor wanted to go to them, yet he was so +used to doing what he had said he would, and disliked so much to let +anybody know that he was mistaken, that he chose to stay where he was, +without water enough for diving and with hardly enough for swimming. How +it would have ended nobody knows, had the farmer not come to plough up +the old drained marsh for planting celery. + +Then the Bachelor went. He reached his new home in the early morning, +and the mothers let their children stay up until it was quite light so +that he might see them plainly. "Isn't it pleasant here?" they cried. +"Don't you like it better than the old place?" + +"Oh, it does very well," he answered, "but you must remember that I only +moved because I had to." + +"Oh, yes, we understand that," said one of the mothers, "but we hope you +will really like it here." + +Afterward her husband said to her, "Don't you know he was glad to come? +What's the use of being so polite?" + +"Poor old fellow," she answered. "He is so queer because he lives alone, +and I'm sorry for him. Just see him eat." + +And truly it was worth while to watch him, for the roots tasted sweet to +him, and, although he had not meant to be, he was very happy--far +happier than if he had had his own way. + +[Illustration] + + + + +[Illustration] + +THE GREEDY RED FOX + + +The Red Fox had been well brought up. His mother was a most cautious +person and devoted to her children. When he did things which were wrong, +he could never excuse himself by saying that he did not know better. Of +course it is possible that he was like his father in being so reckless, +yet none of his two brothers and three sisters were like him. They did +not remember their father. In fact, they had never seen him, and their +mother seldom spoke of him. + +His mother had taken all the care of her six children, even pulling fur +from her own belly to make a soft nest covering for them when they were +first born. They were such helpless babies. Their eyes and ears were +closed for some time, and all they could do was to tumble each other +around and drink the warm milk that their mother had for them. + +They had three burrows to live in, all of them in an open field between +the forest and the farmhouse. Sometimes they lived in the first, +sometimes in the second, and sometimes in the third. One night when +their mother went out to hunt, she smelled along the ground near the +burrow and then came back. "There has been a man near here," she said, +"and I shall take you away." + +That excited the little Foxes very much, and each wanted to be the first +to go, but she hushed them up, and said that if they talked so loudly as +that some man might catch them before they moved, and then--. She said +nothing more, yet they knew from the way she moved her tail that it +would be dreadful to have a man catch them. + +While she was carrying them to another burrow one at a time, those who +were left behind talked about men. "I wish I knew why men are so +dreadful," said the first. "It must be because they have very big mouths +and sharp teeth." + +"I wonder what color their fur is," said another. + +Now these young Foxes had seen nobody but their mother. If she had not +told them that different animals wore different colored furs, they would +have thought that everybody looked just like her, with long +reddish-yellow fur and that on the hinder part of the back quite +grizzled; throat, belly, and the tip of the tail white, and the outside +of the ears black. They were very sure, however, that no other animal +had such a wonderful tail as she, with each of its long, reddish hairs +tipped with black and the beautiful brush of pure white at the end. In +fact, she had told them so. + +The next time their mother came back, the four children who were still +there cried out, "Please tell us, what color is a man's fur?" + +She was a sensible and prudent Fox, and knew it was much more important +to keep her children from being caught than it was to answer all their +questions at once. Besides, she already had one child in her mouth when +they finished their question, and she would not put him down for the +sake of talking. And that also was right, you know, for one can talk at +any time, but the time to do work is just when it needs to be done. + +After they were snugly settled in the other burrow, she lay down to feed +them, and while they were drinking their milk she told them about men. +"Men," she said, "are the most dreadful animals there are. Other animals +will not trouble you unless they are hungry, but a man will chase you +even when his stomach is full. They have four legs, of course,--all +animals have,--but they use only two to walk upon. Their front legs they +use for carrying things. We carry with our mouths, yet the only thing I +ever saw a man have in his mouth was a short brown stick that was afire +at one end. I thought it very silly, for he couldn't help breathing some +of the smoke, and he let the stick burn up and then threw the fire away. +However, men are exceedingly silly animals." + +One of the little Red Foxes stopped drinking long enough to say, "You +didn't tell us what color their fur is." + +"The only fur they have," said Mother Fox, "is on their heads. They +usually have fur on the top and back parts of their heads, and some of +them have a little on the lower part of their faces. They may have +black, red, brown, gray, or white fur. It is never spotted." + +The children would have liked to ask more questions, but Mother Fox had +eaten nothing since the night before, and was in a hurry to begin her +hunt. + +One could never tell all that happened to the little Red Foxes. They +moved from burrow to burrow many times; they learned to eat meat which +their mother brought them instead of drinking milk from her body, they +frolicked together near the doorway of their home, and while they did +this their mother watched from the edge of the forest, ready to warn +them if she saw men or dogs coming. + +She had chosen to dig her burrows in the middle of a field, because then +there was no chance for men or Dogs to sneak up to them unseen, as there +would have been in the forest, yet she feared that her children would be +playing so hard that they might forget to watch. They slept most of the +day, and at night they were always awake. When they were old enough, +they began to hunt for themselves. Mother Fox gave them a great deal of +good advice and then paid no more attention to them. After that, she +took her naps on a sunny hillside, lying in a beautiful soft +reddish-yellow bunch, with her bushy tail curled around to keep her feet +warm and shade her eyes from the light. + +The six brothers and sisters seldom saw each other after this. Foxes +succeed better in life if they live alone, and of course they wanted to +succeed. The eldest brother was the reckless one. His mother had done +her best by him, and still he was reckless. He knew by heart all the +rules that she had taught him, but he did not keep them. These were the +rules: + +"Always run on hard, dry things when you can. Soft, wet places take more +scent from your feet, and Dogs can follow your trail better on them. + +"Never go into any place unless you are sure you can get out. + +"Keep your tail dry. A Fox with a wet tail cannot run well. + +"If Dogs are chasing you, jump on to a rail fence and run along the top +of it or walk in a brook. + +"Always be willing to work for your food. That which you find all ready +and waiting for you may be the bait of a trap. + +"Always walk when you are hunting. The Fox who trots will pass by that +which he should find." + +For a while he said them over to himself every night when he started +out. Then he began to skip a night once in a while. Next he got to +saying them only when he had been frightened the day before. After that +he stopped saying them altogether. "I am a full-grown Fox now," he said +to himself, "and such things are only good for children. I guess I know +how to take care of myself." + +He often went toward the farmhouse to hunt, sometimes for grapes, +sometimes for vegetables, and sometimes for heartier food. Collie had +chased him away, but Collie was growing old and fat and had to hang his +tongue out when he ran, so the Red Fox thought it only fun. He trotted +along in the moonlight, his light, slender body seeming to almost float +over the ground, and his beautiful tail held straight out behind. His +short, slender legs were strong and did not tire easily, and as long as +he could keep his tall dry he outran Collie easily. Sometimes he would +get far ahead and sit down to wait for him. Then he would call out saucy +things to the panting Dog, and only start on when Collie's nose had +almost touched him. + +"Fine evening!" he once said. "Hope your nose works better than your +legs do." + +That was a mean thing to say, you know, but Collie always keeps his +temper and only answered, "It's sweating finely, thank you." He answered +that way because it is the sweat on a Dog's nose which makes it possible +for him to smell and follow scents which dry-nosed people do not even +know about. + +Then the Fox gave a long, light leap, and was off again, and Collie had +to lie down to breathe. "I think," said he, "that I can tend Sheep +better than I can chase Foxes--and it is a good deal easier." Still, +Collie didn't like to be beaten and he lay awake the rest of the night +thinking how he would enjoy catching that Fox. Every little while he +heard the Red Fox barking off in the fields, and it made him twitch his +tail with impatience. + +Now the Red Fox was walking carefully toward the farmhouse and planning +to catch a Turkey. He had watched the flocks of Turkeys all afternoon +from his sleeping-place on the hillside. Every time he opened his eyes +between naps he had looked at them as they walked to and fro in the +fields, talking to each other in their gentle, complaining voices and +moving their heads back and forth at every step. If his stomach had not +been so full he would have tried to catch one then. He made up his mind +to try it that night, and decided that he would rather have the plump, +light-colored one than any of her darker sisters. He did not even think +of catching the old Gobbler, for he was so big and strong and +fierce-looking. He had just begun to walk with the Turkey mothers and +children. During the summer they had had nothing to do with each other. + +When the Red Fox reached the farmyard, he found them roosting on the low +branches of an apple-tree. A long board had been placed against it to +let the Chickens walk up. Now the Chickens were in the Hen-house, but +the board was still there. The Red Fox looked all around. It was a +starlight night. The farmhouse was dark and quiet. Collie was nowhere to +be seen. Once he heard a Horse stamp in his sleep. Then all was still +again. + +The Red Fox walked softly up the slanting board. The Gobbler stirred. +The Red Fox stopped with one foot in the air. When he thought him fast +asleep he went on. The Gobbler stirred again and so did the others. The +Red Fox sprang for the plump, light-colored one. She jumped also, and +with the others flew far up to the top of the barn. The Red Fox ran down +the board with five buff tail-feathers in his mouth. He was much out of +patience with himself. "If I hadn't stopped to pick for her," he said, +"I could have caught one of the others easily enough." + +He sneaked around in the shadows to see if the noise made by the turkeys +had awakened the farmer or Collie. The farmhouse was still and dark. +Collie was not at home. "I will look at the Hen-house," said the Red +Fox. + +He walked slowly and carefully to the Hen-house. The big door was closed +and bolted. He walked all around and into the poultry yard. There was a +small opening through which the fowls could pass in and out. The Red Fox +managed to crawl though, but it was not easy. It squeezed his body and +crushed his fur. He had to push very hard with his hind feet to get +through at all. When he was inside it took him some time to get his +breath. "That's the tightest place I ever was in," said he softly, "but +I always could crawl through a very small hole." + +He found the fowls all roosting too high for him. Perhaps if the +Hen-house had been larger, he might have leaped and caught one, but +there was not room for one of his finest springs. He went to the nests +and found many eggs there. These he broke and ate. They ran down in +yellow streams from the corners of his mouth and made his long fur very +sticky. You can just imagine how hard it would be to eat raw eggs from +the shell with only your paws in which to hold them. + +One egg was light and slippery. He bit hard to break that one, and when +it broke it was hollow. Not a drop of anything to eat in it, and then it +cut his lip a little, too, so that he could not eat more without its +hurting. He jumped and said something when he was cut. The Shanghai +Cock, who was awakened by the noise, said that he exclaimed, "Brambles +and traps!" but it may not have been anything so bad as that. We will +hope it was not. + +The Shanghai Cock awakened all the other fowls. "Don't fly off your +perch!" he cried. "Stay where you are! _Stay where where you are!_ STAY +WHERE YOU ARE!" The other Cocks kept saying "Eru-u-u-u," as they do when +Hawks are near. The Hens squawked and squawked and squawked, until they +were out of breath. When they got their breath they squawked some more. + +The Red Fox knew that it was time for him to go. The farmer would be +sure to hear the noise. He put his head out of the hole through which he +had come in, and he pushed as hard as he could with his hind feet and +scrambled with his fore feet. His fur was crushed worse than ever, and +he was squeezed so tightly that he could hardly breathe. You see it had +been all he could do to get in through the hole, and now he had nine +eggs in his stomach (excepting what had run down at the corners of his +mouth), and he was too large to pass through. + +The fowls saw what was the matter, and wanted to laugh. They thought it +very funny, and yet the sooner he could get away the better they would +like it. The Red Fox had his head outside and saw a light flash in the +farmer's room. Then he heard doors open, and the farmer came toward the +Hen-house with a lantern in his hand. Collie came trotting around the +corner of the house. The Red Fox made one last desperate struggle and +then lay still. + +When the farmer picked him up and tied a rope around his neck, he had to +pull him backward into the Hen-house to do it. The Red Fox was very +quiet and gentle, as people of his family always are when caught. Collie +pranced around on two legs and barked as loudly as he could. The fowls +blinked their round yellow eyes in the lantern light, and the farmer's +man ran out for an empty Chicken-coop into which to put the Red Fox. +Collie was usually quite polite, but he had not forgotten how rude the +Red Fox had been to him, and it was a fine chance to get even. + +"Good evening!" he barked. "Oh, good evening! I'm glad you came. Don't +think you must be going. Excuse me, but your mouth worked better than +your legs, didn't it?" + +The Red Fox shut his eyes and pretended not to hear. The dirt from the +floor of the Hen-house had stuck to his egg-covered fur, and he looked +very badly. They put him in a Chicken-coop with a board floor, so that +he couldn't burrow out, and he curled down in a little heap and hid his +face with his tail. Collie hung around for a while and then went off to +sleep. After he was gone, the Red Fox cleaned his fur. "I got caught +this time," he said, "but it won't happen again. Now I must watch for a +chance to get away. It will surely come." + +It did come. But that is another story. + +[Illustration] + + + + +[Illustration] + +THE UNFORTUNATE FIREFLIES + + +Several very large families of Fireflies lived in the marsh and were +much admired by their friends who were awake at night. Once in a while +some young Firefly who happened to awaken during the day would go out +and hover over the heads of the daylight people. He never had any +attention paid to him then, however, for during the day he seemed like a +very commonplace little beetle and nobody even cared to look at him a +second time. The only remarkable thing about him was the soft light that +shone from his body, and that could only be seen at night. + +The older Fireflies told the younger ones that they should get all the +sleep they could during the daytime if they were to flutter and frisk +all night. Most of them did this, but two young Fireflies, who cared +more about seeing the world than they did about minding their elders, +used to run away while the rest were dreaming. Each thought herself very +important, and was sure that if the others missed her they wouldn't +sleep a wink all day. + +One night they planned to go by daylight to the farthest corner of the +marsh. They had heard a couple of young Muskrats talking about it, and +thought it might be different from anything they had seen. They went to +bed when the rest did and pretended to fall asleep. When she was sure +that the older Fireflies were dreaming, one of them reached over with +her right hind leg and touched the other just below the edge of her left +wing-cover. "Are you ready?" she whispered. + +"Yes," answered the friend, who happened to be the smaller of the two. + +"Come on, then," said the larger one, picking her way along on her six +tiptoes. It was already growing light, and they could see where they +stepped, but, you know, it is hard to walk over rough places on two +tiptoes, so you can imagine what it must be on six. There are some +pleasant things about having many legs. There are also some hard things. +It is a great responsibility. + +When well away from their sleeping relatives, they lifted their +wing-covers, spread their wings, and flew to the farthest corner of the +marsh. They were not afraid of being punished if caught, for they were +orphans and had nobody to bring them up. They were afraid that if the +other Fireflies awakened they would be called "silly" or "foolish young +bugs." They thought that they were old enough to take care of +themselves, and did not want advice. + +"Oh, wouldn't they make a fuss if they knew!" exclaimed the Larger +Firefly. + +"They think we need to be told every single thing," said the Smaller +Firefly. + +"Guess we're old enough now to go off by ourselves," said the Larger +Firefly. + +"I guess so," answered the Smaller Firefly. "I'm not afraid if it is +light, and I can see pretty near as well as I can at night." + +Just then a Flycatcher darted toward them and they had to hide. He had +come so near that they could look down his throat as he flew along with +his beak open. The Fireflies were so scared that their feelers shook. + +"I wish that bird would mind his own business," grumbled the Larger +Firefly. + +"That's just what he was doing," said a voice beside them, as a Garter +Snake drew himself through the grass. Then their feelers shook again, +for they knew that snakes do not breakfast on grass and berries. + +"Did you ever see such luck?" said the Smaller Firefly. "If it isn't +birds it is snakes." + +"Perfectly dreadful!" answered the other. "I never knew the marsh to be +so full of horrid people. Besides, my eyes are bothering me and I can't +see plainly." + +"So are mine," said the Smaller Firefly. "Are you going to tell the +other Fireflies all about things to-night?" + +"I don't know that I will," said the Larger Firefly. "I'll make them ask +me first." + +Then they reached the farther corner of the marsh and crawled around to +see what they could find. Their eyes bothered them so that they could +not see unless they were close to things, so it was useless to fly. They +peeped into the cool dark corners under the skunk cabbage leaves, and +lay down to rest on a bed of soft moss. A few stalks of last year's +teazles stood, stiff and brown, in the corner of the fence. The Smaller +Firefly alighted on one and let go in such a hurry that she fell to the +ground. "Ouch!" she cried. "It has sharp hooks all over it." + +While they were lying on the moss and resting, they noticed a queer +plant growing near. It had a flower of green and dark red which was +unlike any other blossom they had ever seen. The leaves were even +queerer. Each was stiff and hollow and grew right out of the ground +instead of coming from a stalk. + +"I'm going to crawl into one of them," said the Larger Firefly. "There +is something sweet inside. I believe it will be lots better than the +skunk cabbage." She balanced herself on the top of a fresh green leaf. + +"I'm going into this one," said the other Firefly, as she alighted on +the edge of a brown-tipped leaf. "It looks nice and dark inside. We must +tell about this at the party to-night, even if they don't ask us." + +Then they repeated together the little verse that some of the pond +people use when they want to start together: + + "Tussock, mud, water, and log, + Muskrat, Snake, Turtle, and Frog, + Here we go into the bog!" + +When they said "bog" each dropped quickly into her own leaf. + +For a minute nobody made a sound. Then there was a queer sputtering, +choking voice in the fresh green leaf and exactly the same in the +brown-tipped one. After that a weak little voice in the green leaf said, +"Abuschougerh! I fell into water." + +Another weak voice from the brown-tipped one replied, "Gtschagust! So +did I." + +On the inside of each leaf were many stiff hairs, all pointing downward. +When the Fireflies dropped in, they had brushed easily past these hairs +and thought it rather pleasant. Now that they were sputtering and +choking inside, and wanted to get out, these same hairs stuck into their +eyes and pushed against their legs and made them exceedingly +uncomfortable. The water, too, had stood for some time in the leaves and +did not smell good. + +Perhaps it would be just as well not to tell all the things which those +two Fireflies said, for they were tired and out of patience. After a +while they gave up trying to get out until they should be rested. It was +after sunset when they tried the last time, and the light that shone +from their bellies brightened the little green rooms where they were. +They rested and went at it carefully, instead of in the angry, jerky way +which they had tried before. Slowly, one foot at a time, they managed to +climb out of the doorway at the top. As they came out, they heard the +squeaky voice of a young Mouse say, "Oh, where did those bright things +come from?" + +They also heard his mother answer, "Those are only a couple of foolish +Fireflies who have been in the leaves of the pitcher-plant all day." + +After they had eaten something they flew toward home. They knew that it +would be late for the party, and they expected to surprise and delight +everybody when they reached there. On the way they spoke of this. "I'm +dreadfully tired," said one, "but I suppose we shall have to dance in +the air with the rest or they will make a fuss." + +"Yes," said the other. "It spoils everything if we are not there. And +we'll have to tell where we've been and what we've done and whom we have +seen, when we would rather go to sleep and make up what we lost during +the daytime." + + [Illustration: TWINKLING WITH HUNDREDS OF TINY LIGHTS. _Page 157_] + +As they came near the middle of the marsh they were surprised to see the +mild summer air twinkling with hundreds of tiny lights as their friends +and relatives flew to and fro in the dusk. "Well," said the Larger +Firefly, "I think they might have waited for us." + +"Humph!" said the Smaller Firefly. "If they can't be more polite than +that, I won't play." + +"After we've had such a dreadfully hard time, too," said the Larger +Firefly. "Got most eaten by a Flycatcher and scared by a Garter Snake +and shut up all day in the pitcher-plant. I won't move a wing to help on +their old party." + +So two very tired and cross young Fireflies sat on a last year's +cat-tail and sulked. People didn't notice them because they were sitting +and their bright bellies didn't show. After a long time an elderly +Firefly came to rest on the cat-tail and found them. "Good evening," +said he. "Have you danced until you are tired?" + +They looked at each other, but before either could speak one of their +young friends alighted beside them and said the same thing. Then the +Smaller Firefly answered. "We have been away," said she, "and we are not +dancing to-night." + +"Going away, did you say?" asked the elderly Firefly, who was rather +deaf. "I hope you will have a delightful time." Then he bowed and flew +off. + +"Don't stay long," added their young friend. "We shall be so lonely +without you." + +After he also was gone, the two runaways looked into each other's eyes. +"We were not even missed!" they cried. "We had a bad time and nobody +makes any fuss. They were dancing without us." Poor little Fireflies! + +They were much wiser after that, for they had learned that two young +Fireflies were not so wonderfully important after all. And that if they +chose to do things which it was never meant young Fireflies should do, +they would be likely to have a very disagreeable time, but that other +Fireflies would go on eating and dancing and living their own lives. To +be happy, they must keep the Firefly laws. + +[Illustration] + + + + +[Illustration] + +THE KITTENS COME TO THE FOREST + + +One day the three big Kittens who lived with their mother in the +farmer's barn had a dreadful quarrel. If their mother had been with +them, she would probably have cuffed each with her fore paw and scolded +them soundly. She was not with them because she had four little new +Kittens lying beside her in the hay-loft over the stalls. + +You would think that the older Kittens must have been very proud of +their baby brothers and sisters, yet they were not. They might have done +kind little things for their mother, but they didn't. They just hunted +food for themselves and never took a mouthful of it to her. And this +does not prove that they were bad Kittens. It just shows that they were +young and thoughtless. + +The Brown Kitten, the one whose fur was black and yellow mixed so finely +as to look brown, had climbed the barn stairs to see them. When he +reached their corner he sat down and growled at them. His mother said +nothing at first, but when he went so far as to switch his tail in a +threatening way, she left her new babies and sprang at him and told him +not to show his whiskers upstairs again until he could behave properly. + +His sisters, the Yellow Kitten and the White Kitten, stayed downstairs. +They didn't dislike babies so much as their brother. They just didn't +care anything about them. Cats never care much about Kittens, you know, +unless they are their own, and big brothers always say that they can't +bear them. + +Now these three older Kittens were perfectly able to care for +themselves. It was a long time since their mother stopped feeding them, +and they were already excellent hunters. They had practised crouching, +crawling, and springing before they left the hay-loft. Sometimes they +hunted wisps of hay that moved when the wind blew in through the open +door. Sometimes they pounced on each other, and sometimes they hunted +the Grasshoppers who got brought in with the hay. It was when they were +doing this once that they were so badly scared, but that is a story +which has already been told. + +There was no reason why they should feel neglected or worry about +getting enough to eat. If one of them had poor luck in hunting, all he +had to do was to hang around the barn when the Cows were brought up, and +go into the house with the man when he carried the great pails full of +foamy milk. Then if the Kittens acted hungry, mewed very loudly, and +rubbed up lovingly against the farmer's wife they were sure to get a +good, dishful of warm milk. + +You can see how unreasonable they were. They had plenty to eat, and +their mother loved them just as much as ever, but they felt hurt and +sulked around in corners, and answered each other quite rudely, and +would not run after a string which the farmer's little girl dangled +before them. They were not cross all the time, because they had been up +the whole night and had to sleep. They stopped being cross when they +fell asleep and began again as soon as they awakened. The Hens who were +feeding around became so used to it that as soon as they saw a Kitten +twist and squirm, and act like awakening, they put their heads down and +ran away as fast as they could. + +They did not even keep themselves clean. Oh, they licked themselves +over two or three times during the day, but not thoroughly. The Yellow +Kitten did not once try to catch her tail and scrub it, and actually +wore an unwashed tail all day. It didn't show very plainly because it +was yellow, but that made it no cleaner. The White Kitten went around +with her fore paws looking really disgraceful. The Brown Kitten scrubbed +his ears in a sort of half-hearted way, and paid no attention to the +place under his chin. When he did his ears, he gave his paw one lick and +his ear one rub, and repeated this only six times. Everybody knows that +a truly tidy Cat wets his paw with two licks, cleans his ear with two +rubs, and does this over and over from twenty to forty times before he +begins on the other ear. + +Toward night they quarrelled over a dishful of milk which the farmer's +wife gave them. There was plenty of room for them all to put their heads +into the dish at once and lap until each had his share. If it had not +been for their whiskers, there would have been no trouble. These hit, +and each told the others to step back and wait. Nobody did, and there +was such a fuss that the farmer's wife took the dish away and none of +them had any more. They began to blame each other and talk so loudly +that the man drove them all away as fast as they could scamper. + +Now that they were separated, each began to grow more and more +discontented. The Brown Kitten had crawled under the carriage house, and +as soon as it was really dark he stole off to the forest. + +"My mother has more Kittens," he said, "and my sisters get my whiskers +all out of shape, and I'll go away and never come back. I won't say +good-by to them either. I guess they'll feel badly then and wish they'd +been nicer to me! If they ever find me and want me to come back, I won't +go. Not if they beg and beg! I'll just turn my tail toward them and +walk away." + +The Brown Kitten knew that Cats sometimes went to live in the woods and +got along very well. He was not acquainted with one who had done this; +his mother had told him and his sisters stories of Cats who chose to +live so. She said that was one thing which showed how much more clever +they were than Dogs. Dogs, you know, cannot live happily away from men, +although there may be the best of hunting around them. + +"I will find a good hollow tree," said he, "for my home, and I will +sleep there all day and hunt at night. I will eat so much that I shall +grow large and strong. Then, when I go out to hunt, the forest people +will say, 'Sh! Here comes the Brown Cat.'" + +As he thought this he was running softly along the country road toward +the forest. Once in a while he stopped to listen, and stood with his +head raised and turned and one fore foot in the air. He kept his ears +pointed forward all the time so as to hear better. + +When he passed the marsh he saw the Fireflies dancing in the air. +Sometimes they flew so low that a Kitten might catch them. He thought he +would try, so he crawled through the fence and toward the place where +they were dancing. He passed two tired ones sitting on a leaf and never +saw them. That was because their wings covered their sides so well that +no light shone past, and their bright bellies were close to the leaf. He +had almost reached the dancers when he found his paws getting wet and +muddy. That made him turn back at once, for mud was something he +couldn't stand. "I wish I had something to eat," he said, as he took a +bite of catnip. "This is very good for a relish, but not for a whole +meal." + +He trotted on toward the forest, thinking about milk and Fireflies and +several other things, when he was stopped by some great winged person +flying down toward him and then sweeping upward and alighting on a +branch. The Brown Kitten drew back stiffly and said, "Ha-a-ah!" + +"Who? Who? To who?" asked the person on the branch. + +The Brown Kitten answered, "It is I." But the question came again: "Who? +Who? To who?" + +That made the Brown Kitten remember that, since his voice was not known +in the forest, nobody could tell anything by his answer. This time he +replied: "I am the Brown Kitten, if you please, and I have come to live +in the forest." + +"Who? Who? To who?" was the next question, and the Brown Kitten thought +he was asked to whose home he was going. + +"I am not going to anybody," he said. "I just wanted to come, and left +my old home suddenly. I shall live alone and have a good time. I didn't +even tell my mother." + +"Who? Who? To who?" said the Great Horned Owl, for it was he. + +"My m-mother," said the Brown Kitten, and then he ran away as fast as he +could. He had seen the Owl more clearly as he spoke, and the Owl's face +reminded him a little of his mother and made him want to see her. He ran +so fast that he almost bumped into the Skunk, who was taking a dignified +stroll through the forest and sniffing at nearly everything he saw. It +was very lucky, you know, that he did not quite run into the Skunk, for +Skunks do not like to be run into, and, if he had done so, other people +would soon have been sniffing at him. + +The Brown Kitten thought that the Skunk might be related to him. They +were about the same size, and the Brown Kitten had been told that his +relatives were not only different colors, but different shapes. His +mother had told of seeing some Manx Kittens who had no tails at all, and +he thought that the Skunk's elegant long-haired one needn't prevent his +being a Cat. + +"Good evening," said the Brown Kitten. "Would you mind telling me if you +are a Cat." + +"Cat? No!" growled the Skunk. "They sometimes call me a Wood-Kitty, but +they have no right to. I am a Skunk, _Skunk_, SKUNK, and I am related to +the Weasles. Step out of my path." + +A family of young Raccoons in a tree called down teasingly to him to +come up, but after he had started they told him to go down, and then +laughed at him because he had to go tail first. He did not know that +forest climbers turn the toes of their hind feet backward and scamper +down head first. Still, it would have made no difference if he had +known, for his toes wouldn't turn. + +He found something to eat now and then, and he looked for a hollow tree. +He found only one, and that was a Bee tree, so he couldn't use it. All +around him the most beautiful mushrooms were pushing up from the ground. +White, yellow, orange, red, and brown they were, and looked so plump and +fair that he wanted to bite them. He knew, however, that some of them +were very poisonous, so he didn't even lick them with his eager, rough +little pink tongue. He was just losing his Kitten teeth, and his new Cat +teeth were growing, and they made him want to bite almost everything he +saw. One kind of mushroom, which he thought the prettiest of all, grew +only on the trunks of fallen beech trees. It was white, and had a great +many little branches, all very close together. + +Most of the plants which he saw were sound asleep. Every plant has to +sleep, you know, and most of them take a long nap at night. Some of +them, like the water-lilies, also sleep on cloudy days. He was very fond +of the clovers, but they had their leaflets folded tight, and only the +mushrooms, the evening primroses, and a few others were wide awake. +Everybody whom he met was a stranger, and he began to feel very lonely. +Cats do not usually mind being alone. Indeed, they rather like it; +still, you can see how hard it would be for a Kitten who had always been +loved and cared for to find himself alone in a dark forest, where great +birds ask the same questions over and over, and other people make fun of +him. You wouldn't like it yourself, if you were a Kitten. + +At last, when he was prowling along an old forest road and hoping to +meet a tender young Wood-Mouse, he saw a couple of light-colored +animals ahead of him. They looked to him very much like Kittens, but he +remembered how the Skunk had snubbed him when taken for a Cat, and he +kept still. He ran to overtake them and see more clearly, and just as he +reached them they all came to a turn in the road. + +Before he could speak or they could notice that he was there, the wind +roared through the branches above, and just ahead two terrible great +eyes glared at them out of an old log. They all stopped with their +back-fur bristling and their tails arched stiffly. Not a sound did one +of them make. They lifted first one foot and then another and backed +slowly and silently away. When they had gone far enough, they turned +quickly and ran down the old road as fast as their twelve feet could +carry them. They never stopped until they were in the road for home and +could look back in the starlight and be sure that nobody was following +them. Then they stared at each other--the Yellow Kitten, the White +Kitten, and the Brown Kitten. + +"Did you run away to live in the forest?" asked the sisters. + +"Did you?" asked the Brown Kitten. + +"You'll never tell?" said they. + +"Never!" said he. + +"Well then, we did run away, and met each other just before you came. We +meant to live in the forest." + +"So did I," said he. "And I couldn't find any hollow tree." + +"Did you meet that dreadful bird?" said they,--"the one who never hears +your answers and keeps asking you over and over?" + +"Yes," said he. "Don't you ever tell!" + +"Ha-ha!" screamed a laughing little Screech-Owl, who had seen what had +happened in the old forest road and flapped along noiselessly behind +them. + +"Three big Kittens afraid of fox-fire! O-ho! O-ho!" + +Now all of them had heard about fox-fire and knew it was the light which +shines from some kinds of rotten wood in the dark, but they held up +their heads and answered, "We're not afraid of fox-fire." + +"Ha-ha!" screamed the Screech-Owl again. "Thought you saw big eyes +glaring at you. Only fox-fire. Dare you to come back if you are not +afraid." + +"We don't want to go back," answered the Brown Kitten. "We haven't +time." + +"Ha-ha!" screamed the Screech-Owl. "Haven't time! Where are you going?" + +"Going home, of course," answered the Brown Kitten. And then he +whispered to his sisters, "Let's!" + +"All right," said they, and they raced down the road as fast as they +could go. To this day their mother does not know that they ever ran away +from home. + +But it was only fox-fire. + + + + +[Illustration] + +THE INQUISITIVE WEASELS + + +The Weasels were very unpopular with most of the forest people, the pond +and meadow people did not like them, and those who lived in the farmyard +couldn't bear them. Something went wrong there every time that a Weasel +came to call. Once, you know, the Dorking Hen was so frightened that she +broke her wonderful shiny egg, and there were other times when even +worse things had happened. Usually there was a Chicken or two missing +after the Weasel had gone. + +The Weasels were very fond of their own family, however, and would tell +their best secrets to each other. That meant almost as much with them as +to share food, for they were very inquisitive and always wanted to know +all about everything. They minded their own business, but they minded +everybody's else as well. If you told a thing to one Weasel you might be +sure that before the night was over every Weasel in the neighborhood +would know all about it. They told other people, too, when they had a +chance. They were dreadful gossips. If they saw a person do something +the least unusual, they thought about it and talked about it and +wondered what it meant, and decided that it meant something very +remarkable and became very much excited. At such times, they made many +excuses to go calling, and always managed to tell about what they had +seen, what they had heard, and what they were perfectly certain it +meant. + +They went everywhere, and could go quietly and without being noticed. +They were small people, about as long as Rats, but much more slender, +and with such short legs that their bodies seemed to almost lie on the +ground. All their fur was brown, except that on their bellies and the +inside of their legs, which was pure white. Sometimes the fur on their +feet matched their backs and sometimes it matched their bellies. That +was as might happen. You can easily see how they could steal along over +the brown earth or the dead leaves and grass without showing plainly. In +winter they turned white, and then they did not show on the snow. The +very tip of their short tails stayed a pale brown, but it was so tiny as +hardly to be noticed. Any Hawk in the air, who saw just that bit of +brown on the snow beneath him, would be likely to think it a leaf or a +piece of bark and pay no more attention to it. + +The Weasel mothers were very careful of their children and very brave. +It made no difference how great the danger might be, they would stay by +their babies and fight for them. And such workers as they were! It made +no difference to them whether it was day or night, they would burrow or +hunt just the same. When they were tired they slept, and when they +awakened they began at once to do something. + + [Illustration: IN WINTER THEY TURNED WHITE. _Page 178_] + +Several families lived in the high bank by the edge of the forest, just +where the ground slopes down to the marsh. They had lived there year +after year, and had kept on adding to their burrows. There was only one +doorway to each burrow and that was usually hidden by some leaves or a +stone. They were hardly as large as Chipmunk's holes and easily hidden. +"It is a good thing to have a fine, large home," said the Weasels, "but +we build for comfort, not for show." + +All the Weasel burrows began alike, with a straight, narrow hall. Then +more halls branched off from this, and every little way there would be a +room in which to turn around or rest. In some of these they stored +food; in others they had nothing but bones and things which were left +from their meals. Each burrow had one fine, large room, bigger than an +Ovenbird's nest, with a soft bed of leaves and fur. Some of the rooms +were so near the top of the ground that a Weasel could dig his way up in +a few minutes if he needed another door. They were the loveliest sort of +places for playing hide-and-seek, and that is a favorite Weasel game, +only every Weasel wants to seek instead of hiding. There was never a bit +of loose earth around these homes, and that is the one secret which +Weasels will not tell out of the family--they never tell what they do +with the earth they dig out. It just disappears. + +Weasels like to hunt in parties. They say there is no fun in doing +anything unless you have somebody with whom to talk it over. One night +four of them went out together as soon as it was dark. They were young +fellows and had planned to go to the farmer's Hen-house for the first +time. They started to go there, but of course they wanted to see +everything by the way. They would run straight ahead for a little while, +then turn off to one side, as Ants do, poking into a Chipmunk's hole or +climbing a tree to find a bird's nest, eating whatever food they found, +and talking softly about everything. + +"It is disgraceful the way that Chipmunk keeps house," said one of them, +as he came back from going through a burrow under a tree. "Half-eaten +food dropped right on the floor of the burrow in the most careless way. +It was only a nut. If it had been anything I cared for, I would have +eaten it myself." + +Then they gossiped about Chipmunks, and said that, although they always +looked trim and neat, there was no telling what sort of housekeepers +they were; and that it really seemed as though they would do better to +stay at home more and run about the forest less. The Chipmunk heard all +this from the tree where he had hidden himself, and would have liked to +speak right out and tell them what he thought of callers who entered +one's home without knocking and sneaked around to see how things were +kept. He knew better than to do so, however. He knew that when four +hungry Weasels were out hunting their supper, it was an excellent time +to keep still. He was right. And there are many times when it is better +for angry people to keep still, even if they are not afraid of being +eaten. + +After they had gone he came down. "It was lucky for me," he said, "that +I awakened hungry and ate a lunch. If I hadn't been awake to run away +there's no telling where I would be now. There are some things worse +than having people think you a poor housekeeper." + +Just as the Chipmunk was finishing his lunch, one of the Weasels +whispered to the others to stop. "There is somebody coming," said he. +"Let's wait and see what he is doing." + +It was the Black-tailed Skunk, who came along slowly, sniffing here and +there, and once in a while stopping to eat a few mouthfuls. + +"Doesn't it seem to you that he acts very queerly?" said one of the +Weasels to the rest. + +"Very," replied another. "And he doesn't look quite as usual. I don't +know that I ever saw him carry his tail in just that way." + +"I'd like to know where he is going," said another. "I guess he doesn't +think anybody will see him." + +"Let's follow him," said the fourth Weasel, who had not spoken before. + +While he was near them they hid behind a hemlock log out of which many +tiny hemlocks were growing. Once in a while they peeped between the soft +fringy leaves of these to see what he was doing. They were much excited. +"He is putting his nose down to the ground," one would say. "It must be +that he has found something." + +Then another would poke his little head up through the hemlocks and look +at the Skunk. "He couldn't have found anything after all," he would say. +"I can't hear him eating." + +"It is very strange," the rest would murmur. + +Now it just happened that the Black-tailed Skunk had scented the Weasels +and knew that they were near. He had also heard the rustling behind the +hemlock log. He knew what gossips Weasels are, and he guessed that they +were watching him, so he decided to give them something to think about. +He knew that they would often fight people larger than themselves, but +he was not afraid of anybody. He did not care to fight them either, for +if he got near enough to really enjoy it they would be likely to bite +him badly, and when a Weasel has set his teeth into anybody it is not +easy to make him let go. "I rather think," said he to himself, "that +there will be four very tired young Weasels sleeping in their burrows +to-morrow." + +"He's walking away," whispered one of the Weasels. "Where do you suppose +he is going?" + +"We'll have to find out," said the others, as they crept quietly out of +their hiding-places. + +The Skunk went exactly where he wanted to. Whenever he found food he ate +it. The Weasels who followed after found nothing left for them. They +became very hungry, but if one of them began to think of going off for +a lunch, the Skunk was certain to do something queer. Sometimes he would +lie down and laugh. Then the Weasels would peep at him from a +hiding-place and whisper together. + +"What do you suppose makes him laugh?" they would ask. "It must be that +he is thinking of something wonderful which he is going to do. We must +not lose sight of him." + +Once he met the Spotted Skunk, his brother, and they whispered together +for a few minutes. Then the Spotted Skunk laughed, and as he passed on, +the Black-tailed Skunk called back to him: "Be sure not to tell any one. +I do not want it known what I am doing." + +Then the four young Weasels nudged each other and said, "There! We knew +it all the time!" + +After that, nobody spoke about being hungry. All they cared for was the +following of the Black-tailed Skunk. Once, when they were in the marsh, +they were so afraid of being seen that they slipped into the ditch and +swam for a way. They were good swimmers and didn't much mind, but it +just shows how they followed the Skunk. Once he led them over to the +farm and they remembered their plan of going to the Hen-house. They were +very, very hungry, and each looked at the others to see what they +thought about letting the Skunk go and stopping for a hearty supper. +Still, nobody spoke of doing so. One Weasel whispered: "Now we shall +surely see what he is about. He ought to know that he cannot do wrong or +mischievous things without being found out. And since we discover it +ourselves, we shall certainly feel free to speak of it." + +Collie, the watch-dog, was sleeping lightly, and came rushing around the +corner of the house to see what strangers were there, but when he saw +who they were, he dropped his tail and walked away. He was old enough +to know many things, and he knew too much to fight either a Skunk or a +Weasel. Every one lets Skunks alone, and it is well to let Weasels alone +also, for although they are so small they bite badly. + +Now the Black-tailed Skunk turned to the forest and walked toward his +hole. The Screech-Owl passed them flying homeward, and several times +Bats darted over their heads. When they went by the Bats' cave they +could tell by the sound that ten or twelve were inside hanging +themselves up for the day. A dim light showed in the eastern sky, and +the day birds were stirring and beginning to preen their feathers. + +"What do you think it means?" whispered the Weasels. "He seems to be +going home. Do you suppose he has changed his mind?" + +When he reached his hole the Black-tailed Skunk stopped and looked +around. The Weasels hid themselves under some fallen leaves. "I bid you +good-morning," said the Skunk, looking toward the place where they were. +"I hope you are not _too_ tired. This walk has been very easy for me, +but I fear it was rather long for Weasels. Besides, I have found plenty +to eat and have chosen smooth paths for myself. Good-morning! I have +enjoyed your company!" + +When even the tip of his tail was hidden in the hole, the Weasels +crawled from under the leaves and looked at each other. + +"We believe he knew all the time that we were following him," they said. +"He acted queerly just to fool us. The wretch!" + +Yet after all, you see, he had done only what he did every night, and it +was because they were watching and talking about him that they thought +him going on some strange errand. + + + + +[Illustration] + +THE THRIFTY DEER MOUSE + + +When the days grew short and chilly, and bleak winds blew out of the +great blue-gray cloud banks in the west, many of the forest people went +to sleep for the winter. And not only they, but over in the meadow the +Tree Frog and the Garter Snake had already crawled out of sight and were +dreaming sweetly. The song birds had long before this started south, and +the banks of the pond and its bottom of comfortable soft mud held many +sleepers. Under the water the Frogs had snuggled down in groups out of +sight. Some of the Turtles were there also, and some were in the bank. + +The Ground Hogs had grown stupid and dozy before the last leaves +fluttered to the ground, and had been the first of the fur-bearers to +go to bed for the winter. There were so many interesting things to see +and do in the late fall days that they tried exceedingly hard to keep +awake. + +A Weasel was telling a Ground Hog something one day--and it was a +very interesting piece of gossip, only it was rather unkind, and so +might better not be told here--when he saw the Ground Hog winking +very slow and sleepy winks and letting his head droop lower and lower. +Once he asked him if he understood. The Ground Hog jumped and opened +his eyes very wide indeed, and said: "Oh, yes, yes! Perfectly! +Oh-ah-ah-ah-ah-ah." His yawn didn't look so big as it sounds, because +his mouth was so small. + +He tried to act politely interested, but just as the Weasel reached the +most exciting part of his story, the Ground Hog rolled over sound +asleep. The next day he said "good-by" to his friends, wished them a +happy winter, and said he might see some of them before spring, as he +should come out once to make the weather. "I only hope I shall awaken in +time," he said, "but I am fat enough to sleep until the violets are up." + +He had to be fat, you know, to last him through the cold weather without +eating. He was so stout that he could hardly waddle, his big, +loose-skinned body dragged when he walked, and was even shakier than +ever. He really couldn't hurry by jumping and he was so short of breath +that he could barely whistle when he went into his hole. + +The Raccoons went after the Ground Hog and the Skunks were later still. +They never slept so very long, and said they didn't really need to at +all, and wouldn't except that they had nothing to do and it made +housekeeping easier. It saved so much not to have to go out to their +meals in the coldest weather. + +When the large people were safely out of the way, the smaller ones had +their best times. The Muskrats were awake, but they had their big houses +to eat and were not likely to trouble Mice and Squirrels. There was not +much to fear except Owls and Weasels. The Ground Hogs had once tried to +get the Great Horned Owl to go south when the Cranes did, and he had +laughed in their faces. "To-whoo!" said he. "Not I! I'm not afraid of +cold weather. You don't know how warm feathers are. I never wear +anything else. Furs are all right, but they are not feathers." + +He and his relatives sat all day in their holes, and seldom flew out +except at night. Sometimes, when the day was not too bright, they made +short trips out for luncheon. It was very unfortunate for any Mouse to +be near at those times. + +Now the snow had fallen and the beautiful still cold days had come. The +Weasels' fur had changed from brown to white, as it does in cold +countries in winter. The Chipmunks had taken their last scamper until +early spring, and were living, each alone, in their comfortable burrows. +They were most independent and thrifty. No one ever heard of a Chipmunk +lacking food unless some robber had carried off his nuts and corn. The +Mice think that it must be very dull for a Chipmunk to stay by himself +all winter, since he does not sleep steadily. The Chipmunks do not find +it so. One of them said: "Dull? I never find it dull. When I am awake, I +eat or clean my fur or think. If I had any one staying with me he might +rouse me when I want to sleep, or pick the nut that I want for myself, +or talk when I am thinking. No, thank you, I will go calling when I want +company." + + [Illustration: THE MICE MAKE WINTER THEIR PLAYTIME. _Page 195_] + +The Mice make winter their playtime. Then the last summer's babies are +all grown up and able to look out for themselves, and the fathers and +mother's have a chance to rest. The Meadow Mice come together in big +parties and build groups of snug winter homes under the snow of the +meadow, with many tiny covered walks leading from one to another. Their +food is all around them--grass roots and brown seeds--and there is so +much of it that they never quarrel to see who shall have this root and +who shall have that. They sleep during the daytime and awaken to eat and +visit and have a good time at night. + +Sometimes they are awakened in the daytime, as they were when the Grouse +broke through the snow near them. That was an accident, and the Grouse +felt very sorry about it. They had snuggled down in a cozy family party +near by, and were just starting out for a stroll one morning when the +eldest son stumbled and fell and crushed through the snow into the +little settlement of Meadow Mice. + +The young Grouse was much ashamed of his awkwardness. "I am so sorry," +he said. "I'm not used to my snow-shoes yet. This is the first winter I +have worn them." + +"That is all right," said the Oldest Mouse politely. "It must be hard to +manage them at first. We hope you will have better luck after this." +Then they bowed to each other and the Grouse walked off to join his +brothers and sisters, lifting his feet with their newly grown feather +snow-shoes very high at every step. The Meadow Mice went to work to make +their homes neat again, yet they never looked really right until that +snow had melted and more had fallen. One might think that the Meadow +Mice and the Grouse would care less for each other after that, but it +was not so. It never is so if people who make trouble are quick to say +that they are sorry, and those who were hurt will keep patient and +forgiving. + +It was only the night after this happened that one of the Deer Mice had +a great fright. His home was in a Bee tree in the forest. The Bees and +he had always been the best of friends, and now that they were keeping +close to their honeycomb all winter, the Deer Mouse had taken a small +room in the same tree. It helped to keep him warm when he slept close to +the Bees, for there was always some heat coming from their bodies. Once +in a while, too, he took a nibble of honey, and they did not mind. + +The Deer Mouse did not keep much of his own winter food where he lived. +He had a few beechnuts near by, and when the weather was very stormy +indeed he ate some of these. There was room for many more in the +storeroom (another hole in the Bee tree), but he liked to keep food in +many places. "It is wiser," said he. "Supposing I had them all here and +this tree should be blown down, and it should fall in such a way that I +couldn't reach the hole. What would I do then?" + +He was talking to a Rabbit when he said this. The Rabbit never stored up +food himself, yet he sometimes told other people how he thought it +should be done. He was sure it would be better to have all the nuts in +one place as the Chipmunks did. And now that the Deer Mouse had given +his reasons, he was just as sure as ever. "The Bee tree is not very +likely to blow down in that way," said he. "There is not much danger." + +"Not much, but some," answered the Deer Mouse. "Hollow trees fall more +quickly than solid ones. You may store your food where you please and +I'll take care of mine." + +The Deer Mouse spoke very decidedly, although he was perfectly polite. +His beautiful brown eyes looked squarely at the Rabbit, and you could +tell by the position of his slender long tail that he was much in +earnest. The Rabbit went home. + +The Deer Mouse put away hundreds and hundreds of beechnuts. These he +took carefully out of their shells and laid in nicely lined holes in +tree-trunks. He used leaves for lining these places. Besides keeping +food in the trees, he hid little piles of nuts under stones and logs, +and tucked seeds into chinks of fences or tiny pockets in the ground. He +had worked in the wheatfield after the grain was cut, picking up and +carrying away the stray kernels which had fallen from the sheaves. He +never counted the places where food was stored, but he was happy in +thinking about them. When he lay down to sleep in the morning he always +knew where the next night's meals were coming from. There was not a +thriftier, happier person in the forest. He was gentle, good-natured, +and exceedingly businesslike. He was also very handsome, with large ears +and white belly and feet. + +The night after his cousins, the Meadow Mice, had been so frightened by +the Grouse, this Deer Mouse started out for a good time. He called on +the Meadow Mice, ate a chestnut which he dug up in the edge of the +forest, scampered up a fence-post and tasted of his hidden wheat to be +sure that it was keeping well, and then went to the tree where most of +his beechnuts were stored. He was not quite certain that he wanted to +eat one, but he wished to be sure that they were all right before he +went on. He had been invited to a party by some other Deer Mice, and so, +you see, it wouldn't do for him to spoil his appetite. They would be +sure to have refreshments at the party. + +"I suppose they are all right," said he, as he started to run up the +tree; "still it is just as well to be sure." + +"My whiskers!" he exclaimed, when he reached the hole. "If that isn't +just like a Red Squirrel!" + +The opening into the tree had been barely large enough for him to +squeeze through, and now he could pass in without crushing his fur. +Around the edge of it were many marks of sharp teeth. Somebody had +wanted to get in and had not found the doorway large enough. The Deer +Mouse went inside and sat on his beechnuts. Then he thought and thought +and thought. He knew very well that it was a Red Squirrel, for the Red +Squirrels are not so thrifty as most of the nut-eaters. They make a +great fuss about gathering food in the fall, and frisk and chatter and +scold if anybody else comes where they are busy. For all that, the +Chipmunks and the Deer Mice work much harder than they. It is not +always the person who makes the greatest fuss, you know, who does the +most. + +A Red Squirrel is usually out of food long before spring comes, and +after that he takes whatever he can lay his paws on. Sometimes the +Chipmunks tell them that they should be ashamed of themselves and work +harder. Then the Red Squirrels sigh and answer, "Oh, that is all very +well for you to say, still you must remember that we have not such cheek +pouches as you." + +The Deer Mouse thought of these things. "Cheek pouches!" cried he. "I +have no cheek pouches, but I lay up my own food. It is only an excuse +when they say that. I don't think much of people who make excuses." + +He passed through the doorway several times to see just how big it was. +He found it was not yet large enough for a Red Squirrel. Then he +scampered over the snow to a friend's home. "I'm not going to the +party," said he. "I have some work to do." + +"Work?" said the friend. "Work? In winter?" But before he had finished +speaking his caller had gone. + +All night long the Deer Mouse carried beechnuts from the old +hiding-place to a new one. He wore quite a path in the snow between one +tree and the other. His feet were tiny, but there were four of them, and +his long tail dragged after him. It was not far that he had to go. The +new place was one which he had looked at before. It was in a maple tree, +and had a long and very narrow opening leading to the storeroom. It was +having to go so far into the tree that had kept the Deer Mouse from +using it before. Now he liked it all the better for having this. + +"If that Red Squirrel ever gnaws his way in here," he said, "he won't +have any teeth left for eating." + +When the sun rose, the Deer Mouse went to sleep in the maple tree. The +Red Squirrel came and gnawed at the opening into his old storeroom. If +he had gnawed all day he would surely have gotten in. As it was, he had +to spend much time hunting for food. He found some frozen apples still +hanging in the orchard, and bit away at them until he reached the seeds +inside. He found one large acorn, but it was old and tasted musty. He +also squabbled with another Red Squirrel and chased him nearly to the +farmyard. Then Collie heard them and chased him most of the way back. + +When night came and he ran off to sleep in his hollow tree, he had made +the hole almost, but not quite, large enough. He could smell the +beechnuts inside, and it made him hungry to think how good they would +taste. "I will get up early to-morrow morning and come here," he said. +"I can gnaw my way in before breakfast, and then!" + +He went off in fine leaps to his home and was soon sound asleep. In +summer he often frolicked around half of the night, but now it was cold, +and when the sun went down he liked to get home quickly and wrap up +warmly in his tail. The Red Squirrel was hardly out of sight when the +Deer Mouse came along his path in the snow and up to his old storeroom. +His dainty white feet shook a little as he climbed, and he hardly dared +look in for fear of finding the hole empty. You can guess how happy he +was to find everything safe. + +All night long he worked, and when morning came it was a very tired +little Deer Mouse who carried his last beechnut over the trodden path to +its safe new resting place. He was tired but he was happy. + +There was just one other thing that he wanted to do. He wanted to see +that Red Squirrel when he found the beechnuts gone. He waited near by +for him to come. It was a beautiful, still winter morning when the +hoar-frost clung to all the branches, and the shadows which fell upon +the snow looked fairly blue, it was so cold. The Deer Mouse crouched +down upon his dainty feet to keep them warm, and wrapped his tail +carefully around to help. + +Along came the Red Squirrel, dashing finely and not noticing the Deer +Mouse at all. A few leaps brought him to the tree, a quick run took him +to the hole, and then he began to gnaw. The Deer Mouse was growing +sleepy and decided not to wait longer. He ran along near the Red +Squirrel. "Oh, good-morning!" said he. "Beautiful day! I see you are +getting that hole ready to use. Hope you will like it. I liked it very +well for a while, but I began to fear it wasn't safe." + +"Wh-what do you mean?" asked the Red Squirrel sternly. He had seen the +Deer Mouse's eyes twinkle and he was afraid of a joke. + +"Oh," answered the Deer Mouse with a careless whisk of his tail, "I had +some beechnuts there until I moved them." + +"You had!" exclaimed the Red Squirrel. He did not gnaw any after that. +He suddenly became very friendly. "You couldn't tell me where to find +food, I suppose," said he. "I'd eat almost anything." + +The Deer Mouse thought for a minute. "I believe," said he, "that you +will find plenty in the farmer's barn, but you must look out for the +Dog." + +"Thank you," said the Red Squirrel. "I will go." + +"There!" said the Deer Mouse after he had whisked out of sight. "He has +gone to steal from the farmer. Still, men have so very much that they +ought to share with Squirrels." + +And that, you know, is true. + + + + +[Illustration] + +THE HUMMING-BIRD AND THE HAWK-MOTH + + +The Hawk-Moths are acquainted with nearly everybody and are great +society people. They are invited to companies given by the daylight set, +and also to parties given at night by those who sleep during the day. +This is not because the Hawk-Moths are always awake. Oh dear, no! There +is nobody in pond, forest, meadow, marsh, or even in houses, who can be +well and strong and happy without plenty of sleep. + +The Hawk-Moths were awake more or less during the day, but it was not +until the sun was low in the western sky that they were busiest. When +every tree had a shadow two or three times as long as the tree itself, +then one heard the whir-r-r of wings and the Hawk-Moths darted past. +They staid up long after the daylight people went to bed. The Catbird, +who sang from the tip of the topmost maple tree branch long after most +of his bird friends were asleep, said that when he tucked his head under +his wing the Hawk-Moths were still flying. In that way, of course, they +became acquainted with the people of the night-time. + +There was one fine large Hawk-Moth who used to be a Tomato Worm when he +was young, although he really fed as much upon potato vines as upon +tomato plants. He was handsome from the tip of his long, slender +sucking-tongue to the tip of his trim, gray body. His wings were pointed +and light gray in color, with four blackish lines across the hind ones. +His body was also gray, and over it and his wings were many dainty +markings of black or very dark gray. On the back part of it he had ten +square yellow spots edged with black. There were also twenty tiny white +spots there, but he did not care so much for them. He always felt badly +to think that his yellow spots showed so little. That couldn't be +helped, of course, and he should have been thankful to have them at all. + +Another thing which troubled him was the fact that he couldn't see his +own yellow spots. He would have given a great deal to do so. He could +see the yellow spots of other Hawk-Moths who had been Tomato Worms when +he was, but that was not like seeing his own. He had tried and tried, +and it always ended in the same way--his eyes were tired and his back +ached. His body was so much stouter and stiffer than that of his +butterfly cousins that he could not bend it easily. + +When he got to thinking about his yellow spots he often flew away to +the farmer's potato-fields, where the young Tomato Worms were feeding. +He would fly around them and cry out: "Look at my yellow spots. Are they +not fine?" Then he would dart away to the vegetable-garden and balance +himself in the air over the tomato plants. The humming of his wings +would make the Tomato Worms there look up, and he would say: "If you are +good little Worms and eat a great deal, you may some day become fine +Moths like me and have ten yellow spots apiece." + +Sometimes he even went down to the corner where the farmer had tobacco +plants growing, and showed his yellow spots to the Tomato Worms there. +He never went anywhere else, for these worms do not care for other +things to eat. Everywhere that he went the Tomato Worms exclaimed: "Oh! +Oh! What beautiful yellow spots! What wonderful yellow spots!" When he +flew away they would not eat for a while, but rested on their fat +pro-legs, raised the front part of their bodies in the air, folded their +six little real legs under their chins, and thought and thought and +thought. They always sat in that position when they were thinking, and +they had a great many cousins who did the same thing. It was a habit +which ran in the family. + +When other people saw them sitting in this way, with their real legs +crossed under their chins, they always cried: "Look at the Sphinxes!" +although not one of them knew what a Sphinx really was. And that was +just one of their habits. This was why the Hawk-Moths were sometimes +called Sphinx-Moths. + +It was not kind in the Hawk-Moth to come and make the Tomato Worms +discontented. If he had stayed away, they would have thought it the +loveliest thing in the world to be fat green Tomato Worms with two +sorts of legs and each with a horn standing up on the hind end of his +body. That is not the usual place for horns, still it does very well, +and these horns are worn only for looks. They are never used for poking +or stinging. + +Before the Hawk-Moth came to visit them, the Tomato Worms had thought it +would be quiet, and restful, and pleasant to lie all winter in their +shining brown pupa-cases in the ground, waiting for the spring to finish +turning them into Moths. Now they were so impatient to get their yellow +spots that they could hardly bear the idea of waiting. They did not even +care about the long, slender tongue-case which every Tomato-Worm has on +his pupa-case, and which looks like a handle to it. + +One day the Tomato Worms told the Ruby-throated Humming-Bird about all +this. The Humming-Bird was a very sensible fellow, and would no doubt +have been a hard-working husband and father if his wife had not been so +independent. He had been a most devoted lover, and helped build a +charming nest of fern-wool and plant-down, and cover it with beautiful +gray-green lichens. When done it was about as large as half of a hen's +egg, and a morning-glory blossom would have more than covered it. The +lichens were just the color of the branch on which it rested, and one +could hardly see where it was. That is the nicest thing to be said about +a nest. If a bird ever asks you what you think of his nest, and you wish +to say something particularly agreeable, you must stare at the tree and +ask: "Where is it?" Then, when he has shown it to you, you may speak of +the soft lining, or the fine weaving, or the stout way in which it is +fastened to the branches. + +After this nest was finished and the two tiny white eggs laid in it, +Mrs. Humming-Bird cared for nothing else. She would not go +honey-hunting with her husband, or play in the air with him as she used +to do. He tried to coax her by darting down toward her as she sat +covering her eggs, and by squeaking the sweetest things he could think +of into her ear, but she acted as though she cared more for the eggs +than for him, and did not even squeak sweet things back. So, of course, +he went away, and let her hatch and bring up her children as she chose. +It was certainly her fault that he left her. She might not have been +able to leave the eggs, but she could have squeaked. + +Now that the Ruby-throated Humming-Bird had no home cares, he made many +calls on his friends. They were very short calls, for he would seldom +sit down, yet he heard and told much news while he balanced himself in +the air with his tiny feet curled up and his wings moving so fast that +one could not see them. + +When the Tomato Worms told him how they felt about the Hawk-Moth's +yellow spots, he became very indignant. "Those poor young worms!" he +said to himself. "It is a shame, and something must be done about it." + +The more he thought, the angrier he became, and his feathers fairly +stood on end. He hardly knew what he was doing, and ran his long, +slender bill into the same flowers several times, although he had taken +all the honey from them at first. + +That night, when the sun had set and the silvery moon was peeping above +a violet-colored cloud in the eastern sky, the Ruby-throated +Humming-Bird sat on the tip of a spruce-tree branch and waited for the +Hawk-Moth. + +"I hope nobody else will hear me talking," said he. "It would sound so +silly if I were overheard." He sat very still, his tiny feet clutching +the branch tightly. It was late twilight now and really time that he +should go to sleep, but he had decided that if he could possibly keep +awake he would teach the Hawk-Moth a lesson. + +"I wish he would hurry," said he. "I can hardly keep my eyes open." He +did not yawn because he had not the right kind of mouth for it. You know +a yawn ought to be nearly round. His beak would have made one a great, +great many times higher than it was wide, and that would have been +exceedingly unbecoming to him. + +Yellow evening primroses grew near the spruce-tree, and the tall stalks +were opening their flowers for the night. Above the seed-pods and below +the buds on each stalk two, three, or four blossoms were slowly +unfolding. The Ruby-throated Humming-Bird did not often stay up long +enough to see this, and he watched the four smooth yellow petals of one +untwist themselves until they were free to spring wide open. He had +watched five blossoms when he heard the Hawk-Moth coming. Then he darted +toward the primroses and balanced himself daintily before one while he +sucked honey from it. + +Whir-r-r-r! The Hawk-Moth was there. "Good evening," said he. "Rather +late for you, isn't it?" + +"It is a little," answered the Humming-Bird. "Growing a bit chilly, too, +isn't it? I should think you'd be cold without feathers. Mine are such a +comfort. Feel as good as they look, and that is saying a great deal." + +The Hawk-Moth balanced himself before another primrose and seemed to +care more about sucking honey up his long tongue-tube than he did about +talking. + + [Illustration: THE HUMMING-BIRD AND THE HAWK-MOTH. _Page 218_] + +"I think it is a great thing to have a touch of bright color, too," said +the Humming-Bird. "The beautiful red spot on my throat looks +particularly warm and becoming when the weather is cool. You ought to +have something of the sort." + +"I have yellow spots--ten of them," answered the Hawk-Moth sulkily. + +"You have?" exclaimed the Humming-Bird in the most surprised way. "Oh +yes! I think I do remember something about them. It is a pity they don't +show more. Mrs. Humming-Bird never wears bright colors. She says it +would not do. People would see her on her nest if she did. Excepting the +red spot, she is dressed like me--white breast, green back and head, and +black wings and tail. Green is another good color. You should wear some +green." + +The Hawk-Moth murmured that he didn't see any particular use in wearing +green. + +"Oh," said the Humming-Bird, "it is just the thing to wear--neat, never +looks dusty" (here the Hawk-Moth drew back, for his own wings, you +know, were almost dust color), "and matches the leaves perfectly." + +The Hawk-Moth said something about having to go and thinking that the +primrose honey was not so good as usual. + +"I thought it excellent," said the Humming-Bird. "Perhaps you do not get +it so easily as I. Ah yes, you use a tongue-tube. What different ways +different people do have. Now I like honey, but I could not live many +days on that alone. What I care most for is the tiny insects that I find +eating it. And you cannot eat meat. What a pity! I must say that you +seem to make the best of it, though, and do fairly well. Oh, must you +go? Well, good night." + +The Hawk-Moth flew away feeling very much disgusted. He had always +thought himself the most beautiful person in the neighborhood. He rather +thought so still. Yet it troubled him to know that others did not think +so, and he began to remember how many times he had heard people admire +the Ruby-throated Humming-Bird. He never liked him after that. But +neither did he brag. + +The young Tomato Worms soon forgot what the Hawk-Moth had said to them, +and became happy and contented once more. The Ruby-throated Humming-Bird +never cared to talk about it, yet he was once heard to say that he would +rather offend the Hawk-Moth and even make him a little unhappy than to +have him bothering the poor little Tomato Worms all the time. + +[Illustration] + + + + + +End of Project Gutenberg's Among the Night People, by Clara Dillingham Pierson + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK AMONG THE NIGHT PEOPLE *** + +***** This file should be named 35014.txt or 35014.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/3/5/0/1/35014/ + +Produced by Heather Clark and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was +produced from images generously made available by The +Internet Archive) + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/35014.zip b/35014.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e89754b --- /dev/null +++ b/35014.zip diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2ad9e68 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #35014 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/35014) |
